# Prometora > Prometora is an AI-powered multi-vendor marketplace builder (SaaS). Founders describe their marketplace and get a working multi-seller platform: seller onboarding and approval, listings, checkout, Stripe Connect payouts, messaging, bookings, subscriptions, shipping, translations, and a visual page editor. These docs describe what the platform supports and how to configure it. Generated: 2026-08-19 --- # Build a Marketplace with Prometora — Documentation Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs # Build a marketplace with Prometora Docs for marketplace owners. Create, customize, and operate an AI-powered multi-vendor marketplace from setup to launch. **Updated every Friday** since November 2025 ## Where should I start? Pick the path that matches what you're trying to do right now. [ I'm setting up for the first time Create Your Marketplace ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/create-marketplace)[ I'm about to launch Launch Checklist ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/launch-checklist)[ I'm extending with API or webhooks Webhooks & Integrations ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/webhooks)[ I'm troubleshooting an issue Getting Help ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-help) [ Reference Marketplace glossary 28 marketplace terms (commission, GMV, Stripe Connect, KYC, deferred onboarding, take rate, and more) ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary)[What's New Aug 15 Shipped: two full shipping-label integrations - ShipStation (US, UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, France and Germany) and Shipmondo (the Nordics) - giving sellers one-click carrier labels with tracking auto-filled; multi-session group bookings paid in a single checkout; and a Show Prices toggle plus directly styleable price on the Featured Listings section. Plus 6 improvements and 4 bug fixes. ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-08-15)[Prefer video? Watch 10 short walkthroughs covering everything from creating your marketplace to launch. ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) ## Most read [Marketplace Commission Rates & Fees](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue)[iCal Calendar Sync (Airbnb, VRBO)](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/ical-sync)[Custom Domain](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain)[Payments & Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments)[Seller Subscriptions](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions)[Shopping Cart](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shopping-cart) ## Recently updated [Connect Your AI · Aug 19 ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/connect-your-ai)[Shipping · Aug 13 ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping)[Email Log · Aug 4 ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-log)[Email Notifications · Aug 3 ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/email-notifications)[Subscriptions · Aug 3 ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions)[Page Builder · Jul 31 ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder)[Dashboard & Analytics · Jul 24 ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/dashboard)[Listing Form Configuration · Jul 24 ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form) --- # Connect Your AI Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/connect-your-ai # Connect Your AI You probably already work with an AI assistant. Connect it to the Prometora docs and it can answer questions about what the platform supports, how to configure it, and how features work, with reliable answers pulled straight from the documentation. #### Quick answer Add the docs MCP server to your AI tool: `https://www.prometora.com/api/mcp/docs`. No API key, no signup. Tools without MCP support can read [llms.txt](https://www.prometora.com/llms.txt) instead, or append `.md` to any docs URL to get that page as markdown. #### Read-only, docs only Everything on this page is read-only access to the public documentation. Your AI cannot see or change stores, accounts, orders, or any other data through it. How it works You “Does Prometora support per-listing buyer approval?” question ⟶ ⟵ answer + sources ↓↑ Your AI Claude Claude Code Cursor ChatGPT VS Code search_docs · get_page ⟶ ⟵ markdown pages ↓↑ Prometora docs 62 pages via the MCP server, llms.txt, and .md mirrors The boundary: your AI reads public documentation only. Stores, orders, and accounts are not reachable from here. ## What's available - **Docs MCP server** - `https://www.prometora.com/api/mcp/docs`. Gives your AI three tools: `search_docs` (find relevant pages), `get_page` (read a full page as markdown), and `list_pages` (overview of every page). - **llms.txt** - [www.prometora.com/llms.txt](https://www.prometora.com/llms.txt). An index of every docs page with a one-line description and a markdown link, following the llms.txt convention. - **Markdown mirrors** - append `.md` to any docs URL. For example [/docs/store-settings/shipping.md](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping.md) is the shipping page as clean markdown, much easier for an AI to read than the HTML. - **llms-full.txt** - [the entire documentation in a single file](https://www.prometora.com/llms-full.txt) for tools that prefer one big context load. ## Connect your AI via MCP The Model Context Protocol (MCP) is the standard way to give AI tools access to external knowledge. The Prometora docs server uses streamable HTTP with no authentication, so setup is one step in every client. ### Claude Desktop and claude.ai 1. Open **Settings → Connectors** and click **Add custom connector**. 2. Name it `Prometora Docs` and paste this URL (no authentication needed): ``` https://www.prometora.com/api/mcp/docs ``` That's it. Now just chat: ask something like *“How does buyer approval work on Prometora?”* and Claude searches the docs and answers from them, citing the pages it used. ### Claude Code Run this once in your terminal: ``` claude mcp add --transport http prometora-docs https://www.prometora.com/api/mcp/docs ``` Then start a new Claude Code session. You can check the connection with the `/mcp` command (it should list `prometora-docs` as connected), and from there you simply ask questions in the chat: ``` How do sellers get paid on a Prometora marketplace? ``` Claude decides on its own when to use the docs tools, so there is nothing else to invoke. If you ever want to point it at the docs explicitly, mention the server by name: *“Using prometora-docs, explain how shipping deadlines work.”* ### ChatGPT 1. Open **Settings → Connectors** (on a paid plan, enable **Developer mode** under Advanced if you don't see the option to add one). 2. Add a new connector named `Prometora Docs` with this MCP server URL and no authentication: ``` https://www.prometora.com/api/mcp/docs ``` Then enable the connector in a chat and ask your question. If your ChatGPT plan doesn't offer connectors, use the llms.txt method below instead; it works in any plan. ### Cursor Add this to `~/.cursor/mcp.json` (or the project's `.cursor/mcp.json`): ``` { "mcpServers": { "prometora-docs": { "url": "https://www.prometora.com/api/mcp/docs" } } } ``` ### VS Code Add this to `.vscode/mcp.json` in your workspace: ``` { "servers": { "prometora-docs": { "type": "http", "url": "https://www.prometora.com/api/mcp/docs" } } } ``` ### Other MCP clients Windsurf and any other MCP-capable tool: add a remote server with transport **streamable HTTP**, URL `https://www.prometora.com/api/mcp/docs`, and no authentication. ## No MCP? Point your AI at the markdown Any AI that can fetch a URL can use the docs without any setup. For example, paste this into ChatGPT, Claude, or any assistant with web access: ``` Read https://www.prometora.com/llms.txt, then answer: how do sellers get paid on a Prometora marketplace? ``` The assistant will find the right page in the index and read its markdown version. This is also what AI tools that support the llms.txt convention do automatically. ## What it's good for - “Does Prometora support per-listing buyer approval, and how do I enable it?” - “What's the difference between self-serve and managed seller onboarding?” - “Which webhook events exist and what payload do they send?” - “Walk me through connecting a custom domain, step by step.” - Evaluating Prometora: let your AI read the docs and tell you whether the platform fits your marketplace idea. #### Feedback welcome If there is something you wish your AI assistant could do with Prometora, [write us](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-help). [SEO & AI Guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/seo)[Marketplace Glossary](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary) --- # Custom Offers Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/custom-offers # Custom Offers Let sellers negotiate a price in chat and send a payable offer the buyer can accept and pay in one click - perfect for bespoke services, quotes, and special pricing. #### Quick answer A seller agrees a price with a buyer in chat, clicks **"Send custom offer"** (a title + price), and the buyer taps **Accept & Pay** to check out. A paid offer becomes a normal order with the usual payout, receipts, and emails. Seller-initiated, and available on fixed-price (non-calendar) listings. Video: Custom offers: negotiate a price and send a payable offer · ~2 min [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) Hi! Could you translate a 5,000-word doc EN→FR? Absolutely - let me send you an offer. Custom offer Translation - 5,000 words EN→FR $120.00 Listing price: $45.00 The seller sends the offer; the buyer taps **Accept & Pay** to check out. ## Overview Some sales don't fit a fixed listing price. A translator quotes by word count, a consultant by project scope, a designer by the brief. **Custom offers** let a seller agree a price with a buyer in the [messaging](https://www.prometora.com/docs/messaging) thread, then send a **payable offer** right inside the conversation. The buyer taps **Accept & Pay** and checks out - no need to create a separate public listing at a special price. - **Private pricing:** the offer is only visible to that buyer in the conversation - **One-click payment:** accepting the offer takes the buyer straight to secure checkout - **Real orders:** a paid offer becomes a normal order with the usual payout, receipts, and emails #### Who can send offers Custom offers are **seller-initiated**. The seller sends the offer; the buyer accepts and pays. (The buyer agreeing in chat is enough - sending the offer is the seller's commitment to that price.) ## How Custom Offers Work Negotiate in chat Agree the scope & price → Seller sends offer Title + custom price → Buyer accepts & pays Secure checkout → Order created Paid out as normal ## Sending an Offer (Sellers) From inside a conversation about one of your listings: 1 Open the conversation in your dashboard **Messages** and click **"Send custom offer"** above the message box. 2 Enter a short **title** (what you're offering, e.g. "Translation - 5,000 words EN→FR") and the **price**. 3 Click **Send offer**. An offer card appears in the thread, showing the price and the listing's normal price for reference. 4 While it's still pending you can **Withdraw** the offer at any time. What the seller fills in Create a custom offer Translation - 5,000 words EN→FR 120.00 Listing price: $45.00 ## Accepting an Offer (Buyers) The buyer sees the offer card in the same conversation and clicks **Accept & Pay**. That opens secure checkout for the offered amount. Once paid, the card updates to **Paid** and the order is created automatically. ## After Payment A paid offer behaves exactly like any other sale: - It appears in the buyer's [My Orders](https://www.prometora.com/docs/orders) and the seller's **My Sales**. - The seller is paid out the offered amount minus the marketplace commission and payment processing fee. - Both parties receive the standard confirmation [emails](https://www.prometora.com/docs/email-notifications). - If the listing tracks stock or has an event date, those are handled just like a normal purchase. ## When Offers Are Available #### Fixed-price & non-scheduled listings The "Send custom offer" button shows on conversations for listings that don't involve date selection (fixed-price products and services). This covers the most common offer use cases - services, products, and bespoke work. #### Calendar / booking listings For listings where the buyer picks a date or time slot (rentals, experiences, appointment bookings), custom offers aren't available yet - a flat negotiated price would be ambiguous about which dates it covers. #### It's a custom price, not a discount A custom offer is a bespoke price for bespoke scope - it is not framed as a discount on the listing. The buyer sees the listing's normal price as a muted reference only, so there's no misleading "was X, now Y". #### Tips for Sellers - Agree the scope clearly in chat before sending, then put a precise title on the offer - Send one offer at a time; withdraw and re-send if the buyer wants to renegotiate - Keep the conversation on-platform so payment, payout, and records stay in one place #### Sellers need a connected payout account As with any sale, the seller needs their payments set up to receive funds. See [Payments](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments) for how seller payouts work. [Messaging System](https://www.prometora.com/docs/messaging)[Email Notifications](https://www.prometora.com/docs/email-notifications) --- # Dashboard & Analytics Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/dashboard # Dashboard & Analytics Monitor your marketplace performance with real-time analytics. Track sales, visitors, and growth trends. #### Quick answer The Dashboard is your marketplace's home screen for performance: revenue (GMV, commission earned, average order value), order activity, seller growth, and listing views. Open it via **"Dashboard"** in the sidebar after selecting your marketplace, and use the time-period filters (today through custom ranges) to compare trends over time. ## Overview The Dashboard is your central hub for monitoring marketplace performance. At a glance, see: - **Revenue metrics:** Total sales, commissions earned, average order value - **Order activity:** New orders, pending orders, completed orders - **User growth:** New sellers, new buyers, active users - **Listing performance:** Total listings, views, conversion rates #### How to Access Click **"Dashboard"** in the sidebar after selecting your marketplace, or visit `/dashboard` directly. ## Key Metrics 12% $12,450 Total Revenue 8% 156 Total Orders 15% 42 Active Sellers 3% 287 Active Listings ## Revenue Analytics Track your marketplace's financial performance: #### Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) Total value of all transactions on your marketplace, before fees. #### Commission Earned Your revenue from commission fees on all completed transactions. #### Average Order Value (AOV) The average amount spent per order. Higher AOV means more revenue per transaction. ## Time Period Filters Filter your analytics by different time periods: - **Today/Yesterday:** Monitor daily performance - **Last 7/30 Days:** Track weekly and monthly trends - **This/Last Month:** Compare month-over-month growth - **Custom Range:** Analyze specific date ranges ## Order Statistics Monitor order activity and fulfillment status: 23 New Orders Requires attention 15 Processing In progress 112 Completed This month 6 Refunded This month ## Seller Performance Track your sellers' activity and performance: - **New Sellers:** How many sellers joined recently - **Active Sellers:** Sellers with at least one listing - **Top Sellers:** Sellers with the most sales - **Pending Approval:** Sellers waiting for approval (if moderated) ## Listing Analytics Understand how your listings are performing: #### Listing Views Per-listing view counts appear as a **Views** column on the Top Performing Listings table. Views are counted once per visitor session and exclude the seller's own visits. #### Top Performing Listings Ranks listings by units sold and revenue, with a Views column alongside. Because the ranking is sales-driven, listings with views but no sales yet won't appear here - that's what the Most Viewed Listings table is for. #### Most Viewed Listings Ranked purely by views, with Sales and Revenue alongside (dimmed when zero). This is where high-traffic listings with no sales show up - your best signal for where a price, photo, or description needs work. Store Analytics → Most Viewed Listings Listing Views Sales Revenue Linen tea towel bundle (3-pc) 3,187 142 $2,460 Wool throw, Nordic charcoal 2,610 89 $2,980 Ceramic table lamp, sand glaze 2,244 0 - Hand-thrown stoneware bowl set 1,842 67 $4,210 The highlighted row is the interesting one: 2,244 views and no sales yet. ## Using Analytics Effectively #### Spot Trends Early Check your dashboard regularly to catch growth opportunities or problems early. A sudden drop in orders might indicate a payment issue or seasonal trend. #### Compare Time Periods Compare this month to last month, or this week to last week. Growth percentages help you understand if your marketplace is trending up or down. #### Identify Top Performers Find your best sellers and listings. Feature them prominently to drive more sales. Learn what makes them successful and share insights with other sellers. #### Compare Views to Sales Lots of views but few sales might indicate pricing issues, poor listing quality, or checkout friction. The Most Viewed Listings table makes these listings easy to spot. #### Pro Tips - Set weekly calendar reminders to review your dashboard - Export data monthly for historical tracking and reporting - Use webhooks to build custom analytics dashboards - Compare your metrics to industry benchmarks when possible [Launch Checklist](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/launch-checklist)[Order Management](https://www.prometora.com/docs/orders) --- # Email Notifications Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/email-notifications # Email Notifications Automated emails keep your marketplace users informed about messages, orders, bookings, and more. #### Quick answer When something happens on your marketplace - a message, an order, a booking - Prometora automatically sends a branded email to the right people. Most fire automatically; a handful of order-lifecycle emails are togglable in Store Settings. No setup required to get started. ## Overview Prometora automatically sends email notifications to keep users engaged and informed. Emails are branded with your marketplace logo and colors. Who gets emailed, when Buyer Seller You (owner) Product orders Order placed Checkout completes Buyer Seller You → Order shipped Seller marks shipped Buyer You · toggle → Delivery confirmed Buyer confirms receipt Seller · toggle You · toggle Bookings Booking requested Guest submits request Buyer Seller You · opt-in → Approved Host accepts Buyer → Paid Payment completes Buyer Seller You · opt-in → Abandoned checkout Started, never paid Buyer · manual “toggle” = switchable in Store Settings → General → Email Settings · “opt-in” = add your address under Store Settings → Bookings → Notification Emails · “manual” = you trigger it with one click from the Booking Overview ## Email Types #### New Message Notifications Sent when a buyer or seller receives a new message. To: Buyer Seller #### Order Confirmations Sent when an order is placed successfully. To: Buyer · confirmation Seller · new order You · sale notification #### Payment Confirmations Sent when payment is processed successfully. To: Buyer #### Booking Notifications Sent for booking requests, confirmations, and payments. As the marketplace owner you can get a copy of every new booking too: add your address under Store Settings → Bookings → Notification Emails, and you'll be emailed for each new request, confirmed booking, and completed payment. To: Buyer Seller You · opt-in #### Booking Payment Reminder When a customer starts a booking but never completes the payment, it shows as “Awaiting Payment” in your Booking Overview. Click **Send Payment Reminder** there to email them a one-time nudge with a link to finish the booking — availability is re-checked when they pay, so a filled-up slot can't be overbooked. One reminder per booking. To: Buyer · manual - you trigger it #### Seller Registration Sent when a new seller registers and when they're approved. To: New seller You · if approval required #### Order Lifecycle Notifications Business Plan Configurable notifications for shipping-related order events. Each can be toggled on or off in Store Settings → General → Email Settings. - **Order Shipped:** Owner notified when a seller marks an order as shipped - **Order Completed (Owner):** Owner notified when a buyer confirms delivery - **Order Completed (Seller):** Seller notified when a buyer confirms delivery - **Shipping Deadline Reminders:** Owner CC'd on seller shipping deadline reminders To: You · toggle Seller · toggle #### Listing Submitted for Approval Sent to the marketplace owner when a seller submits a new listing or re-submits an edited listing for approval. To: You · toggle #### Team Invitations Sent when you invite someone to help manage your marketplace. To: Team member #### Sign-in Links (Magic Link) Your marketplace uses passwordless sign-in: when a buyer or seller enters their email, they receive a one-click sign-in link. No passwords, nothing to reset or forget. To: Buyer Seller #### Contact Form Submissions Sent when visitors submit your contact form. To: You #### Receipt Emails Sellers can send receipts to buyers with a PDF attachment. Receipts include booking/order details, price breakdown, and payment info. Can also be configured to send automatically after payment. To: Buyer · sent by seller, or auto after payment #### Buyer Account Restricted Sent when a marketplace owner bans a buyer. Includes the reason for restriction (if provided) and contact information. To: Restricted buyer #### Booking Cancellation Sent when a booking is cancelled. If Stripe refund is processed, the cancellation email includes refund details. Owner notification can be toggled on/off in store settings. To: Buyer Seller You · toggle #### Every email is customizable You can rewrite the subject line and wording of every transactional email your marketplace sends - and translate them into your store's language - under Store Settings → Email Translations, with a live preview and test-send. [Read the Email Translations guide →](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations) ## Email Branding All emails are automatically branded with your marketplace: Your Logo 1 Your Marketplace 2 View Booking 3 www.yourmarketplace.com 4 1 Your Logo Your marketplace logo appears in the email header. 2 Store Name Your marketplace name appears in the header and footer. 3 Brand Colors Buttons and accents use your primary brand color. 4 Custom Domain Links point to your custom domain (if configured), and with a verified sender the email comes from your address too. ## Email Example Here's what a typical notification email looks like: Your Logo ### New Message from John D. Your Marketplace Message Hi! Is this bowl microwave safe? I'm looking for one that's dishwasher safe too. This is an automated notification from Your Marketplace. Powered by Prometora.com ## Email Settings Configure email settings in Store Settings: - **Enable/disable notifications:** Turn specific email types on or off - **Notification preferences:** Control which events trigger emails - **Custom sender email:** Use your own domain for sending (requires DNS setup) Store Settings → General → Email Settings New message notifications Notify owner on new sale Order shipped (owner) Order completed (seller) ## Custom Email Domain For a more professional appearance, you can send emails from your own domain: #### Default vs Custom Default (no setup required) `[email protected]` Custom (requires DNS setup) `[email protected]` Setting up a custom sender domain requires adding DNS records to verify domain ownership. Contact support for assistance with this setup. ## Email Delivery Emails are sent via SendGrid, a trusted email delivery service, ensuring high deliverability: - **High deliverability:** Optimized to avoid spam filters - **Instant delivery:** Transactional emails sent immediately - **Mobile-friendly:** All emails are responsive - **Secure:** TLS encryption for all emails ## Troubleshooting #### Emails not received - Check spam/junk folders - Verify the email address is correct - Add your sending domain to the recipient's safe senders list - Try sending a test email from Store Settings #### Delayed notifications - Most emails are sent within seconds - Heavy email traffic may cause slight delays - Check if the recipient's mail server is responding #### Best Practices - Keep your marketplace logo and branding up to date - Encourage users to add your email to their contacts - Consider a custom email domain for better deliverability and branding - Monitor for delivery issues and address them quickly [Custom Offers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/custom-offers)[SEO & AI Guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/seo) --- # Getting Help Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-help # Getting Help Find answers to common questions, troubleshoot issues, and get support when you need it. #### Quick answer Start with the troubleshooting section for common payment, domain, seller, and listing issues, then check the FAQ. Still stuck? Email **[email protected]** - we reply within 24 hours (usually much faster). [Try the video guides first Short walkthroughs are often faster than reading — check the 10-video onboarding series. ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) ### Troubleshooting Fix common issues ### FAQ Common questions ### Contact Support Get in touch ## Troubleshooting Solutions to common issues you might encounter: ### Payment Issues #### "Stripe account not connected" Your Stripe Connect account isn't set up yet. **Solution:** Go to Store Settings → Payments and click "Connect with Stripe" to complete the onboarding process. #### "Vendor payouts paused" A vendor's Stripe account has verification issues. **Solution:** The vendor should check their email for Stripe verification requests and complete required steps from the **Finance** section of their seller dashboard (Prometora mounts Stripe's account-management form inline there). #### "Payment declined" A customer's payment was rejected. **Solution:** This is usually due to insufficient funds, expired card, or fraud prevention. Ask the customer to try a different payment method or contact their bank. ### Custom Domain Issues #### "Domain verification failed" DNS records aren't configured correctly. **Solution:** Double-check that you've added the correct CNAME record pointing to your Prometora subdomain. DNS changes can take up to 48 hours to propagate. #### "SSL certificate pending" HTTPS certificate hasn't been issued yet. **Solution:** SSL certificates are issued automatically once DNS is verified. Wait up to 24 hours after DNS propagation. If it persists, try clicking "Verify Domain" again. #### "Domain already in use" The domain is connected to another marketplace. **Solution:** Each domain can only be connected to one marketplace. If you own the domain and it's connected elsewhere, remove it from the other marketplace first or contact support. ### Seller & Vendor Issues #### "Seller can't create listings" Seller hasn't completed Stripe onboarding. **Solution:** Sellers must complete Stripe Connect verification before creating listings. They'll see a prompt to complete this in their dashboard. #### "Seller account pending approval" You have manual seller approval enabled. **Solution:** Go to Store Settings → Sellers to review and approve pending sellers. Or disable "Require Approval" for automatic seller onboarding. ### Listing Issues #### "Listing not appearing" Listing is in draft or pending review. **Solution:** Check if the listing is published (not draft). If you have listing moderation enabled, approve it in Store Settings → Pending Listings. #### "Images not uploading" Image upload failed or is timing out. **Solution:** Ensure images are under 10MB and in JPG, PNG, or WebP format. Check your internet connection and try again. Large images may take longer to upload. ### General Issues #### "Changes not saving" Browser cache or network issues. **Solution:** Try refreshing the page (Cmd/Ctrl + Shift + R for hard refresh). Clear your browser cache or try a different browser. Check your internet connection. #### "Page not loading" Network or server issues. **Solution:** Check your internet connection. If the issue persists, check our status page or try again in a few minutes. ## Frequently Asked Questions How do I change my marketplace template? Go to Store Settings → General and select a different template from the dropdown. Your content will be preserved, but the layout and design will change. Can I have multiple marketplaces? Yes! You can create multiple marketplaces from your dashboard. Each marketplace has its own settings, domain, and data. How do I add team members? Go to Store Settings → Team. Enter the email address of the person you want to invite and they'll receive an invitation email. See our [Team documentation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/team) for more details. How do commission rates work? You set a commission percentage in Store Settings → Payments. When a sale occurs, this percentage goes to your Stripe account, and the rest goes to the vendor. See our [Revenue documentation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue) for detailed examples. Can I use my own domain? Yes! Go to Store Settings → Custom Domain to connect your own domain. You'll need to add a CNAME record with your domain provider. See our [Custom Domain documentation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain) for step-by-step instructions. How do I cancel my subscription? You can manage your subscription from your account settings. Click "Manage Billing" to access the Stripe billing portal where you can cancel, upgrade, or downgrade your plan. What happens to my data if I cancel? Your data is retained for 30 days after cancellation. During this time, you can export your data or reactivate your subscription. After 30 days, data is permanently deleted. We recommend [exporting your data](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/export-data) before canceling. ## Contact Support Can't find what you're looking for? We're here to help. ### Email Support Send us an email and we'll get back to you within 24 hours (usually much faster). info@prometora.com ### Documentation Browse our comprehensive documentation for detailed guides and tutorials. [Browse Docs](https://www.prometora.com/docs) #### Tips for Faster Support - Include your marketplace URL or store ID - Describe what you expected to happen vs. what actually happened - Include screenshots if the issue is visual - Mention any error messages you see - Tell us what steps you've already tried [Marketplace Glossary](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary) --- # Creating Your Marketplace Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/create-marketplace # Creating Your Marketplace Get your marketplace up and running in minutes with our pre-built templates or AI-powered custom generation. New to Prometora? Our [no-code marketplace builder](https://www.prometora.com/build/no-code-marketplace) overview covers what's possible before you dive into the setup steps below. You can also [see plans and pricing](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) to find the tier that fits your launch. #### Quick answer The Create Marketplace wizard gives you two paths: pick one of 4 pre-built templates (2 steps, instant setup) or describe your idea and let AI generate a custom design in 30-60 seconds. Either way, everything stays fully customizable in the Page Builder afterwards - and remember to connect payments before expecting orders. Video: Create your first marketplace · 1–2 min [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) Launch in 3 steps 1. Pick a path A ready-made template or AI-generated custom design ↓ 2. Add your details Name and branding for your marketplace ↓ 3. Customize & launch Fine-tune in the Page Builder, then go live ## Overview The Create Marketplace wizard offers two paths to get started: ### Templates (Recommended) Choose from 4 pre-built marketplace templates optimized for different business models. Each template includes a professionally designed homepage, about page, and contact page. - 2 simple steps to launch - Instant setup - no waiting - Fully customizable after creation Best for: Getting started quickly ### Custom with AI Describe your marketplace vision in plain language and let AI generate a completely custom design with unique colors, layouts, and content tailored to your brand. - 3 steps with design choices - 30-60 seconds generation time - Unique AI-generated content Best for: Unique requirements ## Template Path The fastest way to launch your marketplace. Pick a template, enter your business name, and you're live. ### Step 1: Choose Your Template Select the type of marketplace that best fits your business: 🏪 General Marketplace Flexible marketplace for any type of listing - perfect for classifieds, mixed goods, or custom use cases. Examples: Craigslist, Facebook Marketplace 🏡 Rental Marketplace Bookings and rentals with availability calendars, deposits, and approval workflows. Examples: Airbnb, Turo, Fat Llama 📦 Product Marketplace Traditional e-commerce for physical or digital goods with inventory, shipping, and variants. Examples: Etsy, Amazon Handmade 💼 Service Marketplace Connect service providers with clients - appointments, consultations, and project-based work. Examples: Upwork, TaskRabbit, Thumbtack [Want to see each one first? Preview every template's homepage, about, and contact pages. ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/templates) ### Step 2: Enter Business Info Give your marketplace a name: Marketplace Name *e.g., Beach House Rentals, Local Finds Market This will be your marketplace's brand name **That's it for templates!** Click "Create Marketplace" and your marketplace will be created instantly with a professionally designed template. Alternative Path ## Custom with AI Skip templates and let AI generate a completely unique marketplace based on your description. ### Step 1: Select the AI Option Instead of selecting a template, click the "Custom with AI" card at the bottom: ✨ Custom with AI Advanced Describe your vision and AI will generate a custom marketplace. (More setup required) ### Step 2: Describe Your Marketplace Give your marketplace a name and detailed description. The more detail you provide, the better AI can customize your marketplace: ✨ Describe your marketplace Tell us about your business and AI will generate a custom marketplace Marketplace Name *Vintage Camera Exchange What will be sold on your marketplace? A marketplace for vintage camera enthusiasts to buy and sell rare film cameras, lenses, and accessories... The more detail you provide, the better AI can customize ### Step 3: Choose Your Design Style Pick an aesthetic and AI will generate matching colors and visual elements: Choose your design aesthetic AI will select colors and visual elements that match your chosen style Minimal & Clean Simple, focused on content Bold & Modern Contemporary with strong visuals Fun & Playful Vibrant and energetic Professional Business-focused and trustworthy #### Generation takes 30-60 seconds You'll see your homepage generate in real-time. About and Contact pages are created in the background. ## After Creation Creating the marketplace is just the start. There are two equally important sides to set up: your **storefront** (how it looks) and your **store settings** (how it actually runs - payments, shipping, sellers). A beautiful storefront can't take a single order until payments are connected, so don't skip the settings. ### Build your storefront Make it yours in the Page Builder. [Customize your pages Edit text, images, colors, and layouts visually ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder)[Add or remove sections Drag and drop from 28 pre-built components ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/components) ### Set up your store The engine that makes orders actually work. [Connect payments Start here Stripe Connect - accept orders and pay sellers out ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments)[Shipping & delivery Rates and fulfillment for physical goods ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping)[Sellers & team Invite sellers and manage who can list ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers)[Branding & domain Logo, colors, and your own custom domain ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/branding) [Ready to go live? Run the launch checklist to make sure nothing is missing before you publish ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/launch-checklist) [Video Guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos)[Marketplace Templates](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/templates) --- # Launch Checklist Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/launch-checklist # Launch Checklist Everything you need to complete before going live with your marketplace. Find this checklist in the **bottom-left corner** of your editor screen. #### Quick answer The Launch Checklist is the **rocket icon** in the bottom-left corner of the Page Builder. It tracks everything to complete before going live - branding, payments, listings, and more - with each item linking straight to the relevant settings page. Progress saves automatically, and some items (like the Stripe connection) are auto-detected. Video: Launch checklist: domain, keys, go live · ~2 min [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) ### Where to find the Launch Checklist Open your marketplace in the Page Builder. Look for the **rocket icon** in the bottom-left corner of the screen. Click it to open the Launch Checklist modal. ## Overview The Launch Checklist helps you track your progress as you set up your marketplace. Each item links directly to the relevant settings page, so you can quickly jump to what needs to be done. Items are automatically saved as you complete them. ## Checklist Items Click on any item below to mark it as complete (this is just a demo — your real progress is saved in the editor). Launch Checklist 2 of 9 completed ### Set up branding Add your logo, site name, and customize your theme colors to match your brand identity. ### Configure your listing form Set up listing types (products, services, rentals), add custom fields, and configure form settings for your sellers. ### Set up product detail page Configure how individual listings appear to buyers, including layout, info sections, and booking options. [Read the guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/product-detail) ### Customize your listings page Configure the layout, filters, sorting options, and display settings for your all listings page. [Read the guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/all-listings-page) ### Set up header & footer Configure your site navigation, add your logo to the header, and customize footer content and links. [Read the guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/header-footer) ### Customize your frontpage Design your homepage using the visual page builder. Add hero sections, featured listings, testimonials, and more. [Read the guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder) ### Create a test listing Visit your marketplace as a seller and create a test listing to experience the full submission and approval flow. [Read the guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/seller-dashboard) ### Configure payments Connect your Stripe account to accept payments on your marketplace. Set up commission rates and payout settings. [Read the guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments) ### Connect a custom domain (optional) Use your own domain like shop.yourbrand.com instead of the default Prometora subdomain. [Read the guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain) ## Tips for a Successful Launch Complete all required items before inviting sellers to your marketplace Test the buyer experience by creating a test listing and going through checkout Make sure your Stripe account is fully verified to avoid payment delays Preview your marketplace on mobile devices to ensure it looks good everywhere Consider creating a few example listings to show sellers what great listings look like ## Progress Tracking The Launch Checklist automatically tracks your progress: - Click any item to mark it as complete or incomplete - Your progress is saved automatically to your account - The progress bar shows your overall completion percentage - Some items (like Stripe connection) are auto-detected when complete #### Ready to Launch Once all items are complete, you'll see a "Your marketplace is ready to launch!" message. At this point, you can confidently share your marketplace with the world. [Marketplace Templates](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/templates)[Dashboard & Analytics](https://www.prometora.com/docs/dashboard) --- # Marketplace Templates Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/templates # Marketplace Templates Choose the right template for your marketplace type and customize it to fit your needs. #### Quick answer Prometora offers four marketplace templates - General, Rental, Product, and Service - each with a pre-built homepage, about page, and contact page, plus a "Custom with AI" option that generates a unique design in 30-60 seconds. Click any template card below to preview its pages. Templates are only a starting point: every section, color, and layout is editable in the Page Builder afterwards. ## Available Templates Prometora offers four marketplace templates, each optimized for different business models. All templates come with pre-built pages and can be customized using the Page Builder. For a broader look at what you can build without writing code, see the [no-code marketplace builder](https://www.prometora.com/build/no-code-marketplace) guide. 🏪 ### General Marketplace A flexible template for any type of listing. Perfect for classifieds, mixed goods, or when you want maximum flexibility in what vendors can list. **Best for:** Classifieds, community marketplaces, mixed categories **Examples:** Craigslist, Facebook Marketplace, OfferUp **Includes:** Hero with search, category showcase, featured listings, stats section, CTA Click to preview 🏡 ### Rental Marketplace Built for time-based rentals with availability calendars, booking workflows, security deposits, and approval systems for hosts. **Best for:** Property rentals, equipment rentals, vehicle sharing, space rentals **Examples:** Airbnb, Turo, Fat Llama, Peerspace **Includes:** Hero with search, category showcase, featured rentals, features section, FAQ, host CTA Click to preview 📦 ### Product Marketplace Optimized for selling physical or digital products. Includes inventory management, product variants (size, color), shipping options, and traditional e-commerce features. **Best for:** Handmade goods, vintage items, digital products, physical merchandise **Examples:** Etsy, Amazon Handmade, Gumroad **Includes:** Hero with search, category showcase, trending products, how it works steps, trust badges, seller CTA Click to preview 💼 ### Service Marketplace Connect service providers with clients. Supports appointment booking, consultations, project-based work, and service packages. **Best for:** Freelancers, consultants, local services, professional services **Examples:** Upwork, TaskRabbit, Thumbtack, Fiverr **Includes:** Hero with search, service categories, provider showcase, how it works, trust badges, FAQ, provider CTA Click to preview or ✨ ### Custom with AI Advanced The most flexible option. Describe your marketplace vision in natural language and AI will generate a fully custom design with tailored components, color schemes, and layouts. AI-Powered Custom Colors Smart Layout **Note:** Takes 30-60 seconds to generate vs instant for templates ## Choosing the Right Template Consider these factors when selecting a template: - **Transaction type:** One-time purchase, rental/booking, or ongoing service? - **Inventory needs:** Do vendors need to track stock quantities? - **Scheduling:** Do customers need to book specific dates/times? - **Provider focus:** Are you connecting clients with individual professionals? - **Flexibility:** Need maximum customization? Choose AI-generated. #### Tip You can always customize your marketplace after creation. Templates provide a starting point, but every element can be modified using the Page Builder and Visual Editor. ## Template Comparison Click to expand Tap to view full comparison | Feature | 🏪 General | 🏡 Rental | 📦 Product | 💼 Service | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Best For | Classifieds | Bookings | E-commerce | Professionals | | Examples | Craigslist, OfferUp | Airbnb, Turo | Etsy, Gumroad | Upwork, Fiverr | | Booking | - | ✓ | - | ✓ | | Booking Calendar | - | ✓ | - | ✓ | | Inventory | - | - | ✓ | - | | Inventory Tracking | - | - | ✓ | - | | Providers | - | - | - | ✓ | | Provider Profiles | - | - | - | ✓ | | How It Works Steps | - | - | ✓ | ✓ | | Trust Badges | - | - | ✓ | ✓ | #### Changed your mind? No worries! If you realize you picked the wrong template after creating your marketplace, you can always delete it from your dashboard and start fresh with a different template. It only takes a minute to begin again. [Creating Your Marketplace](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/create-marketplace)[Launch Checklist](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/launch-checklist) --- # Marketplace Glossary Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary # Marketplace Glossary Definitions for the key terms used across marketplace building. Mostly written so a non-technical founder can read this once and stop pretending to understand a word that sounds important on a Stripe API page. #### Quick answer A plain-English reference for the terms you meet when building a marketplace - from commission and GMV to Stripe Connect, KYC, and deferred onboarding - grouped into six sections from money to operations. Most entries end with "See also" links to the full guide on that topic, so you can jump from a definition straight to the how-to. ## Money & Payments ### Commission The percentage of each sale that the marketplace owner keeps. Also called the** take rate**. Set per marketplace (and optionally per subscription tier). Typical ranges: 5 to 10% for high-volume low-margin goods, 10 to 15% for standard product marketplaces, 15 to 20% for service marketplaces, 20 to 30% for premium services. Etsy charges around 6.5%, Airbnb around 15%, Uber around 25%. See also: [Marketplace commission rates](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue) · [Revenue calculator](https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator) ### Take Rate Synonym for commission. The percentage of GMV the marketplace owner captures. "Take rate" is more common in investor and analyst contexts; "commission" is more common in operator contexts. Same thing. ### GMV (Gross Merchandise Value) The total dollar value of all transactions on the marketplace, before any fees or commissions. If sellers move $100,000 of goods this month, your GMV is $100,000 regardless of what you take. The standard top-line metric for marketplace size. Your revenue is a function of GMV × take rate. See also: [Revenue projections by GMV](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue#revenue-projections) ### Application Fee Stripe's technical term for the commission the marketplace platform takes on each payment. When you set up Stripe Connect with destination charges, the application fee is the percentage automatically routed to your platform account at the moment of payment. Your commission rate translates directly into the application_fee_amount parameter on the Stripe API. See also: [Stripe for Marketplaces guide](https://www.prometora.com/learn/stripe-for-marketplaces) ### Payout The transfer of funds from a seller's Stripe balance to their connected bank account. Stripe handles payouts on a schedule (typically 2 business days in the US, longer in other regions). The marketplace owner doesn't manually move money. Payouts only happen after the seller completes KYC verification. ### Subscription MRR Monthly Recurring Revenue from seller subscriptions. The total monthly subscription fees you collect from sellers across all paid plans. On a marketplace with 50 sellers on a $49/mo Pro tier, subscription MRR is $2,450/mo. Tracked separately from commission revenue because the two flow through different Stripe accounts (regular Stripe vs Stripe Connect). See also: [Subscriptions feature](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions) · [Subscription revenue model](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue#subscriptions) ### Escrow (in marketplaces) Funds held by the platform between payment and release to the seller, typically pending delivery confirmation or a return window. On Prometora, shipping orders defer seller payout until the seller marks the order as shipped, which acts as a soft form of escrow without requiring a true escrow account. True regulated escrow is rare in product marketplaces. See also: [Shipping & deferred payout](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping) ## Stripe Connect Concepts ### Stripe Connect Stripe's product for platforms and marketplaces that move money between multiple parties. Handles payment splitting (buyer → seller, with platform taking a cut), seller verification (KYC), payouts, and tax reporting. Different from regular Stripe (which is for one business collecting payments). All multi-vendor marketplaces on Prometora use Stripe Connect. See also: [Complete Stripe for Marketplaces guide](https://www.prometora.com/learn/stripe-for-marketplaces) · [Stripe Connect setup](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments) ### Connect Account Types (Standard / Express / Custom) Three flavors of Stripe Connect accounts in the v1 API. **Standard**: seller manages a full Stripe dashboard themselves. **Express**: simplified onboarding hosted by Stripe; most v1 marketplaces pick this. **Custom**: maximum control, requires a dedicated payments engineering team. In late 2025 Stripe shipped Accounts v2, which replaces these fixed types with flexible configurations. Prometora moved to v2 in May 2026 and provisions sellers with `dashboard: "none"` + embedded components - the modern equivalent of Express but with the entire seller experience inside the marketplace site, not on Stripe. See also: [Which account type to choose](https://www.prometora.com/learn/stripe-for-marketplaces) ### Stripe Accounts v2 The December 2025 rebuild of Stripe Connect that replaces the fixed Standard / Express / Custom account types with composable configurations: independent `dashboard`, `configuration`, and `responsibilities` settings you combine to get the exact behavior you want (see Stripe's [connected account configuration](https://docs.stripe.com/connect/accounts-v2/connected-account-configuration) docs). Prometora migrated to v2 in May 2026 and provisions every new seller with `dashboard: "none"` plus embedded components, so the seller's entire payment experience lives inside the marketplace rather than on Stripe. See also: [How sellers connect Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding) ### Embedded Components (Stripe Connect) Stripe's prebuilt UI blocks - onboarding, payouts, balances, transactions, account management, tax documents, and an action-required notification banner - that mount *inline inside your own site* through a Stripe-hosted iframe. The seller never leaves your marketplace and never sees a Stripe-branded page, while Stripe still handles all the sensitive KYC and compliance behind the iframe. These are what make Prometora's white-label seller experience possible. See also: [How sellers connect Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding) ### KYC (Know Your Customer) The identity-verification process every seller must complete before receiving payouts. Stripe collects legal name, DOB, address, tax ID, and bank account from each seller. Required by financial regulations. Cannot be skipped (though it can be deferred until the seller has actual earnings waiting). ### Deferred Onboarding A pattern where sellers can list and sell on the marketplace BEFORE completing full Stripe verification. Earnings are tracked and held until the seller verifies, at which point accumulated funds are paid out automatically. Dramatically improves seller retention because verification happens when there's real money waiting, not at signup when the seller is still evaluating the platform. **Where the money sits.** During the deferred window the funds are custodied by Stripe (a licensed payment / e-money institution), not by the marketplace in its own bank account. They rest in the platform's Stripe balance and are attributed to the seller in the marketplace's own records (the seller's pending-earnings balance), then released to the seller's connected account with a Stripe transfer once verification completes. The marketplace can only move these funds along Stripe's rails; it never gains free use of them. **Regulatory note (EU / EEA).** Under [PSD2](https://stripe.com/resources/more/what-is-psd2-here-is-what-businesses-need-to-know), only parties that never come into possession *or control* of user funds are exempt from being regulated as a payment institution. Because the deferred window briefly holds and directs seller funds, EU/EEA operators should confirm their position with Stripe and local payments counsel before relying on it. The usual basis is that Stripe is the licensed fund-holder and the platform never takes funds into its own account, but the "control" question is jurisdiction-specific and is best cleared up front rather than assumed. See also: [How sellers connect Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding) · [Deferred onboarding deep dive](https://www.prometora.com/learn/stripe-for-marketplaces) ## People in a Marketplace ### Marketplace Owner The party that builds and operates the marketplace platform. Sets the commission rate, curates sellers, drives buyer traffic, handles disputes. Etsy Inc. is the marketplace owner of Etsy. Airbnb Inc. is the marketplace owner of Airbnb. On Prometora, this is you. ### Seller (or Vendor) A party that lists products or services on the marketplace and receives payment from buyers (minus the platform's commission). Sellers have their own dashboards, storefronts, and connected Stripe accounts. Used interchangeably with "vendor" (more common in B2B and wholesale contexts). ### Buyer A party that purchases from a seller through the marketplace. Pays the marketplace at checkout; funds are split automatically between platform commission, payment processing fees, and the seller's connected Stripe account. ### Managed Seller A seller whose account and listings are created BY the marketplace owner on their behalf, rather than through self-serve signup. Used for high-touch marketplaces where vendors are non-technical and need help getting set up. The seller still verifies their own Stripe account later to receive payouts. See also: [Managed Sellers feature](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers) ## Marketplace Models ### Two-Sided Marketplace A platform that connects two distinct user groups whose value to each other grows with participation. Buyers need sellers, sellers need buyers. All multi-vendor marketplaces are two-sided. The defining challenge is the cold-start (or chicken-and-egg) problem: neither side joins until the other side is already there. See also: [15 strategies to solve the cold start](https://www.prometora.com/learn/chicken-and-egg-problem) ### Multi-Vendor Marketplace A marketplace where many independent sellers list and sell their own products or services. The platform doesn't own inventory. Etsy, eBay, Amazon Marketplace, Reverb, StockX, Faire are all multi-vendor. Defining technical features: per-seller storefronts, split payments via Stripe Connect, per-seller payouts. See also: [Multi-vendor marketplace builder](https://www.prometora.com/build/multi-vendor-marketplace) · [How to build one](https://www.prometora.com/learn/how-to-build-a-multi-vendor-marketplace) ### Service Marketplace A marketplace where sellers offer services (not physical goods). Rover (pet sitting), Thumbtack (home services), Fiverr (freelance work), Care.com (caregiving). Usually involves scheduling, location-based search, and reviews of providers. Higher commission rates than product marketplaces (15 to 25% typical). See also: [Service marketplace builder](https://www.prometora.com/build/rover-style-marketplace) ### Rental Marketplace A marketplace where sellers rent assets to buyers for a defined time window. Airbnb (homes), Turo (cars), Fat Llama (peer-to-peer equipment). Defining technical needs: calendar availability, time-based pricing, iCal sync to prevent double bookings, deposit handling. See also: [Rental marketplace builder](https://www.prometora.com/build/airbnb-clone) · [iCal calendar sync](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/ical-sync) ### B2B Marketplace A marketplace where business buyers purchase from business sellers. Faire (wholesale to boutiques), Alibaba (international wholesale), Knowde (specialty chemicals). Defining needs: seller approval workflows, custom business fields (VAT, MOQ, lead time), NET payment terms, RFQ (request for quote) flows. Vertical B2B (one industry) typically beats horizontal B2B. See also: [B2B marketplace builder](https://www.prometora.com/build/b2b-marketplace) ## Growth & Strategy ### Chicken-and-Egg Problem The bootstrapping challenge in two-sided marketplaces: sellers won't join without buyers, buyers won't join without sellers. Solved by picking one side to subsidize, going hyper-local, faking the supply side manually, or piggy-backing on an existing community. Most marketplace failures fail here, not on the technology. See also: [15 proven strategies](https://www.prometora.com/learn/chicken-and-egg-problem) ### Cold Start Problem Synonym for the chicken-and-egg problem, used more in tech and investor contexts. Popularized by Andrew Chen's book [The Cold Start Problem](https://andrewchen.com/chapter-one-cold-start/). Refers to the difficulty of getting a network or marketplace off the ground when its value depends on participation it doesn't yet have. ### Network Effects The phenomenon where each additional user makes the marketplace more valuable to every other user. More sellers attract more buyers, who attract more sellers. Once a marketplace reaches critical mass in a niche, network effects make it very hard for competitors to displace. The reason marketplaces are winner-take-most businesses inside any single category. ## Tech & Operations ### Webhook An HTTP POST that the marketplace platform sends to a URL you control whenever a specific event happens (new order, refund, seller verification complete, etc.). Lets you sync marketplace data to your own systems (CRM, ERP, analytics, accounting). Business plan feature on Prometora. See also: [Webhooks setup](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/webhooks) ### iCal Sync A standard calendar format (RFC 5545) used to share availability between rental platforms. A seller on Airbnb AND your marketplace can sync calendars in both directions so a booking on one platform blocks the same dates on the other. Prevents double bookings without requiring a custom integration with each platform. See also: [iCal sync setup](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/ical-sync) Missing a term? Reach out at info@prometora.com and we will add it. [Connect Your AI](https://www.prometora.com/docs/connect-your-ai)[Getting Help](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-help) --- # Messaging System Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/messaging # Messaging System Enable direct communication between buyers and sellers on your marketplace. Build trust and facilitate transactions. #### Quick answer Buyers and sellers chat directly about a listing, organized into conversations, with email notifications for new messages. Sellers can also send a **custom offer** - a negotiated price the buyer accepts and pays in one click, right in the thread. And with **file attachments** enabled, both parties can share images and PDFs - photos, contracts, invoices, deliverables - without leaving the conversation. ## Overview The messaging system allows buyers and sellers to communicate directly about listings, orders, and services. Messages are organized by conversation and linked to specific listings. - **Pre-purchase inquiries:** Buyers can ask questions before buying - **Order coordination:** Discuss shipping, customization, or scheduling - **Support:** Handle issues and build customer relationships - **File attachments:** Share images and PDFs directly in the conversation (optional, off by default) - **Email notifications:** Both parties receive email alerts for new messages ## How Messaging Works Buyer Views listing → Sends Message About listing → Seller Notified Via email → Seller Replies Conversation continues ## Starting a Conversation Buyers can start a conversation from any listing page: 1 Buyer clicks **"Contact Seller"** or **"Message"** on a listing 2 They type their **message** and send it 3 A **conversation** is created, linked to that listing 4 The seller receives an **email notification** ## Message Interface Search... John D. Pottery Bowl 2 Sarah M. Camera Lens Pottery Bowl Conversation with John D. Is this bowl microwave safe? Yes, completely microwave and dishwasher safe! ### Interface Features - **Conversation list:** All conversations organized by recency - **Unread badges:** See how many unread messages per conversation - **Listing context:** Each conversation shows the related listing - **Search:** Find conversations by name or listing - **Real-time updates:** Messages appear instantly - **File attachments:** Attach images and PDFs with the paperclip button (when enabled for your marketplace) ## Custom Offers in Chat Sellers can negotiate a price in the conversation and send a **custom offer** - a payable price the buyer accepts and pays in one click, right inside the thread. It's ideal for bespoke services, quotes, and special pricing that don't fit a fixed listing price. Could you do 5,000 words by Friday? Custom offer Translation - 5,000 words EN→FR $120.00 Listing price: $45.00 The seller sends the offer; the buyer taps **Accept & Pay** to check out. A paid offer becomes a normal order with the usual payout, receipts, and emails. [Learn more about Custom Offers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/custom-offers) ## File Attachments in Messages When enabled, buyers and sellers can attach **images and PDF files** to their messages - before-and-after photos, contracts, quotes, invoices, CVs, or finished deliverables - without leaving the conversation or resorting to external file-sharing links. Here are photos of the item's condition before pickup. rental-agreement.pdf 1.2 MB Perfect, thanks! Here's the signed agreement. quote.pdf 240 KB Images render as thumbnails in the thread; PDFs show as file chips both parties can open. ### Enabling File Attachments File attachments are **off by default**. To turn them on for your marketplace: 1 Go to **Store Settings → Listing Form** 2 Scroll to **Buyer & Messaging Settings** (messaging must be enabled) 3 Turn on **"Allow file attachments in messages"** - both parties instantly get a paperclip button in every conversation ### Supported Files & Limits #### Images & PDFs JPG, PNG, WebP, GIF, and PDF files #### 5 Files per Message Attach up to 5 files, with or without text #### 10 MB per File Plenty for photos, scans, and documents #### Private and secure by design Attachments are stored privately and served through **expiring secure links** - only the two people in the conversation (and you, the marketplace owner, via the Moderation panel) can open them. Only safe file types are accepted: executables, scripts, and other active content are rejected automatically. A few examples of what this unlocks: rental marketplaces can exchange condition photos as proof, service marketplaces can deliver finished work in the thread, and B2B platforms can share quotes, contracts, and specs without switching tools. ## Email Notifications Both buyers and sellers receive email notifications for new messages: #### Seller Notifications When a buyer sends a message, the seller receives an email with: - Sender name - Message preview - Link to reply #### Buyer Notifications When a seller replies, the buyer receives an email with: - Seller/store name - Message preview - Link to view conversation ## For Marketplace Owners As the marketplace owner, you can monitor all conversations via the [Moderation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/moderation) panel: - View all buyer-seller conversations - Search and filter messages - Open and inspect any file attachments shared in a conversation - Identify policy violations - Mediate disputes when needed - Auto-flag messages containing words you choose (e.g. payment apps) to catch off-platform attempts ## Recommended Message Policies #### Response Time Expectations Set clear expectations for seller response times (e.g., within 24 hours). This helps maintain buyer satisfaction. #### Keep Transactions On-Platform Discourage sharing personal contact info or arranging off-platform payments. This protects both parties and ensures you earn commission. You can also turn on a [prohibited-word filter](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/moderation) to flag messages mentioning payment apps and remind the sender to keep the sale on the marketplace. #### Prohibited Content Prohibit harassment, spam, hate speech, and sharing of inappropriate content. Include this in your terms of service. ## Common Use Cases #### Product Inquiries "Does this come in other colors?" "What are the dimensions?" "Is this compatible with...?" #### Custom Orders "Can you make this in a larger size?" "I'd like to order 50 units, is there a discount?" #### Service Bookings "Are you available next Saturday?" "Do you travel to my area?" "How long does the service take?" #### Order Support "When will my order ship?" "I received the wrong item." "Can I change my shipping address?" #### Tips for Sellers - Respond promptly to build trust and increase sales - Be professional and friendly in all communications - Add common Q&A to your listing description to reduce inquiries - Check messages regularly or enable email notifications [Styling Properties](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/styling)[Custom Offers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/custom-offers) --- # Order Management Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/orders # Order Management Track, manage, and fulfill orders on your marketplace. Handle the complete order lifecycle from purchase to delivery. #### Quick answer Every purchase creates an order that moves through New, Processing, Shipped, and Completed. As the owner you see every order across all sellers from your Dashboard; sellers manage their own via the Seller Dashboard. With shipping enabled, seller payouts are deferred until the order ships, so refunds before fulfillment come straight from the platform's Stripe balance - and only the marketplace owner can issue refunds. ## Overview When a buyer makes a purchase on your marketplace, an order is created. The order management system helps you and your sellers track these orders through their lifecycle. #### Order Lifecycle New Order Payment received → Processing Seller prepares → Shipped On the way → Completed Delivered If something goes wrong before delivery, the order forks here: Cancelled Order stopped before fulfillment Refunded Payment returned to the buyer Because seller payouts are deferred until shipment, refunds before fulfillment are clean — the funds never left the platform. ## Order Statuses Orders move through different statuses as they're fulfilled: #### Pending / New Payment received, waiting for seller to begin processing. Seller should acknowledge within 24-48 hours. #### Processing Seller is preparing the order for shipment or delivery. #### Shipped / In Transit Order has been shipped. Tracking information may be available. #### Completed / Delivered Order successfully delivered to the buyer. Transaction is complete. #### Cancelled Order was cancelled before fulfillment. Refund may be issued. #### Refunded Payment has been refunded to the buyer. ## Viewing Orders Access your order management from the Dashboard. You can: - **Search orders:** Find by order ID, customer name, or email - **Filter by status:** View only pending, processing, or completed orders - **Filter by date:** See orders from specific time periods - **Sort:** By date, amount, or status New #ORD-1234 John Doe • 2 hours ago $85.00 Processing #ORD-1233 Sarah M. • Yesterday $124.50 Completed #ORD-1232 Mike T. • 3 days ago $67.00 ## Order Details Click on any order to see complete details: - **Order items:** Products/services purchased with quantities and prices - **Customer info:** Buyer name, email, and shipping address - **Seller info:** Which seller(s) are fulfilling the order - **Payment details:** Total, commission, and payment status - **Timeline:** History of status changes and events - **Messages:** Communication between buyer and seller ## For Marketplace Owners As the marketplace owner, you can: #### View All Orders See every order across all sellers in your marketplace. #### Track Revenue Monitor total sales, your commission, and payment statuses. #### Mediate Disputes Step in when buyers and sellers have issues. Review order history and communications. #### Process Refunds Issue full or partial refunds when necessary. ## For Sellers Sellers access their orders through the Seller Dashboard: - **View orders:** See only their own orders - **Update status:** Mark orders as processing, shipped, or complete - **Add tracking:** Enter shipping tracking numbers - **Message buyers:** Communicate about order details - **Handle issues:** Request cancellations or report problems ## Handling Order Issues #### Late Shipments If a seller hasn't shipped within the expected timeframe, reach out to them. Keep the buyer informed about any delays. #### Item Not as Described Review the listing and communication history. Determine if a refund or exchange is appropriate. Consider the buyer and seller's history. #### Lost in Transit Check tracking information. If truly lost, work with the seller to either reship or issue a refund. Insurance may cover the loss. #### Chargebacks If a buyer files a chargeback with their bank, gather evidence (order details, tracking, communications) to dispute if the claim is invalid. #### Order Management Best Practices - Set clear fulfillment expectations in your policies (e.g., ships within 2-3 days) - Encourage sellers to add tracking numbers for all shipments - Respond to order issues within 24 hours - Document all communications in case of disputes - Create a clear refund policy and apply it consistently ## Refunds & Payouts (Stripe Connect) When shipping is enabled, seller payouts are **deferred** until the order is marked as shipped (and optionally confirmed by the buyer). This means the payment stays on the platform's Stripe account until payout is triggered. This design makes refunds straightforward: #### How Automatic Refunds Work If a seller does not ship within the configured deadline (e.g. 14 days), the order is automatically cancelled and the **full amount** is refunded to the buyer via Stripe. **Example:** A buyer pays 100 EUR. The platform commission is 15 EUR. Since payout is deferred, **no money has been transferred to the seller yet**. The entire 100 EUR is refunded from the platform's Stripe balance back to the buyer. Nothing needs to be "clawed back" from the seller. Both the buyer and seller receive email notifications when an auto-refund occurs. #### Manual Refunds via Stripe Dashboard You can also issue manual refunds (full or partial) directly from the **Stripe Dashboard**. Navigate to *Payments → find the payment → Refund*. The same principle applies: since the seller payout is deferred, the refund comes from the platform's Stripe balance. No money needs to be reversed from the seller. #### Who Can Issue Refunds? Only the **marketplace owner** (you) can issue refunds. Refunds are processed through Stripe using the platform's Stripe Connect secret key, which only the owner has access to. Sellers **cannot** issue refunds themselves. If a seller needs to refund an order, they should contact you (the marketplace owner) to process it. #### After Payout Has Been Transferred If a payout has already been transferred to the seller (i.e., the order was shipped and confirmed), and you then need to issue a refund, Stripe will debit the refund amount from the platform's Stripe balance. You may need to arrange with the seller separately to recover their portion. This is why the deferred payout model is recommended for marketplaces — it protects you during the return window. ## Automation with Webhooks Use webhooks to automate order-related workflows: - **order.created:** Trigger notifications, update inventory systems - **order.completed:** Send thank-you emails, request reviews - **order.canceled:** Update stock levels, notify accounting See our [Webhooks documentation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/webhooks) to set up automated workflows. [Dashboard & Analytics](https://www.prometora.com/docs/dashboard)[Seller Dashboard](https://www.prometora.com/docs/seller-dashboard) --- # Page Builder Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder # Page Builder Build and customize your marketplace pages with our intuitive page builder interface. #### Quick answer The Page Builder is where you create and edit your marketplace pages. It has three areas: a sidebar for managing pages and the component library, a preview area with device previews, and a toolbar where you click "Edit" to open the Visual Editor for fine-tuning. System pages like Listings, Cart, and Checkout are generated automatically and configured in Store Settings, not here. ## Overview The Page Builder is where you create and edit your marketplace pages. It consists of three main areas: the **Sidebar** for page navigation, the **Preview Area** for viewing your content, and the **Toolbar** for device previews and actions. ## How It All Works Together Building pages involves two connected tools: the **Page Builder** for managing pages and adding components, and the **Visual Editor** for fine-tuning individual elements. Here's the typical workflow: 1. Manage Pages Create, rename, reorder pages in the sidebar ↓ 2. Add Components Drag components from the library onto your page ↓ 3. Enter Edit Mode Click "Edit" in toolbar to open Visual Editor ↓ 4. Fine-tune Select elements, adjust styles, use AI assistant #### Visual Editor & AI Assistant When you click **"Edit"** in the toolbar, the Visual Editor opens as a sidebar on the right. Select any element to modify its properties manually, or use the AI assistant to make changes with natural language like "make this text larger" or "add a testimonials section." [Learn more about the Visual Editor ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor) ## Interface Layout Pages Components Hero Section Features Preview: `/`Drag a component here or tap one in the sidebar Try it: add a **New Page**, then drag a component into the preview. ## The Sidebar The sidebar on the left shows all your marketplace pages and provides quick actions: #### Drag to Reorder Drag pages by the grip handle to change their order. The frontpage always stays at the top. #### Create New Page Click the + button to add a new page. Choose a name, icon, and whether it's protected (requires login). #### Page Actions Menu Click the three dots (⋮) on any page for options: Rename, Duplicate, Publish/Unpublish, Make Protected, Settings, or Delete. Rename Duplicate Publish / Unpublish Make Protected Settings Delete #### Component Library Click the layers icon to open the component library. Drag components onto your page to add them. [Browse all 28 components ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/components) ### Page Status Indicators Published (Live) Draft (Not Live) Protected (Login Required) ## The Toolbar The toolbar sits at the top of the preview area. At a glance it tells you which page you're on and whether it's live, and it holds the device switcher, edit mode, and the publish controls: Preview: `/frontpage`Live 100% Edit Discard Publish #### Page Path & Status The left side always shows the URL path of the page you're previewing, with status badges next to it: a green **Live** badge when the page is published, a yellow **Draft** badge when it isn't, and an orange **Protected** badge on pages that require login. If you're ever unsure whether visitors can see the page you're editing, this is the answer. #### Device Preview Switch between Desktop (full width), Tablet (768px), and Mobile (375px) to check your layout on different screens - the current width shows next to the icons. The in-builder preview is a close approximation; for true responsive behavior, open the page with **View Site** (below). #### Edit Mode Click **Edit** to enter edit mode (the button switches to **Exit Edit** while you're in it). This enables element selection and opens the [Visual Editor](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor) sidebar, where you can modify styles and content or use the AI assistant. Undo and redo buttons appear next to it, and the usual keyboard shortcuts work too: `⌘Z``⌘⇧Z` #### View Site The **View Site** button opens your live marketplace in a new browser tab - exactly what your visitors see, on your real domain. It's the most accurate way to test responsive behavior and check your work after publishing. #### Publish & Discard Every change you make - editing, reordering, deleting - lands in a **draft** first, and visitors keep seeing the current live version until you say otherwise. As soon as your draft differs from the live page, two buttons appear: **Publish** pushes your draft live, and **Discard** throws the draft away and returns to what's currently live. Experiment freely - nothing reaches your visitors until you hit Publish. ## Working with Sections Every component you add to a page is a **section**. Hover over any section in the preview and a small toolbar appears in its top-right corner with everything you need to rearrange, edit, or remove it: Hero Section Featured Listings The section toolbar appears on hover Testimonials #### Reorder: Drag or Use the Arrows Drag the grip handle to move a section anywhere on the page, or click the up/down arrows to nudge it one step - handy on long pages. Reordering is instant: the section moves the moment you drop it, with no page reload, and the new order saves to your draft in the background. Publish when you're happy with it. #### Delete a Section The trash button removes the whole section (with a confirmation step). No need to delete inner elements one by one. #### Right-Click for Element Actions In edit mode, right-click any element for actions like duplicate and delete. The menu header names the exact component it targets and outlines it on the page, so you always know what you're about to change. Element · in Featured Listings Duplicate Restore Hidden Elements (2) Delete Element #### Restore Hidden Elements Used "Delete Element" on something and want it back? The right-click menu's "Restore Hidden Elements" option brings back every hidden element in the section. ## System Pages Your marketplace includes automatic system pages that you don't need to create manually: #### Listings All marketplace listings with search and filters #### Product Detail Individual listing pages #### Cart Shopping cart for buyers #### Checkout Stripe-powered checkout flow #### Seller Dashboard Where sellers manage listings, orders, and complete Stripe Connect onboarding to get paid #### 💡 Note System pages are previewed in an iframe and configured in Store Settings rather than the Page Builder. This ensures they work correctly with your payment and vendor systems. [URL Redirects](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/redirects)[Managing Pages](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/pages) --- # Component Library Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/components # Component Library Drag and drop pre-built components to quickly build your marketplace pages. #### Quick answer The component library gives you 28 drag-and-drop components across 6 categories (hero sections, content, listings, social proof, interactive, legal & blog). Open it with the layers icon in the Page Builder sidebar, then drag a component onto the page preview - a drop indicator shows exactly where it will land. You can also right-click any component on a page to duplicate it. ## Opening the Component Library Click the **layers icon** in the sidebar header to toggle the component library panel. When open, the sidebar automatically minimizes to give you more workspace. Toggle component library ## Adding Components **Drag and drop** any component from the library onto your page preview. A drop indicator shows where the component will be inserted. Component library Centered Hero Features with Icons Pricing Table Page preview Drop here Drag a component from the library; the primary line shows exactly where it will land. ## Duplicating Components **Right-click any component** on a page and choose **Duplicate Component**. The copy drops in immediately below the source, fully editable on its own. Useful when you want a near-identical hero block, feature row, or pricing card without rebuilding it from scratch. Right-click menu - The copy is placed directly below the source, so the section order stays predictable. - Editing the duplicate never mutates the source - they are fully independent from the moment they split. - The action is optimistic: the new component appears instantly, then reconciles with the server. If the server call fails, the optimistic insert is rolled back. - Works on every component type in the library. **Heads up:** the same right-click menu also surfaces **Delete Element**(remove a single element inside a component) and **Delete Entire Component**(remove the whole section). The earlier *Hide Element* label was renamed to** Delete Element** so the action name reflects what actually happens. ## Available Components 28 components across 6 categories. Each is fully editable inline and via the visual editor. Hero Sections 4 Content 13 Listings 1 Social Proof 4 Interactive 5 Legal & Blog 2 ### Hero Sections #### Centered Hero A clean, centered hero with headline, subtitle, and up to two CTA buttons. Editable inline or via the visual editor. - Title and subtitle with inline editing - Primary and optional secondary CTA buttons with link picker - Background color (preset or custom hex) and per-element typography - Width presets: default, wide, narrow - Text alignment: left, center, or right Ideal for simple landing pages, announcement pages, or when you want maximum focus on a single message. #### Split Hero A side-by-side hero with text on one side and an image (or logo) on the other. Includes an optional announcement bar above the title. - Image position: left or right - Optional announcement banner with link and arrow - Optional logo display above the headline - Primary and optional secondary CTA buttons - Background, text, and button colors with per-element styling Ideal for product landing pages, SaaS-style marketing pages, or any homepage where you want to pair a message with a visual. #### Video Hero A full-width hero with an autoplaying background video and overlaid text. Upload your own video file or paste a URL. - Video upload (per-store storage) or external URL - Autoplay, loop, mute, and inline playback controls - Overlay opacity slider for readability - Title, subtitle, and optional CTA button - Custom title, subtitle, and button colors Ideal for brand-led marketplaces where you want the homepage to *feel* like a product — food, fashion, travel, experiences. Where When #### Hero with Search A full-width hero with an Airbnb-style unified search bar — location, check-in, check-out, and guest count in a single pill. Buyers search once and land on a fully filtered listings page. - Location, dates, and guest count in one search bar - Popular search chips underneath - Background image, heading, and subheading copy - "Sort by Distance on Search" auto-sorts results by nearest - Date filters feed into availability filtering on the listings page Ideal for rental, accommodation, experience, and local-services marketplaces. ### Content Components #### Features with Icons A grid of up to 4 features, each with an icon, title, and short description. Pick from a curated set of Heroicons or upload your own image per feature. - 1, 2, 3, or 4 columns - Per-feature icon (curated set) or custom image upload - Per-feature icon color and background color overrides - Eyebrow tag, section title, and subtitle - Background, text, and icon styling Ideal for explaining "what makes us different", listing platform benefits, or showcasing key categories. #### Side by Side Images Two images displayed side-by-side with captions and an optional shared title and subtitle. - Adjustable image gap (small, medium, large) - Image aspect ratio: square, 4:3, 16:9, or auto - Rounded corners and shadow presets - Optional captions per image - Vertical padding and text alignment controls Ideal for before/after comparisons, two-product showcases, or visual storytelling sections. #### Background Image Section Full-bleed background image with title, subtitle, and up to two CTAs. Configurable overlay for readability. - Background image with position and size controls - Overlay color and opacity slider - Min height presets: small, medium, large, full screen - Vertical alignment: top, center, bottom - Content max width: narrow, medium, wide, full Ideal for immersive section breaks, location-led marketplaces (rentals, travel), and strong CTA blocks. #### Text Block A flexible text section for paragraphs, descriptions, or any rich-text content. Choose H1, H2, or H3 heading level via the settings gear icon for SEO control. - Heading and body content, both inline-editable - Heading tag selector (H1/H2/H3) for proper page hierarchy - Background color and per-element text colors - “<>” Edit HTML button to write the content as raw HTML (handy for long-form or legal text) - Lightweight container with no extra layout overhead Ideal for about sections, intro paragraphs, policy snippets, or any plain-text content that doesn't need a heavier layout. #### Section Divider A visual separator between sections — useful for breaking up long pages without adding more layout weight. - Style: solid line, dashed, dotted, gradient, or fade - Thickness: thin, medium, thick - Width: full, wide, medium, narrow - Custom color and surrounding spacing (sm, md, lg, xl) #### Custom HTML Drop in your own HTML for full control when a template doesn't fit. Edit it as code in a dedicated editor — your markup is automatically sanitized on save, so scripts and unsafe code are removed. - Write or paste your own HTML (use inline styles for reliable styling) - “Generate with AI” — describe what you want and get an HTML snippet (uses one of your AI prompts) - Safe by default: scripts, event handlers, and unsafe links are stripped on save - Edited as code via the “<>” button, not the property panel Ideal for custom banners, embeds, or any layout the standard blocks don't cover. #### Video Embed Embed a YouTube or Vimeo video inline within your page content. Distinct from Video Hero — this is a contained video player with optional title and subtitle. - YouTube and Vimeo URL support - Aspect ratio: 16:9, 4:3, or 1:1 - Max width: sm, md, lg, xl, full - Optional section title and subtitle above the player Ideal for explainer videos, product demos, founder intro videos, or testimonial reels. #### Image A single image with optional caption, alignment, and styling controls. Useful as a standalone visual element on any page. - Alignment: left, center, right - Max width: sm, md, lg, xl, full - Aspect ratio: auto, 16:9, 4:3, 1:1, 3:2 - Rounded corners and shadow presets - Optional caption below image Ideal for editorial-style content pages, brand visuals, or anywhere you need one image with no other content. #### Image Gallery A grid of multiple images with optional captions and a shared title/subtitle. Add or remove images directly in the editor. - 2, 3, or 4 columns - Gap presets: small, medium, large - Aspect ratio: 16:9, 4:3, 1:1, 3:2 - Rounded corners and per-image captions - Add or remove images with one click in edit mode Ideal for portfolio sections, photo essays, before/after series, or showcasing multiple product angles. #### Image with Text Side-by-side image and text content with eyebrow, title, description, and CTA button. The "talking image" pattern used by most marketing sites. - Image position: left or right - Optional eyebrow tag above the title - Optional CTA button with link picker - Mobile image position: top or bottom - Two title positions: inline with text, or above both columns - Image ratio, rounded corners, and shadow controls Ideal for feature explanations, founder stories, "how it works" sections, or pairing a screenshot with copy. #### Category Showcase Display your listing categories in a visual grid. Each category links to its filtered listings page automatically. - Add as many categories as you need - Pick categories from your store's listing types - Custom label and image per category - Mobile layout: one or two columns per row - Inline-editable labels via the visual editor - Auto-generates the correct filter link for each category Ideal for marketplaces with distinct categories — rentals, services, or product categories that buyers browse by type. 1 2 3 4 #### How It Works A step-by-step process explanation with numbered circles, titles, and descriptions. Add or remove steps as needed. - Add unlimited steps (default 4) - Per-step number, title, and description - Layout: horizontal or vertical - Optional connectors between steps - Eyebrow, section title, and subtitle header Ideal for explaining the buyer or seller journey, onboarding flows, or "how to book" / "how to sell" sections. ### Listings Components #### Featured Listings Display your latest published listings. - Filter by listing type and custom field values (e.g., show only "Food Tour" listings) via the settings gear icon - Ideal for building category pages - Enable "Sort by Distance" to show nearest listings first based on visitor location - Enable "Show View Counts" to add a "viewed in the last 7 days" badge to cards as social proof - it only appears once a listing passes a minimum view threshold - Turn "Show Prices" off to hide prices on the cards (on by default) - useful for service and high-end marketplaces that don't want to lead with price. The price is also directly styleable in the visual editor: click it and adjust size, weight, and color #### Service Providers Showcase a curated grid of service providers from your marketplace with avatars, ratings, locations, and starting prices. - Number of providers: 3, 4, 6, or 8 - Columns: 2, 3, or 4 - Filter by listing type (for multi-type stores) - Verified badges and starting price display - Card style: default, bordered, or elevated - Optional "View All" button linking to the full listings page Ideal for service marketplaces — freelancers, consultants, fitness instructors, photographers, tutors. ### Social Proof Components #### Testimonial A single centered testimonial with quote, author photo, name, title, and optional company logo. - Testimonial text with rich formatting - Author name, title, and avatar image - Optional company logo above or beside the quote - Custom text and background colors - Layout widths: default, wide, narrow Ideal for social proof on landing pages, conversion-focused sections, or anywhere you have one strong customer voice to feature. #### Logo Cloud A grid of partner, customer, or press logos with optional title and subtitle. - Add or remove logos in edit mode - 3, 4, 5, or 6 columns - Logo height: small, medium, large - Optional grayscale filter for visual consistency - Optional title and subtitle above the grid Ideal for "Trusted by", "As featured in", press mentions, or partner showcases. #### Stats Section Big numbers and labels — your marketplace metrics, customer counts, satisfaction rates, etc. - 2, 3, or 4 columns - Per-stat value (large) and label (small) - Add or remove stats in edit mode - Custom value and label colors - Section title and subtitle Ideal for trust-building sections ("10K+ customers", "99% satisfaction"), impact reporting, or marketplace-size signals. #### Trust Badges A grid of up to 4 trust badges with icon, title, and description — like "Secure Payments", "Money-Back Guarantee", or "Verified Sellers". - 2, 3, or 4 columns - Per-badge icon (curated set) or custom image upload - Per-badge color overrides - Three layout styles: cards, inline, or minimal - Eyebrow, title, and subtitle header Ideal for building checkout confidence, near payment forms, or above the fold on first-purchase pages. ### Interactive Components #### CTA Centered A centered call-to-action with headline, subtitle, and up to two buttons. Lighter visual weight than CTA Dark Panel. - Title and subtitle - Primary and optional secondary CTA buttons - Background, text, and button colors - Width presets and text alignment Ideal for mid-page conversion nudges, end-of-section CTAs, or wherever you need a soft "next step" prompt. #### CTA Dark Panel A high-contrast dark-background CTA with headline, subtitle, and buttons. More visual weight than the centered variant. - Same content controls as CTA Centered - Darker default background for stronger emphasis - Custom background color override - Primary and optional secondary CTA Ideal for end-of-page conversion blocks, "ready to start?" sections, or anywhere you want the CTA to clearly stand out from page content. #### Pricing Table A pricing tier grid with name, price, period, description, feature list, and CTA button per tier. Add unlimited tiers and highlight one as recommended. - Add or remove tiers (default 3) - Per-tier name, price, period, description, and feature bullets - Per-tier CTA button text and link - "Highlighted" tier with custom badge text (e.g., "Most Popular") - Per-tier styling overrides (background, text, button) Ideal for subscription-based marketplaces, premium membership tiers, or any monetization model that isn't pure per-transaction. #### FAQ Section An accordion-style frequently asked questions section. Click a question to expand the answer. - Add or remove FAQ items in edit mode - Per-item question and rich-text answer - Title and subtitle header - Custom colors for question, answer, divider, and chevron icon - Smooth expand/collapse animation Ideal for addressing common objections, reducing support tickets, or building trust with first-time visitors. #### Contact Form A full contact form with name, email, optional phone, optional order number, and message fields. Submissions are sent to your configured email address. - Toggle phone and order number fields - Customize all field labels and placeholders - Custom submit button text and "sending" state text - Configurable success and error messages - Custom recipient email per form - Form styling (background, borders, focus colors) Ideal for support pages, custom request forms, sales inquiries, or general contact landing pages. ### Legal & Blog #### Legal Pages Pre-built legal page templates for Terms of Service, Privacy Policy, and Refund Policy. Each template comes with sensible defaults that you can edit inline or rewrite entirely. - Three templates: Terms of Service, Privacy Policy, Refund Policy - Inline rich-text editing of every section - Pre-populated with marketplace-appropriate language - Add or remove sections as needed Ideal for launching quickly with compliant legal pages — edit the placeholders to match your specific terms, jurisdiction, and policies. #### Blog Components Two related components for running a blog on your marketplace: BlogOverview (the index page) and BlogPostDetail (the individual post page). - BlogOverview: grid of post cards with image, title, excerpt, author, date, and per-post "Read More" / CTA buttons - BlogPostDetail: rich-text post content with author, date, and featured image - Per-post style overrides on the overview grid - Add or remove posts in edit mode - Custom button styling per post Ideal for SEO-driven content marketing, customer stories, marketplace updates, or thought leadership. #### All components are fully editable Every component supports inline editing. Click on any text to edit it directly, and use the settings button (gear icon) on complex components to adjust colors, layouts, and other options. [Header & Footer](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/header-footer)[Preview & Publish](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/preview) --- # Header & Footer Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/header-footer # Header & Footer Configure your site header and footer to create a consistent, professional look across your marketplace. #### Quick answer Your header and footer are edited in Site Settings: click the gear icon in the Page Builder sidebar, or click directly on the header or footer in the preview. From there you configure your logo, site name, navigation links, footer links, social icons, newsletter signup, and copyright text. Nav and footer links can also jump straight to a section on a page. Video: Adjusting navigation and footer · Under 1 min [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) ## Accessing Site Settings There are several ways to access the header and footer settings: - **Settings icon:** Click the gear icon in the page builder sidebar - **Click the header:** Click directly on your header in the preview to edit it - **Click the footer:** Click directly on your footer in the preview to edit it Click the gear icon to open Site Settings ## Header Configuration The header appears at the top of every page and typically includes your logo, site name, and navigation. #### Logo Upload your logo image. Recommended size: 200x50px or similar aspect ratio. #### Site Name Your marketplace name displayed in the header (if no logo is set or alongside the logo). #### Header Style Choose between different header layouts and color schemes. #### Hide mobile burger menu On mobile, hide the burger button and show only the Sign In button (and cart, if enabled) in its place. Useful when there are no nav items to expose on mobile. Default off. ## Navigation Menu Configure the links that appear in your header navigation. Go to the **Navigation** tab in Site Settings. - **Add links:** Add links to your pages, external URLs, or special pages - **Reorder:** Drag and drop to change the order of navigation items - **Remove:** Click the X to remove a navigation link - **Special pages:** Link to system pages like "All Listings" or "Sell on [Your Store]" - **Scroll to a section:** Link a nav item straight to a section on a page (see Scroll-to-section links below) Home / All Listings /listings About Us /about ## Scroll-to-Section Links Header links, footer links, and the call-to-action buttons inside your page sections can point at a **specific section on a page** and smooth-scroll visitors straight to it. It's perfect for single-page sites, "jump to pricing" hero buttons, or sending a footer link to your FAQ. 1. In the link picker (Navigation, Footer, or a section's CTA button), choose the page you want to link to 2. Expand it to reveal the list of sections on that page 3. Pick a section — the link now jumps to it and smooth-scrolls, accounting for your sticky header Pricing #pricing FAQ #faq #### Anchors stay stable Anchors track each section's stable id, so they keep working when you reorder or add sections. If a linked section is ever deleted, the link simply does nothing rather than breaking the page. ## Footer Configuration The footer appears at the bottom of every page and typically includes links, social media icons, and copyright information. #### Footer Links Add links to important pages like Terms, Privacy Policy, Contact, etc. Footer links can also scroll to a specific section on a page, the same way navigation links do. #### Social Media Links Add links to your social media profiles (Twitter/X, Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube, TikTok). #### Newsletter Signup Optionally display a newsletter signup form in the footer. #### Copyright Text Customize the copyright notice at the bottom of your footer. ## Footer Layout Options Choose from different footer styles: - **Simple:** Minimal footer with just links and copyright - **Standard:** Logo, links, social icons, and copyright - **Expanded:** Multiple columns with categorized links #### Tip: Consistency is Key Your header and footer appear on every page, so make sure they reflect your brand colors and style. Visit the [Branding settings](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/branding) to set your theme colors. [Managing Pages](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/pages)[Component Library](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/components) --- # Managing Pages Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/pages # Managing Pages Create, organize, and manage the pages that make up your marketplace. #### Quick answer Create a page with the + button in the Page Builder sidebar, drag pages by the grip handle to reorder them, and use the three-dot menu (⋮) for Rename, Duplicate, Publish/Unpublish, Make Protected, Settings, and Delete. Per-page SEO settings (title, description, keywords, indexing) live under that Settings option. The Frontpage is a core page and can't be deleted or renamed. ## Creating a New Page Click the **+** button in the sidebar to create a new page. You'll be prompted to enter: - **Page Name:** Display name shown in navigation (e.g., "About Us") - **Page URL:** The URL path (e.g., "about-us" creates /about-us) - **Icon:** Choose an icon to represent the page in the sidebar Click to add a new page ## Reordering Pages Drag pages by the grip handle to change their order. The order affects how pages appear in your navigation menu. Frontpage Always first About Contact Drop here ## Page Actions Click the three-dot menu (⋮) on any page to access these actions: #### Rename Change the page's display name #### Duplicate Create a copy of the page with all its content #### Publish / Unpublish Control whether the page is visible to visitors #### Make Protected / Public Protected pages require users to be logged in #### Settings Access SEO settings, custom CSS, and advanced options #### Delete Remove the page (not available for core pages) ## Page Settings Access page settings via the three-dot menu → Settings: ### SEO Settings - **SEO Title:** Custom title for search engines - **SEO Description:** Meta description for search results - **SEO Keywords:** Keywords for search optimization - **Allow Search Indexing:** Control whether search engines can index this page ### Advanced Settings - **Show in Navigation:** Include/exclude from the main menu - **Custom CSS:** Add page-specific styles - **Custom JavaScript:** Add page-specific scripts (use carefully) #### 💡 Core Pages The Frontpage is a core page and cannot be deleted or renamed via the sidebar. You can still edit its content and settings. [Overview](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder)[Header & Footer](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/header-footer) --- # Preview & Publish Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/preview # Preview & Publish Preview your changes on different devices and publish when ready. #### Quick answer Use the device switcher in the toolbar to preview your page at Desktop, Tablet (768px), and Mobile (375px) widths, or click "Preview" to open the page in a new tab for the most accurate view. Edits are saved as a draft and only go live when you click "Publish Changes". "Discard" reverts all unpublished changes and cannot be undone. ## Device Preview Use the device switcher in the toolbar to preview how your page looks on different screen sizes: 100% Desktop Full width (100%) Tablet 768px width Mobile 375px width #### 💡 Accurate Preview For the most accurate responsive testing, click the **"Preview"** button to open your page in a new browser tab. The in-builder preview uses container queries which may differ slightly from actual device behavior. ## Preview in New Tab Click the **Preview** button in the toolbar to open your page in a new browser tab. This shows exactly how visitors will see your page. ## Draft Changes When you make changes, they're saved as a **draft**. Draft changes are visible in the Page Builder but not live on your published site until you publish them. When you have unpublished changes, you'll see two buttons in the toolbar: ### Discard Changes Click "Discard" to revert all unpublished changes and restore the last published version. This cannot be undone. ### Publish Changes Click "Publish Changes" to make your draft changes live. Visitors will immediately see the updated content. ## Page Publishing Status Each page has its own publishing status, shown in the sidebar and toolbar: Live Page is published and visible to visitors Draft Page exists but is not visible to visitors To change a page's publishing status, use the three-dot menu in the sidebar and select "Publish" or "Unpublish". [Component Library](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/components)[Overview](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor) --- # Marketplace Revenue Calculator: Free Projection Tool 2026 Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator # Marketplace Revenue Calculator Project your marketplace earnings, find your break-even point, and set revenue goals. Enter your commission rate, AOV, and monthly orders to see detailed projections you can export and share. #### Quick answer A free tool - no signup - that projects your marketplace earnings from three inputs: commission rate, average order value, and monthly orders. It accounts for your Prometora plan fee and Stripe processing fees, includes goal and break-even calculators, and lets you share a link or export to CSV or Google Sheets. Your settings auto-save in the browser. ## How much does a marketplace make? Most online marketplaces charge sellers a commission of **5-30% per transaction**. A marketplace doing **$10,000 in monthly GMV** at a 10% commission rate collects **$1,000 in commission**, or roughly **$700 in net revenue** after Prometora's 1.5% platform fee and the $149/mo Professional plan (sellers cover Stripe's 2.9% + $0.30 per transaction). Use the calculator below to project your own numbers, or read the [commission rates guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue) for benchmark data by category. Quick Start with Presets Net Monthly Revenue $276 After Prometora & Stripe fees Annual Projection $3,312 Net revenue at this volume × 12 Above Break-Even 36 orders 64 above — subscription covered ## Your Settings Commission Rate (%) The % you take from each sale AOV ($) Average price per sale Monthly Orders Expected orders per month Prometora Plan Your Prometora subscription plan ## Per Transaction Breakdown Sale Price $50.00 Your Commission (10%) +$5.00 Prometora Fee (1.5%) Billed to you once a month with your subscription -$0.75 Stripe Fee (2.9% + $0.30) Deducted from seller · US card rate -$1.75 Your Net Profit Per sale, before your monthly subscription $4.25 Seller receives (for reference) $43.25 ## Monthly Projections GMV $5,000 Your Commission $500 Prometora Fees -$75 Subscription -$149 Net Monthly Revenue $276 Profit Margin 5.5% of GMV ## Yearly Projections Annual GMV $60,000 Annual Commission $6,000 Annual Net Revenue $3,312 Like the look of $276/month? Start a free 14-day trial and turn this projection into a real marketplace. [Start Free Trial](https://www.prometora.com/sign-up) ## Revenue Growth Chart Visualize how your net revenue scales with order volume 50 $64 100 You $276 250 $914 500 $1,976 1,000 $4,101 Monthly orders → Net revenue/month ## Scaling Projections See how your revenue grows as your marketplace scales (based on $50 AOV, 10% commission, Professional plan) | Orders | GMV | Commission | Fees | Net | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 50 | $2,500 | $250 | -$187 | $64 | | 100 Current | $5,000 | $500 | -$224 | $276 | | 250 | $12,500 | $1,250 | -$337 | $914 | | 500 | $25,000 | $2,500 | -$524 | $1,976 | | 1,000 | $50,000 | $5,000 | -$899 | $4,101 | ## Ready to Start Earning? With 100 orders at $50 AOV, you could be earning $276/month. Start building your marketplace today. [Start Free Trial](https://www.prometora.com/sign-up)[View All Plans](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) ## Frequently Asked Questions The calculator provides estimates based on the inputs you provide. Actual revenue may vary depending on factors like refund rates, chargebacks, and seasonal fluctuations. Use it as a planning tool to understand potential earnings. The calculator includes: • **Your commission rate** — the percentage you set • **Prometora platform fee** — varies by plan: 2% (Starter), 1.5% (Professional), 1% (Business) • **Stripe processing fee** — Stripe's standard card rate for your selected currency's region (e.g. 2.9% + $0.30 for USD, 1.5% + €0.25 for EUR, 1.5% + 1.80 kr for DKK). Actual rates vary by card type and country, so treat the Stripe line as an estimate Stripe's fee comes out of the **seller's** payout, so it doesn't reduce your commission. The per-transaction breakdown shows it for the full picture, but your net revenue is your commission minus Prometora's fee and subscription. See [Stripe's marketplace payments docs](https://stripe.com/connect/marketplaces) for how their fees work in your region. Each fee comes from a different place, at a different time: • **Your commission** — deducted from the seller's side of the sale the moment a buyer pays. It never comes out of your pocket; it's your revenue. • **Stripe's processing fee** — also deducted from the seller's payout at the time of sale. It does **not** reduce your commission. • **Prometora's platform fee** — the only fee that's yours to pay, and it is **not** deducted from individual transactions. Your commission reaches you in full; Prometora's fee is totalled up and billed **once a month, together with your subscription**. So on each sale: the buyer pays the full price, the seller receives the price minus your commission and Stripe's fee, and you receive your full commission. Once a month you pay one invoice covering your subscription plus that month's platform fees. Example: a $100 sale at 10% commission (Professional plan) On every sale — automatic Buyer pays $100.00 → Seller receives **$86.80** (after your $10 commission and Stripe's $3.20) → You receive **$10.00** — your commission, in full Once a month — one invoice Prometora bills you Subscription **$149.00**+ Platform fee **1.5%** of the month's sales Never deducted from your payouts. Yes! Click the **Share** button to copy a link with all your settings encoded. When someone opens the link, the calculator automatically loads your commission rate, AOV, monthly orders, and selected plan. Great for sharing projections with co-founders or investors. The Goal Calculator works in reverse — enter your target monthly revenue and it tells you how many orders you need to reach that goal. It factors in your commission rate, AOV, and Prometora fees to give you a realistic order target. Break-even is the number of orders you need each month to cover your Prometora subscription cost. Once you exceed break-even, every additional order is pure profit (minus Prometora's small transaction fee). The calculator shows you exactly where this threshold is. Profit Margin shows what percentage of your total GMV (gross merchandise value) you keep as net profit. For example, if your GMV is $5,000 and your net revenue is $300, your profit margin is 6% of GMV. This helps you understand your take-home rate at a glance. Yes! You have several export options: • **Share** — copy a link with your settings to share • **Copy Data** — tab-separated for easy pasting into spreadsheets • **Download CSV** — full detailed report • **Google Sheets** — opens a new sheet (paste with Ctrl+V) It depends on your expected volume: • **Starter** (2% fee, $99/mo) — great for getting started • **Professional** (1.5% fee, $149/mo) — best for growing marketplaces • **Business** (1% fee, $249/mo) — higher volumes, includes API access and webhooks Use the calculator to compare — try different plans to see which gives you the best return. [View pricing plans →](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) Yes! Your calculator settings are automatically saved to your browser. When you return to this page, your commission rate, AOV, monthly orders, and plan selection will be restored. Clear your browser data to reset. [Revenue & Fees](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue)[Scaling Your Marketplace](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/scaling) --- # Seller Dashboard Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/seller-dashboard # Seller Dashboard The seller dashboard is where vendors manage their listings, orders, messages, and earnings on your marketplace. #### Quick answer Sellers reach their dashboard by signing into your marketplace and clicking "Dashboard" in the navigation menu. From there they manage listings, orders, messages, bookings, and earnings. Note that sellers must complete Stripe Connect verification before they can create listings and receive payments. ## Overview When sellers register on your marketplace, they get access to their own dashboard where they can: - View sales statistics and earnings - Create and manage listings - Handle orders and fulfillment - Communicate with buyers - Connect their Stripe account for payouts - Manage bookings (for service/rental marketplaces) #### How Sellers Access Their Dashboard Sellers access their dashboard by signing into your marketplace and clicking **"Dashboard"**or **"Seller Dashboard"** in the navigation menu. ## Dashboard Home The main dashboard shows key metrics at a glance: yourstore.com/dashboard Dashboard My Listings My Orders Finance Messages Seller Profile #### Dashboard 12 Active Listings 28 Total Orders $2,450 Revenue $180 Pending Payout The seller dashboard: navigation on the left, key metrics front and center. 12 Active Listings 28 Total Orders $2,450 Total Revenue $180 Pending Payout ### Listing Views Below the summary cards, the dashboard home shows a **Most Viewed Listings**panel - the seller's own listings ranked by views. Only listings that have been viewed at least once appear, so the panel stays empty until traffic starts coming in. Every card in **My Listings** also carries an eye-icon views badge with the same count. Views are counted once per visitor session, exclude the seller's own visits, and filter out bots, so the numbers reflect real buyer interest. Marketplace owners can also surface these numbers to buyers: the Featured Listings component in the page builder has a **Show View Counts** toggle that adds a "viewed in the last 7 days" badge to listing cards as social proof. The badge only appears once a listing passes a minimum number of recent views. My Listings 128 Hand-thrown ceramic vase $180 · Published Dashboard home Most viewed listings Hand-thrown ceramic vase 128 Weekend pottery workshop 94 Stoneware espresso cups (set of 4) 61 The eye badge on every My Listings card, and the top five by views on the dashboard home. ## Stripe Connect for Sellers Before sellers can receive payments, they must connect their Stripe account: 1 Seller clicks **"Connect with Stripe"** on their dashboard 2 They complete Stripe's **onboarding flow** (identity verification, bank account) 3 Once verified, they can **create listings** and receive payments 4 Payouts are sent automatically to their bank (minus your commission) #### Important Sellers cannot create listings until they've completed Stripe Connect verification. This ensures all sellers can receive payments. ## Managing Listings From the **My Listings** section, sellers can: #### Create New Listings Add new products or services with photos, descriptions, pricing, and custom fields. #### Edit Existing Listings Update pricing, availability, descriptions, and photos at any time. #### Duplicate Listings Copy an existing listing in one click to post similar ones faster - great for recurring sessions or product variations. The copy is saved as an editable draft (with photos carried over) and stays hidden until the seller publishes it. #### Publish/Unpublish Control visibility by publishing or temporarily hiding listings. #### View Performance Every listing card shows a views count (the eye icon) so sellers can see how much interest each listing is getting. Views are counted once per visitor session and exclude the seller's own visits, so the numbers reflect real buyer interest. ## Handling Orders The **My Orders** section shows all orders for the seller's listings: - **New orders:** Orders waiting to be processed - **Order details:** Buyer info, items purchased, shipping address - **Update status:** Mark as processing, shipped, or completed - **Add tracking:** Enter shipping tracking numbers - **Communicate:** Message buyers about their orders #### Download Receipt Sellers can generate a printable receipt for any order directly from the My Sales page. The receipt opens in a new tab and can be printed or saved as PDF to share with buyers. #### Export Sales to CSV Sellers can export all their sales data as a CSV file from the My Sales page. The export includes transaction details, customer info, item breakdown, fees, and earnings — ready to open in Google Sheets or Excel. ## Messages The **Messages** section enables direct communication with buyers: - View all conversations organized by listing - Respond to buyer inquiries before purchase - Handle post-purchase questions - Receive email notifications for new messages ## Bookings (Service Marketplaces) For service or rental marketplaces, sellers also have a **Bookings** section: #### View Booking Requests See all pending booking requests with dates, times, and customer details. #### Accept or Decline Approve or reject booking requests based on availability. #### Manage Availability Set available dates and times for bookable services. #### Calendar View Switch between list and calendar view to visualize bookings. The calendar supports both month and week views with color-coded booking chips (yellow for pending, green for confirmed, blue for completed, gray for cancelled, red for declined). Click any day to filter bookings for that date. ## Account Settings Sellers can manage their account from the **Settings** section: - **Profile:** Update name, bio, and profile photo - **Profile URL:** Claim a custom address for the public profile page under **Business Information** — e.g. `/sellers/noble-consultancy` instead of an ID. Live availability check, a one-click suggestion from the business name, and old links keep working after a change - **Finance:** View payouts, balance, transactions, account details, and tax documents - all inline in the marketplace dashboard - **Notifications:** Email notification preferences - **Sign out:** Log out of the seller account ## Seller Search Buyers can search for sellers by name directly from the storefront search bar. When a buyer types a name, matching sellers appear in the search dropdown alongside listing results, with their profile image and first name. Clicking a seller navigates to their seller profile page. #### How It Works The search bar shows two sections when results are found: **Sellers** (matched by first name) and **Listings** (matched by title or description). Only active, approved sellers appear in search results. ## Features by Marketplace Type Different marketplace templates offer slightly different seller features: | Feature | Product | Service | Rental | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Product Listings | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | | Order Management | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | | Booking Calendar | — | ✓ | ✓ | | Availability Management | — | ✓ | ✓ | | Shipping Settings | ✓ | — | — | | Receipt Download | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | | CSV Export | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | #### Tips for Marketplace Owners - Create a seller guide explaining how to use the dashboard - Send welcome emails to new sellers with onboarding instructions - Monitor seller activity in your admin dashboard - Set clear expectations for response times and fulfillment [Order Management](https://www.prometora.com/docs/orders)[Overview](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings) --- # SEO & AI Guide Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/seo # SEO & AI Guide Optimize your marketplace for search engines and AI assistants. Get discovered on Google, and see which AI crawlers read your listings. #### Quick answer Prometora handles technical SEO automatically: XML sitemap, meta tags, clean URLs, canonical URLs, structured data, and robots.txt. Your two highest-impact manual steps are connecting a custom domain and setting per-page titles and descriptions in the SEO & AI tab (Pro plan and above). The same tab includes AI Visibility, which shows how much of your catalog AI crawlers like ChatGPT's and Claude's have read. You can also add Google Ads conversion tracking from Store Settings. ## Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) helps your marketplace appear in Google and other search engines. Good SEO brings organic traffic without paying for ads. Prometora handles many SEO best practices automatically, but there are additional steps you can take to maximize your search visibility. ## Built-in SEO Features Your marketplace includes these SEO features automatically: #### Fast Loading Optimized for speed with modern caching and image optimization. #### Mobile-Friendly Fully responsive design that works on all devices. #### Clean URLs SEO-friendly URL structure for pages and listings. #### Meta Tags Automatic title and description tags for all pages. #### Social Sharing Open Graph tags for beautiful social media previews. #### Sitemap Automatic XML sitemap for search engine crawlers. #### robots.txt Automatic crawler rules that welcome search engines and AI crawlers while keeping private pages out of the index. ## Accessing Your Sitemap & robots.txt Both files are generated automatically and kept up to date - there is nothing to create or upload. On a custom domain they are served at the standard locations: SITEMAP `https://www.yourmarketplace.com/sitemap.xml` Lists your frontpage, custom pages, published listings, and public seller profiles. ROBOTS.TXT `https://www.yourmarketplace.com/robots.txt` Tells crawlers what they may read, and points them to your sitemap. Your robots.txt allows all well-behaved crawlers - including the AI crawlers tracked in AI Visibility - to read your public pages, while keeping private pages like the cart, checkout, and dashboards out of search results. This is what the generated file looks like: YOUR GENERATED ROBOTS.TXT ``` User-agent: * Allow: / Disallow: /dashboard/ Disallow: /seller-dashboard/ Disallow: /cart/ Disallow: /checkout/ Disallow: /signin/ Disallow: /signup/ Disallow: /auth/ Disallow: /stripe-connect/ Disallow: /api/ Sitemap: https://www.yourmarketplace.com/sitemap.xml ``` `User-agent: *` with `Allow: /` welcomes every crawler to your public pages; the Disallow lines keep private pages out; the last line points crawlers to your sitemap. Not using a custom domain yet? Stores on a prometora.com address share the platform-wide `prometora.com/robots.txt`, and your sitemap lives at the URL shown in the SEO & AI tab in Store Settings. With a custom domain, both files are served under your own domain - one more reason to [connect one](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain). ## Page SEO Settings Customize SEO settings for each page in the Page Builder: 1 Go to **Page Builder** and select a page 2 Click the **gear icon** to open Page Settings 3 Edit the **Page Title** and **Meta Description** 4 Optionally add a **custom slug** (URL path) ### Page Title Best Practices - Keep titles under **60 characters** - Include your **primary keyword** near the beginning - Make it **compelling** to encourage clicks - Each page should have a **unique title** EXAMPLE ✓ Good: "Handmade Jewelry | Artisan Marketplace" ✗ Bad: "Home Page" ### Meta Description Best Practices - Keep descriptions between **150-160 characters** - Include your **main keywords** naturally - Write a **compelling summary** that encourages clicks - Include a **call to action** when appropriate EXAMPLE ✓ Good: "Discover unique handmade jewelry from independent artisans. Shop earrings, necklaces, and bracelets. Free shipping on orders over $50." HOW THIS LOOKS IN GOOGLE https://www.yourmarketplace.com Handmade Jewelry | Artisan Marketplace Discover unique handmade jewelry from independent artisans. Shop earrings, necklaces, and bracelets. Free shipping on orders over $50. The SEO & AI tab in Store Settings shows this preview live for every page as you edit. ## Listing SEO Each listing automatically gets its own SEO-optimized page. Help your sellers create better listings: #### Descriptive Titles Encourage sellers to use specific, keyword-rich titles that describe exactly what they're selling. Example: "Handmade Ceramic Coffee Mug - Blue Speckled Glaze, 12oz" #### Detailed Descriptions Longer, detailed descriptions perform better. Include materials, dimensions, use cases, and care instructions. #### Quality Images High-quality images with descriptive alt text improve SEO and user experience. #### Custom Fields Use custom fields to collect structured data (size, color, material) which enhances search relevance. ## Custom Domain for SEO Using a custom domain significantly improves your SEO: Default URL `prometora.com/s/your-store` Shared domain, less SEO authority Custom domain (recommended) `www.yourmarketplace.com` Builds your own domain authority See our [Custom Domain documentation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain) to set up your own domain. ## Content Strategy Create additional content to attract organic traffic: #### About Page Tell your marketplace story. Include your mission, values, and what makes you unique. #### Category Pages Create landing pages for major categories with descriptive content about what buyers can find. #### FAQ Page Answer common questions. FAQ pages often appear in Google's featured snippets. #### Seller Spotlights Feature stories about your sellers. This creates unique content and builds community. ## Technical SEO Checklist SSL certificate (HTTPS) - **Automatic**Mobile responsiveness - **Automatic**Fast page speed - **Automatic**XML sitemap - **Automatic**Clean URL structure - **Automatic**Canonical URLs - **Automatic**JSON-LD structured data - **Automatic**robots.txt - **Automatic**Custom domain - **Recommended**Page titles & descriptions - **Configure in SEO & AI tab** ## SEO & AI Settings Tab **Pro plan and above.** The SEO & AI tab is available in Store Settings for Pro, Business, Annual, and Legacy plans. The SEO & AI tab in your Store Settings dashboard gives you a central place to manage how your marketplace appears in search engines, in AI assistants, and on social media. #### AI Visibility See which AI crawlers have read your marketplace, how much of your catalog they have covered, and which listings they have never read. Details below. #### Sitemap URL View your sitemap URL and copy it to submit to Google Search Console. The URL is automatically generated based on whether you use a custom domain. #### Per-Page SEO Editor Edit SEO titles, meta descriptions, and keywords for every page on your marketplace from one place. Each page has its own expandable editor with character count guidance. #### Search & Social Preview See a live preview of how your pages appear in Google search results and as social media cards (Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn). Updates in real-time as you edit. #### Default Social Sharing Image Upload a default Open Graph image that appears when your pages are shared on social media. Falls back to your store logo if not set. Recommended size: 1200 x 630 pixels. ## AI Visibility: Which AI Crawlers Read Your Marketplace AI assistants like ChatGPT, Claude, and Perplexity can only recommend products they have read. Their crawlers visit marketplaces the same way Google's does - but normal analytics tools can't see them, because crawlers don't run the JavaScript those tools depend on. Prometora counts these visits at the server, where they are visible, and shows you the result in the **AI Visibility** section of the SEO & AI tab. Curious what these crawlers actually do? We logged every AI crawler visit across 13 real marketplaces for a week and published the findings: [What AI Crawlers Actually Read - 7 days of data](https://www.prometora.com/learn/ai-crawler-data). EXAMPLE - WHAT YOU'LL SEE 30% of your catalog read by AI 41 of 137 listings, last 30 days 68 AI crawler visits 3 distinct AI crawlers seen Never read by AI (96 listings) Vintage Leather Crossbody Bag 214 buyer views · 18 word description Thin description Handwoven Rattan Pendant Lamp 186 buyer views · 52 word description Crawlers seen Claude-SearchBot 66 visits · last seen 2 hours ago Amazonbot 1 visit · last seen 2 days ago ChatGPT-User 1 visit · last seen 5 days ago #### Catalog Coverage The headline number: how many of your listings have been read by at least one AI crawler - for example, "41 of 137 listings (30%)" - over a 7, 30, or 90 day window of your choice. A listing no AI crawler has read cannot appear in AI answers. #### Never-Read Listings The listings no AI crawler has touched, sorted by buyer views - so the products humans look at most but AI has never seen are at the top. Listings with very short descriptions are flagged - fuller descriptions might help a listing get picked up, and matter most for being quoted once read, though freshness and internal links are what most reliably gets a listing read in the first place. Each row has copy buttons for the public link and listing ID, so you can send a listing to its seller instead of editing it yourself. A companion "Most read by AI" ranking shows the listings crawlers read most - which bots, how often, and when. #### Coverage by Seller On multi-seller marketplaces, coverage is broken down per seller. Useful for spotting who needs help with their listings - and "AI can't read your listings, here are the numbers" lands better with sellers than "please write more". #### Coverage by Crawler How much of your catalog each crawler has read - GPTBot (ChatGPT), ClaudeBot and Claude-SearchBot (Claude), PerplexityBot, Amazonbot, and others - with visits and last-seen dates. Coverage differs per crawler: a store can be well-read by one AI and nearly invisible to another. #### Trends & Listing Age A day-by-day chart of AI visits shows whether crawler attention on your store is growing. The read rate is also split by listing age - across our network, fresh listings get read far more often than old ones (new listings are typically read within days of going live, and the tab shows your store's own numbers). If crawlers visit your marketplace but never reach any listings, the tab warns you they're stopping at the front door - usually a linking or sitemap issue. #### CSV Export Your store's complete crawler history - date, bot, page type, listing, and visit count as daily tallies - downloads as a CSV for your own analysis. It's the same data the tab is built from, so you can verify every number yourself. The most reliable way to get unread listings read is activity: new listings, updated listings, and clear internal links keep crawlers coming deeper into your catalog. Good titles and full descriptions matter too - they might help a listing get picked up, and they're what makes it quotable once read (see the Listing SEO section above). Crawlers return on their own schedule, so expect changes to show up over days and weeks, not hours. #### What this data is - and isn't Crawler identity is what each request claims in its user agent; it is not cryptographically verified. And no tool - ours included - can see whether an AI answer actually cited you. What we show is what the crawlers read, which is where every AI recommendation starts. ## Google Ads Conversion Tracking Paste a Google Ads **conversion ID** (and optionally a conversion label) into Store Settings and Prometora will fire named conversion events on the moments you want to optimize for - signups, checkouts, purchases, trial starts. That makes paid campaigns measurable and lets Google's smart bidding optimize for the events that actually matter. #### Setup fields Conversion ID AW-123456789 Conversion label (optional) abc123XYZ #### Named events fired - `sign_up`when a buyer or seller creates an account - `begin_checkout`when a buyer starts Stripe checkout - `purchase`when checkout completes - `trial_start`when a free-trial subscription starts ### How to set it up 1. In Google Ads, create a conversion action and grab the **Conversion ID** (looks like `AW-123456789`) and the **Conversion label**. 2. In Prometora, open **Store Settings → General** and paste both into the Google Ads section. 3. Pick which named event (`purchase`, `sign_up`, etc.) you want to use as the conversion action in Google Ads. 4. Send paid traffic to your store and confirm the conversion fires in the Google Ads dashboard. Events fire client-side via `gtag`, so they show up alongside the rest of your Google Ads campaign data with no separate integration to maintain. Works in tandem with Google Analytics if you also have GA configured. ## Measuring SEO Success Track your SEO progress with these tools: - [Google Search Console](https://search.google.com/search-console): See how your site appears in search results - [Google Analytics](https://analytics.google.com): Track organic traffic and user behavior - **Your dashboard:** Monitor traffic and sales trends ## Getting Started with Search Console Google Search Console is a free tool that shows how Google sees your marketplace. Here's how to set it up and submit your sitemap: ### Step 1: Add Your Property 1 Go to [Google Search Console](https://search.google.com/search-console) and sign in with your Google account 2 Click **Add property** and choose **URL prefix** 3 Enter your marketplace URL (e.g., `https://www.yourmarketplace.com`) ### Step 2: Verify Ownership Google needs to verify you own the site. The easiest method for Prometora marketplaces: 1 Select **HTML tag** verification method 2 Copy the meta tag code provided by Google 3 In Prometora, go to **Store Settings → General** and paste your verification code in the **Google Search Console** field 4 Return to Search Console and click **Verify** ### Step 3: Submit Your Sitemap Your sitemap tells Google about all the pages on your marketplace: 1 In Search Console, go to **Sitemaps** in the left sidebar 2 Enter `sitemap.xml` in the input field 3 Click **Submit** #### Your Sitemap URL Your marketplace sitemap is automatically generated at: `https://www.yourmarketplace.com/sitemap.xml` After submitting, Google will start crawling your pages. Check back in a few days to see your search performance data, including impressions, clicks, and average position. #### SEO Tips - SEO is a long-term strategy - results take months, not days - Focus on quality content that helps your users - Encourage sellers to write detailed listing descriptions - Get backlinks by being featured in blogs and directories - Use social media to drive traffic and brand awareness #### Avoid These SEO Mistakes - Keyword stuffing (unnatural repetition of keywords) - Duplicate content across pages - Thin content with little value to users - Buying links or using link schemes [Email Notifications](https://www.prometora.com/docs/email-notifications)[Connect Your AI](https://www.prometora.com/docs/connect-your-ai) --- # Store Settings Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings # Store Settings Configure your marketplace settings, branding, payments, and more from the centralized settings panel. #### Quick answer Store Settings is the control center for your marketplace - open it from the "Store Settings" button in the Page Builder sidebar or from your dashboard. Everything is organized into tabs (branding, payments, shipping, sellers, listing and signup forms, custom domain, translations, and more), and each tab card below links to its own detailed guide. Video: Store settings tour · 2–3 min [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) ## Overview The Store Settings page is your control center for managing all aspects of your marketplace. Access it by clicking "Store Settings" in the sidebar when editing your marketplace, or from your dashboard. #### How to Access Store Settings From the Page Builder sidebar, click the **"Store Settings"** button at the bottom, or navigate to `/store-settings/[your-store-id]` ## Settings Tabs Your store settings are organized into the following tabs: [ ### Branding & Design Logo, colors, fonts, header/footer styles ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/branding)[ ### Payments & Stripe Stripe Connect, commission rates, payouts ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments)[ ### Shipping Flat-rate shipping, delivery tracking & fulfillment ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping)[ ### Shopping Cart Multi-item cart with multi-seller support ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shopping-cart)[ ### Revenue & Fees Platform fees, commission rates & monetization ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue)[ ### Custom Domain Connect your own domain name ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain) ### Booking Settings Auto-approve, cancellation policy, notifications [ ### Sellers Onboarding, approval, dashboard, commission ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers)[ ### Signup Form Multi-step wizard, gates, custom fields, resume email ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/signup-form)[ ### Listing Form Configure fields sellers fill when creating listings ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form)[ ### All Listings Page Layout, grid columns, filters, listing type pills ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/all-listings-page)[ ### Product Detail Page Image gallery, map, related products, comments ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/product-detail)[ ### Moderation Review and moderate messages ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/moderation)[ ### Team Invite team members to manage your store ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/team)[ ### Translation Overrides Override any storefront, dashboard, or email string per language ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/translations)[ ### Email Translations Customize transactional emails per language with a live preview ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations)[ ### Reviews Reviews, seller reputation & automated review requests ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/reviews)[ ### Emoji Reactions Let visitors react to listings with emojis ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/emoji-reactions)[ ### Authentication Passwordless magic link sign-in for buyers & sellers ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/authentication)[ ### Social Login Pro Google & Facebook sign-in for your marketplace users ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/social-login)[ ### Webhooks Connect to external systems with real-time events ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/webhooks)[ ### Export Data Download your marketplace data in CSV or JSON ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/export-data) ## General Settings - **Store Name:** Your marketplace's display name - **Store URL:** The subdomain or custom domain for your marketplace - **Description:** A brief description shown in search results - **Marketplace Template:** Choose from general, product, rental, or service templates - **Commission Rate:** Percentage taken from each sale (default 10%) - **Demo Mode:** Toggle demo mode for testing ## Sellers Control how sellers join and operate on your marketplace. - **Seller Onboarding:** Enable/disable seller registration and Stripe Connect - **Seller Approval:** Auto-approve or manually review new sellers - **Listing Moderation:** Auto-publish or review listings before they go live - **Commission & Payouts:** Automatic payment splits via Stripe Connect - **Seller Dashboard:** Where sellers manage listings, orders, and earnings [View full Sellers documentation ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers) ## Listing Form Settings Configure what information sellers provide when creating listings. Set up listing types, pricing models, calendar modes, custom fields, and more. - **Listing Types:** Create different categories (Stays, Experiences, Products) - **Pricing Models:** Fixed price, per-night, or per-person pricing - **Calendar Modes:** No calendar, date range, or date + time slots - **Custom Fields:** Add your own fields with drag-and-drop ordering [View full Listing Form documentation ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form) ## All Listings Page Settings Configure how your All Listings page looks and functions. - **Layout Options:** Grid, list, or masonry with 2-4 columns - **Card Display:** Choose what info appears on listing cards - **Search & Filters:** Enable search, filters, and listing type pills - **Smart Filters:** Filters auto-adapt to your listing data #### Listing Type Filter Pills Enable **"Show Listing Type Filter"** to display filter pills at the top of your All Listings page. Visitors can click these pills to quickly filter by listing type (e.g., Tours, Experiences, Rentals). [View full All Listings Page documentation ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/all-listings-page) ## Product Detail Page Settings Customize how individual product/listing pages appear. - **Page Layout:** Side-by-side or image-on-top layouts - **Image Gallery:** Thumbnails, carousel, or grid with zoom - **Location Map:** Approximate, exact, or city-level display - **Related Products:** Show recommendations with various selection methods - **Additional Features:** Comments, seller profiles, digital downloads [View full Product Detail Page documentation ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/product-detail) ## Booking Settings - **Enable Bookings:** Allow booking-based purchases - **Auto-Approve:** Automatically approve booking requests - **Cancellation Policy:** Define your cancellation terms - **Notification Emails:** Email addresses to notify for new bookings #### 💡 Pro Tip Set up your Stripe Connect integration early! This allows sellers to start receiving payments as soon as they join your marketplace. [Seller Dashboard](https://www.prometora.com/docs/seller-dashboard)[Listing Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form) --- # All Listings Page Configuration Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/all-listings-page # All Listings Page Configuration Configure how your listings page displays products, including layout, filters, search, and card appearance. #### Quick answer The All Listings page is where buyers browse your marketplace, and you configure it under **Store Settings → All Listings Page**. Pick a grid, list, or masonry layout, choose what appears on listing cards, and enable search and smart filters that auto-adapt to your listing data. A live preview panel reflects every change, and changes auto-save after 1 second of inactivity. ## Overview The All Listings Page is where customers browse and discover products on your marketplace. Configure the layout, search functionality, filters, and how listing cards appear to create the best shopping experience for your visitors. #### How to Access Go to **Store Settings** → **All Listings Page** tab. Click **"Preview Page"** to see your changes live at `/s/[your-store]/listings` ## Page Status Toggle the listings page on or off. When disabled, customers cannot access the browse page. ## Page Content - **Page Title:** The heading displayed at the top (e.g., "Browse All Listings") - **Page Description:** Optional subtitle or intro text below the title - **Page Background Color:** Override the listings page background with any CSS color. Use the native color picker or type a value directly — hex (`#f5f0e6`), rgb (`rgb(245, 240, 230)`), or named colors (`beige`) all work. Leave empty to fall back to the theme default. Click **Reset** to clear it. ## Layout Settings Three layouts ship out of the box. Here's what each one looks like on the storefront with the same listings: yourstore.com/listings Grid - 3 columns Uniform cards. Best for most marketplaces. yourstore.com/listings List More detail per row. Good for longer descriptions. yourstore.com/listings Masonry Pinterest-style. Best for image-led marketplaces. ### Layout Type Grid Layout Most Common Uniform grid of product cards. Clean, organized appearance ideal for most marketplaces. Configure 2, 3, or 4 columns. List Layout Horizontal cards showing more details per listing. Good for products with longer descriptions or when comparing details is important. Masonry Layout Pinterest-style layout with varying card heights. Creates a dynamic, visual appearance ideal for image-focused marketplaces. ### Grid Columns When using grid layout, choose how many columns to display: 2 Columns Large cards, more detail 3 Columns Balanced (default) 4 Columns More products visible ### Items Per Page Choose how many listings to show per page before pagination: - **12 Items:** Fast loading, more pages - **24 Items:** Balanced (default) - **48 Items:** Fewer page loads, more scrolling ### Default Sort Order Set the default sorting when customers first visit the page: - **Newest First:** Most recently added listings appear first - **Oldest First:** Oldest listings appear first - **Price: Low to High:** Cheapest listings first - **Price: High to Low:** Most expensive listings first - **Alphabetical:** A-Z by title - **Nearest First:** Sort by distance from visitor's location (only available when Distance Search is enabled) ## Product Card Display Choose what information appears on each listing card: Image Product photo Title Listing name Price Current price Seller Name Who's selling Reviews Star rating Quick View Button Preview modal Add to Cart Button Quick purchase #### Custom Field Pills Custom fields configured in the Listing Form with "Show on Card" enabled will also appear on listing cards as pills or text. You can show up to 5 custom fields on cards. ## Search & Filters ### Search Enable Search Shows a search bar allowing customers to find listings by keyword. Searches through titles, descriptions, and other text fields. ### Listing Type Filter Show Listing Type Filter Display pill tabs at the top of the page to filter by listing type (e.g., "All", "Stays", "Experiences"). Only appears if you have multiple listing types configured. **Type-Specific Filters:** When enabled, only show filters relevant to the selected listing type instead of showing all filters at once. ### Filters Enable Filters Allow customers to narrow down listings using filter criteria. Filters automatically adapt to your listings and only show when relevant data exists. #### Smart Filters Filters automatically adapt to your listings: - • **Text/Select filters:** Show unique values with "All" and "Uncategorized" options - • **Number filters:** Display as range sliders - • **Empty filters:** Automatically hidden if no relevant data exists ### Available Filters #### Default Filters Price Range Range slider for min/max price filtering Seller Filter by seller (only shows if multiple sellers exist) Category Filter by category (includes "Uncategorized" option) #### Custom Field Filters Custom fields from your Listing Form can be enabled as filters. They're grouped by listing type: - **Text fields:** Show as selectable dropdown options - **Number fields:** Show as range sliders - **Select/Multi-select fields:** Show as selectable options - **Checkbox fields:** Show as Yes/No toggle ### Filter Position Sidebar (Left) Filters displayed in a sidebar on the left. Classic e-commerce style, good for many filters. Top Bar Filters displayed horizontally above listings. More compact, good for fewer filters. ## Distance Search Allow visitors to find listings by proximity to their location. This setting only appears when at least one listing type has location enabled. Enable Distance Search Adds a "Nearest First" sort option and a distance radius filter to the listings page. When a visitor selects this sort option, they'll be prompted to share their location (or enter an address manually). When enabled, the following features become available: - **Nearest First sort:** Visitors can sort listings by distance from their location - **Distance radius filter:** Filter listings within 10, 25, 50, 100, or 250 km/mi - **Distance on cards:** Each listing card shows how far away it is (e.g., "4 km") - **Distance unit:** Choose between kilometers (km) or miles (mi) - **Manual fallback:** If the browser denies location access, visitors can type an address #### How It Works Distance is calculated client-side using the Haversine formula. Listings must have latitude/longitude coordinates set (via the location field in the listing form) to appear in distance-based results. Listings without coordinates will appear at the end when sorting by nearest. ## Map Browse View Give visitors a VRBO-style split-view layout with listings on the left and an interactive Google map with price pins on the right. Perfect for vacation rentals, tours, venue bookings, or any location-based marketplace. Only available when at least one listing type has location enabled. Enable Map View Adds a **List / Map** toggle next to the sort dropdown on the listings page. The toggle only appears to visitors when at least one listing has valid coordinates. yourstore.com/listings?view=map $141 $98 $175 $126 When enabled, visitors can: - **Toggle between views:** Switch between the default List view and the Map view with one click - **See prices at a glance:** Each listing shows as a themed price pin on the map - **Hover to highlight:** Hovering a card highlights its pin (and vice versa) for easy visual matching - **Click to navigate:** Click any pin or card to open the full listing detail page - **Mobile full-screen:** On mobile, a "Show map" button opens a full-screen map with a card drawer on pin tap - **URL persistence:** The current view is saved as `?view=map` in the URL so links can point directly to the map view #### How It Works The map uses the Google Maps JavaScript API and renders themed price pins in your store's primary color. The pins come from listings that have a real address set via the Location field in the listing form (which geocodes the address to latitude/longitude). Listings without coordinates simply don't appear on the map. #### Setup Tips - • Enable **Location** on the listing types that should appear on the map (Listing Form Settings → Type Details) - • Ask sellers to pick an address from the Google autocomplete when creating listings — plain text won't geocode - • The **List / Map** toggle only appears if at least one visible listing has valid coordinates - • Works great alongside Distance Search — you can enable both independently ## Preview Your Page The settings tab includes a **live preview panel** that reflects your changes as you make them — layout, card display, filters, and search — so you can see what each dial does without saving and hopping over to the storefront. It also reflects **out-of-stock behavior**, so you can see exactly how sold-out listings appear with your current settings before anything goes live. Change a setting on the left, the preview updates on the right Columns 2 3 4 Show seller name Show price Sidebar filters Live preview updating Sold out Out-of-stock listings render just like they will on the storefront. #### Preview Page Button Prefer a full-size view? Click **"Preview Page"** to open your All Listings page in a new tab. Changes auto-save after 1 second of inactivity. #### Best Practices - • Start with 3 columns for a balanced grid layout - • Enable only the filters that matter to your customers - • Use sidebar filters for complex marketplaces with many filter options - • Keep listing type filter enabled if you have different product categories - • Show seller name if your marketplace emphasizes seller identity - • Test on mobile devices - layouts adapt responsively [Buyer Approval](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/buyer-approval)[Product Detail Page](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/product-detail) --- # Magic Link Authentication Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/authentication # Magic Link Authentication Passwordless sign-in for your marketplace. Buyers and sellers authenticate with a simple email link. #### Quick answer All Prometora marketplaces use passwordless magic link sign-in: buyers and sellers enter their email and receive a secure, one-time link that expires after 15 minutes. It is enabled by default - there is nothing to configure. Users choose buyer, seller, or both at sign-up, and you can rename those roles under Store Settings → Buyer & Seller → Terminology. ## Overview All Prometora marketplaces use **magic link authentication** — a passwordless login system where users receive a secure link via email to sign in. No passwords to remember, no password reset flows to manage. #### More Secure No passwords to steal or guess. Each link is unique and expires after 15 minutes. #### Faster Sign-up Users just enter their email — no password creation or confirmation required. #### Mobile Friendly Works seamlessly on all devices. Users can click the link from any email app. #### Auto-Redirect The original browser tab automatically redirects when the link is clicked — even from another device. ## How It Works 1 #### User enters their email On the sign-in or sign-up page, the user enters their email address and clicks "Continue". 2 #### Magic link is sent An email with a secure, one-time login link is sent to their inbox. The link expires in 15 minutes. 3 #### User clicks the link The user clicks the link in their email. This can be on the same device or a different one. 4 #### Signed in automatically The user is authenticated and redirected to their destination. The original tab also updates automatically. ## The Magic Link Email Users receive a branded email from your marketplace with a clear call-to-action: ### Sign in to Your Marketplace Click the button below to sign in. This link will expire in 15 minutes. If you didn't request this email, you can safely ignore it. ## Buyer & Seller Sign-up When new users sign up, they can choose whether they want to be a buyer, seller, or both: #### Buyer Browse listings, make purchases, book experiences, and leave reviews. #### Seller Create and manage listings, receive orders, and track earnings. Don't want to call them "Buyer" and "Seller"? Override the labels (e.g.* Athlete / Coach* or *Guest / Host*) in [Store Settings → Buyer & Seller → Terminology](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers#terminology). The override flows through the sign-up role selector and other public surfaces; blank fields keep the defaults. ## Technical Details - **15-minute expiry:**Links expire after 15 minutes for security - **One-time use:**Each link can only be used once - **Cross-device support:**Click the link on any device to authenticate - **Redirect preservation:**Users return to their intended page after sign-in - **Custom domain support:**Works on both slug-based and custom domain storefronts #### No Configuration Needed Magic link authentication is enabled by default on all marketplaces. There's nothing to configure - it just works out of the box. [Cookie Banner](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/cookie-banner)[Social Login](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/social-login) --- # Branding & Design Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/branding # Branding & Design Customize your marketplace's visual identity with logos, colors, and typography. #### Quick answer The Branding & Design tab in Store Settings controls your marketplace's visual identity: logo, favicon, social share image, primary color, and header/footer styling. The primary color applies to system pages (signup, signin, checkout) - custom pages you build have independent color controls. A Trust Badge shown on listing pages is available on Pro and Business plans. ## Logo & Brand Assets #### Primary Logo Your main logo displayed in the header. Recommended size: 200x60px or similar aspect ratio. Supports PNG, JPG, SVG, and WebP formats. #### Favicon The small icon shown in browser tabs. Recommended size: 32x32px or 64x64px. #### Social Share Image Image shown when your marketplace is shared on social media. Recommended size: 1200x630px. #### Trust Badge Pro+ A badge image displayed on every product listing page, such as "Verified by [your marketplace]". Helps build buyer trust and credibility. Recommended size: 300x80px. Available on Pro and Business plans. ## Primary Color Set the accent color used across your marketplace's system pages: #### Primary Color Used for buttons, links, and interactive elements on system pages (signup, signin, checkout). Custom pages you build have independent color controls. ## Header & Footer Customize the look and feel of your site header and footer: ### Header Settings - **Header Style:** Minimal, centered, or full-width - **Background Color:** Custom header background - **Text Color:** Navigation and logo text color - **Sticky Header:** Keep header visible while scrolling - **Navigation Items:** Add, remove, or reorder menu items - **Show Search:** Display search bar in header ### Footer Settings - **Footer Style:** Minimal, detailed, or multi-column - **Background Color:** Custom footer background - **Copyright Text:** Your copyright notice (supports {year} placeholder) - **Footer Links:** Privacy policy, terms, support links - **Social Links:** Connect your social media profiles - **Contact Info:** Display email, phone, address #### 💡 AI-Generated Colors If you used "Prompt Your Marketplace", AI automatically generated a color palette based on your business description. You can adjust these colors anytime in Store Settings. [Scaling Your Marketplace](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/scaling)[Custom Domain](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain) --- # Cookie Consent Banner Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/cookie-banner # Cookie Consent Banner Display a cookie consent notice on your storefront to inform visitors about cookie usage. Ideal for EU/GDPR compliance. Pro plan #### Quick answer The cookie consent banner is a simple inform-and-dismiss notice at the bottom of your storefront, ideal for EU/GDPR compliance. Enable it under Store Settings → General → Marketplace Configuration (Pro plan and above; off by default). When a visitor clicks Accept, the choice is saved per store in their browser's localStorage so the banner stays hidden on return visits, and the text is automatically translated based on your store's language setting. ## Overview The cookie consent banner is a simple "inform & dismiss" notice that appears at the bottom of your storefront. When a visitor clicks Accept, their choice is saved in the browser so the banner won't appear again on future visits. This feature is available on the **Pro plan** and above. It is disabled by default and can be toggled on from your store settings. ## Banner Preview This website uses cookies to ensure you get the best experience. ## How to Enable #### Enabling the Cookie Banner Go to **Store Settings → General → Marketplace Configuration** and toggle on **"Cookie Consent Banner"**. The toggle auto-saves, so the banner will appear on your storefront immediately. #### Cookie Consent Banner Show a cookie consent notice to visitors on your storefront ## How It Works 1 Banner appears on first visit When a visitor lands on any page of your storefront, a banner appears fixed at the bottom of the screen with a cookie usage message and an Accept button. 2 Visitor clicks Accept The banner dismisses and the visitor's acceptance is saved in their browser's localStorage (per store). 3 Banner stays hidden on return visits On subsequent visits, the banner does not appear because the acceptance is already stored in the browser. Clearing browser data will reset this. ## Supported Languages The cookie banner message and button text are automatically translated based on your store's language setting. #### 🇬🇧 English This website uses cookies to ensure you get the best experience. Accept #### 🇩🇰 Danish Denne hjemmeside bruger cookies for at sikre dig den bedste oplevelse. Accepter #### 🇫🇷 French Ce site utilise des cookies pour vous garantir la meilleure expérience. Accepter #### 🇷🇴 Romanian Acest site folosește cookie-uri pentru a vă asigura cea mai bună experiență. Acceptă ## Key Details #### Appears on All Storefront Pages The banner is shown on every storefront page: homepage, custom pages, all listings, listing details, cart, seller profiles, and review pages. #### Per-Store Consent Consent is stored per store ID in localStorage. If a visitor uses multiple marketplaces built on Prometora, they will see the banner independently on each one. #### Good to Know - • Toggling the feature off hides the banner immediately from all storefront pages. - • Visitor acceptance data remains in their browser — if you re-enable the banner, returning visitors who previously accepted won't see it again. - • The banner appears at the bottom of the page with a slide-in animation and does not block page content. [Emoji Reactions](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/emoji-reactions)[Authentication](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/authentication) --- # Coupon Codes Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/coupon-codes # Coupon Codes Create discount codes to attract new customers, reward loyal buyers, or run promotional campaigns on your marketplace. Business Plan Feature #### Quick answer Coupon codes (Business plan) live under **Store Settings → Coupons**: toggle on "Enable Coupon Codes on Checkout", then create percentage or fixed-amount codes with usage limits, start/expiry dates, minimum order amounts, and listing or buyer scoping. Buyers enter codes via a "Have a coupon code?" link on the product page, booking calendar, cart, and booking payment page. Note: marketplace commission is calculated on the discounted price, not the original. ## Overview Coupon codes let you offer discounts to your marketplace buyers. You can create codes that provide either a percentage or fixed amount discount, with full control over when and how they can be used. - **Percentage discounts** — e.g., 20% off the order total - **Fixed amount discounts** — e.g., $10 off - **Time-sensitive** — set start and expiry dates - **Usage limits** — total uses and per-customer limits - **Single-use codes** — unique codes that work only once - **Minimum order amount** — require a minimum spend - **Listing type scoping** — restrict a coupon to specific listing types - **Listing scoping** — restrict a coupon to specific individual listings - **Buyer scoping** — restrict a coupon to specific buyers (by email or name) #### Where Buyers Enter Coupons When enabled, buyers see a "Have a coupon code?" link on the product detail page (before Buy Now), the booking calendar, the shopping cart page, and the booking payment page. The discount is applied before the Stripe checkout. For service bookings, the coupon is carried through from the booking request to the payment step automatically. ## Getting Started To set up coupon codes for your marketplace: 1. Go to **Store Settings → Coupons** tab 2. Toggle **Enable Coupon Codes on Checkout** to on 3. Click **Create Coupon** to add your first code Enable Coupon Codes on Checkout When enabled, buyers will see a "Have a coupon code?" field before payment ## What the panel looks like A simplified view: configure a new code at the top, then track redemptions and status across all your active coupons below. Coupon Codes Create code New coupon Code `SUMMER20` Generate Value 20 % Type Percentage Fixed amount Max uses 100 Expires Aug 31, 2026 Cancel Save coupon Active coupons (3) `SUMMER20`20% off 47 / 100 used Expires Aug 31 Active `WELCOME10`$10 off Unlimited - 1 per customer Active `FLASH50`50% off 100 / 100 used Single-use codes Used up Simplified illustration. The real panel sits inside Store Settings → Coupon Codes and includes additional controls for minimum order amount, listing-type and per-buyer scoping, and start dates. ## Creating a Coupon Code When creating a coupon, you can configure the following options: | Field | Description | | --- | --- | | Coupon Code | The code buyers will enter (e.g., SUMMER20). Automatically converted to uppercase. You can also click **Generate** for a random code. | | Description | Internal note for your reference (not shown to buyers). | | Discount Type | **Percentage** (e.g., 20% off) or **Fixed Amount** (e.g., $10 off). | | Discount Value | The discount amount. For percentage: 1-100. For fixed: the amount in your store currency. | | Single-use | When enabled, the code can only be used once by anyone. Good for unique promotional codes. | | Max Total Uses | Maximum number of times this code can be used across all customers. Leave empty for unlimited. | | Max Uses Per Customer | How many times a single customer can use this code. Leave empty for unlimited. | | Starts At | When the coupon becomes active. Leave empty for immediately. | | Expires At | When the coupon stops working. Leave empty for no expiry. | | Minimum Order Amount | The minimum order total required to use this coupon. | | Restrict to Listing Types | Limit this coupon to specific listing types (e.g., only "Regular Cleaning" but not "Specialized Services"). Leave unchecked for all types. | | Restrict to Specific Listings | Limit this coupon to specific individual listings. Search by name or unique ID. Leave empty for all listings. | | Restrict to Specific Buyers | Limit this coupon to specific buyers. Search by email, first name, or last name. Only the selected buyers will be able to redeem the code. Leave empty to allow any buyer. | ## Common Coupon Strategies #### Welcome Discount A percentage discount for new customers to encourage first purchases. Example: WELCOME15 — 15% off, 1 use per customer #### Flash Sale A time-limited discount to create urgency. Example: FLASH30 — 30% off, expires in 48 hours #### Unique Codes Single-use codes for influencer partnerships or email campaigns. Example: XKJR8M42 — single-use, generated randomly #### Fixed Discount A flat amount off, with a minimum order requirement. Example: SAVE10 — $10 off orders over $50 ## Coupon Scoping By default, a coupon code works on any listing in your marketplace. You can optionally restrict coupons to: - **Specific listing types** — use the checkboxes to select which listing types the coupon applies to. If a buyer tries to use the coupon on a different listing type, they will see "This coupon is not valid for this listing type". - **Specific listings** — use the search field to find and select individual listings by name or unique ID. Selected listings appear as badges that can be removed with the × button. If a buyer tries to use the coupon on a different listing, they will see "This coupon is not valid for this listing". - **Specific buyers** — use the search field under "Specific Buyers" to select which buyers can redeem the code. Search by email, first name, or last name. Only the buyers in this list will be able to use the coupon — everyone else sees the generic "Invalid coupon code" message, so the code's existence isn't revealed. Useful for VIP discounts, apology credits, or buyer-specific promotions. Listing scoping (types and individual listings) uses OR logic — a match on either is enough. Buyer scoping is applied on top with AND logic: if you set both a listing restriction and a buyer restriction, the coupon only works when both conditions are met. Scoping is checked when the buyer enters the coupon, when they pay, and on the server to prevent bypasses. ## Coupon Status Each coupon shows a status badge so you can quickly see its state: | Status | Meaning | | --- | --- | | Active | Coupon is live and can be used by buyers. | | Scheduled | Coupon has a future start date and is not yet active. | | Expired | Coupon has passed its expiry date. | | Used up | Coupon has reached its maximum number of uses. | | Inactive | Coupon has been manually deactivated by you. | ## How It Works for Buyers 1. Buyer clicks **"Have a coupon code?"** on the product page, booking calendar, cart, or booking payment page 2. Enters the code and clicks **Apply** 3. If valid, the discounted price is shown immediately 4. For service bookings, the coupon is saved with the booking request and automatically applied when the buyer pays (after seller confirmation) 5. Buyer proceeds to Stripe checkout with the discounted amount 6. After payment, the coupon usage is recorded and counts toward limits 7. The discounted price is shown on the manage bookings page, buyer dashboard, receipt PDF, and confirmation emails — with the original price crossed out and the coupon code displayed #### Expired Coupons at Payment Time If a buyer applies a coupon when requesting a service booking, but the coupon expires before the seller confirms and the buyer pays, the buyer will see a message that the coupon is no longer valid. They can still pay at the full price or enter a different coupon code. #### Commission Calculation When a coupon is applied, the marketplace commission is calculated on the **discounted** price, not the original price. This means both the marketplace owner and the seller share the discount proportionally. ## Disabling Coupons You can control coupon visibility in two ways: - **Toggle off "Enable Coupon Codes on Checkout"** — hides the coupon input from all checkout pages. Your existing coupons stay in the database and can be re-enabled later. - **Deactivate individual coupons** — use the toggle next to each coupon to deactivate it without deleting it. ## Supported Checkout Flows Coupon codes work across all checkout methods: | Checkout Type | Coupon Support | | --- | --- | | Buy Now (product detail page) | Coupon input above Buy Now button | | Shopping Cart | Coupon input in order summary | | Booking Calendar | Coupon input below date/time selection (carried to payment) | | Booking Payment | Coupon input before Pay Now (auto-filled if applied on calendar) | | Quick Buy (listing cards) | No coupon input (goes directly to Stripe) | [Shopping Cart](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shopping-cart)[Revenue & Fees](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue) --- # Custom Domain Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain # Custom Domain Connect your own domain name to your marketplace for a professional, branded experience. This guide covers everything from purchasing a domain to configuring DNS records. #### Quick answer Connect your own domain (yourbrand.com) instead of yourbrand.prometora.com. Three steps: add the domain in Store Settings, paste two DNS records at your registrar, wait 5 to 60 minutes for propagation. SSL is included free and managed automatically. ## Why Use a Custom Domain? A custom domain provides several key benefits for your marketplace: #### Brand Trust Customers trust professional domains over subdomains. A branded domain increases credibility and conversion rates. #### SEO Benefits Custom domains rank better in search engines and allow you to build domain authority over time. #### Professional Email Use your domain for business emails ([email protected]) instead of generic providers. #### Full Control You own the domain, giving you control over your marketplace's identity regardless of platform. ## Domain Options #### Default Prometora URL (Free) Every marketplace gets a free branded URL on Prometora. This works immediately with no setup required: `prometora.com/s/your-store` Good for: Testing, development, or budget-conscious launches. You can use this URL as long as you want. #### Custom Domain (Recommended) Use your own domain for a fully branded, professional experience: `yourmarketplace.com``www.yourmarketplace.com``shop.yourbrand.com` Good for: Production marketplaces, established brands, serious businesses. Available on paid plans — [see plans and pricing](https://www.prometora.com/pricing). ## Prerequisites Before setting up a custom domain, you'll need: A registered domain name Purchase from any registrar (GoDaddy, Namecheap, Cloudflare, Google Domains, etc.) Access to DNS settings You'll need to add DNS records at your registrar A Prometora marketplace Create your marketplace first before connecting a domain ## Where to Buy a Domain If you don't have a domain yet, here are popular registrars: | Registrar | Starting Price | Notes | | --- | --- | --- | | Cloudflare Registrar | ~$9/year (.com) | At-cost pricing, excellent DNS | | Namecheap | ~$10/year (.com) | Free WHOIS privacy, good UI | | Google Domains | ~$12/year (.com) | Simple interface, Google integration | | GoDaddy | ~$12/year (.com) | Large selection, 24/7 support | | Porkbun | ~$9/year (.com) | Affordable, free WHOIS privacy | #### 💡 Domain Naming Tips - • Keep it short and memorable - • Avoid hyphens and numbers if possible - • Check social media availability for your brand name - • Consider .com, .shop, .store, or .market extensions - • Avoid trademarked names ## Understanding DNS Records DNS (Domain Name System) translates domain names to servers. Prometora uses a single record type for custom domains: #### CNAME Record (Canonical Name) Points one domain to another. You'll add one CNAME pointing your subdomain (like `www`) to `domains.prometora.com` - we handle the rest. Type: CNAME | Name: www | Value: domains.prometora.com ## Step-by-Step Setup #### Simple 3-Step Setup Connecting your domain is easy! Just add one CNAME record and we handle the rest - including automatic SSL certificates. ### Step 1: Add Your Domain in Prometora 1 Go to **Store Settings → Custom Domain** 2 Enter your domain name (e.g., `www.yourmarketplace.com`) 3 Click **Add Domain** - you'll see the CNAME record to add ### Step 2: Add CNAME Record at Your Registrar Add this single CNAME record at your domain registrar. The exact steps vary by registrar (see instructions below). #### Required DNS Record | Type | Name/Host | Value/Target | TTL | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | CNAME | www | domains.prometora.com | Auto or 3600 | #### 💡 Using www is Recommended We recommend using `www.yourmarket.com` as your primary domain. This works with all registrars. You can set up a redirect from the root domain (yourmarket.com) to www at your registrar. #### ⚠️ Important If you have existing DNS records for www (A or CNAME), delete them before adding the new CNAME record. ### Registrar-Specific Instructions GoDaddy Click to expand 1. Log in to your GoDaddy account 2. Go to **My Products** → find your domain → **DNS** 3. Delete any existing CNAME or A record for "www" (if present) 4. Click **Add** → Type = CNAME, Name = www, Value = domains.prometora.com 5. Click **Save** Namecheap Click to expand 1. Log in to Namecheap and go to **Domain List** 2. Click **Manage** next to your domain 3. Go to the **Advanced DNS** tab 4. Delete any existing CNAME or A record for "www" (if present) 5. Click **Add New Record** 6. Type = CNAME Record, Host = www, Value = domains.prometora.com 7. Click the checkmark to save Cloudflare Click to expand 1. Log in to Cloudflare and select your domain 2. Go to **DNS** → **Records** 3. Delete any existing record for "www" (if present) 4. Click **Add record** 5. Type = CNAME, Name = www, Target = domains.prometora.com 6. Proxy status: Either "Proxied" (orange cloud) or "DNS only" works 7. Click **Save** Google Domains / Squarespace Click to expand 1. Go to domains.google.com (or Squarespace Domains) 2. Select your domain and go to **DNS** 3. Scroll to **Custom records** 4. Delete any existing record for "www" (if present) 5. Add CNAME: Host name = www, Type = CNAME, Data = domains.prometora.com 6. Click **Save** Porkbun Click to expand 1. Log in to Porkbun and go to your domain 2. Click the **DNS** dropdown arrow 3. Delete any existing record for "www" (if present) 4. Add CNAME: Type = CNAME, Host = www, Answer = domains.prometora.com 5. Click **Save** ### Step 3: Verify Your Domain 1 Return to **Store Settings → Custom Domain** in Prometora 2 Click **Verify DNS** 3 Wait 1-5 minutes for SSL certificate provisioning 4 Your domain is live! Visit `https://www.yourdomain.com` #### That's it! Your marketplace is now live at your custom domain with automatic SSL encryption. ## After Verification Your domain is verified, but there are a few things to know about DNS propagation and optional Cloudflare settings. ### DNS Propagation Time #### Your Site May Not Load Immediately Even after verification, DNS changes can take **15-60 minutes** to propagate worldwide. If you see an error when visiting your domain, wait and try again. In rare cases, propagation can take up to 24 hours. You can check DNS propagation status using these tools: [dnschecker.org ](https://dnschecker.org)[whatsmydns.net ](https://www.whatsmydns.net) ### Cloudflare Users: Recommended Settings If your domain is managed through Cloudflare (either transferred to Cloudflare DNS or using Cloudflare as a proxy), enable these settings for the best experience: #### 1. Always Use HTTPS This ensures all HTTP traffic is automatically redirected to HTTPS for security. **How to enable:** 1. Go to **SSL/TLS** in Cloudflare sidebar 2. Click **Edge Certificates** 3. Toggle **"Always Use HTTPS"** to ON #### 2. Apex Domain to WWW Redirect If you're using `www.yourdomain.com`, set up a redirect so visitors who type just `yourdomain.com`are automatically sent to the www version. **How to set up:** 1. First, add a DNS record for the apex domain: - Type: `A` - Name: `@` - IP: `192.0.2.1` (placeholder) - Proxy status: **Proxied** (orange cloud) 2. Go to **Rules → Redirect Rules** 3. Click **"Create rule"** 4. Use the **"Redirect from root to WWW"** template 5. Set source: `https://yourdomain.com/*` 6. Set target: `https://www.yourdomain.com/${1}` 7. Status code: **301** (permanent redirect) 8. Click **Deploy** #### 3. SSL Mode (if using Cloudflare proxy) If your DNS record shows "Proxied" (orange cloud), ensure SSL mode is set correctly. **How to check:** 1. Go to **SSL/TLS** in Cloudflare sidebar 2. Click **Overview** 3. Set SSL mode to **"Full"** or **"Full (strict)"** #### Not Using Cloudflare? If you're using a different registrar (GoDaddy, Namecheap, etc.) without Cloudflare, the simple CNAME setup is all you need. SSL is automatically handled by our infrastructure. For apex domain redirects, check your registrar's forwarding or redirect options. ## Domain Status Your domain will show one of these statuses: Verified Domain is connected, SSL is active, your marketplace is live! Pending Waiting for DNS propagation. Check back in a few hours. SSL Provisioning DNS verified, SSL certificate is being generated (5-10 minutes) Failed DNS records not found or incorrect. See troubleshooting below. ## SSL Certificate SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) encrypts data between your visitors and your marketplace, showing the padlock icon in browsers. #### Automatic SSL SSL certificates are automatically provisioned and renewed for all custom domains. You don't need to purchase or configure SSL separately. #### Auto-Renewal Certificates are renewed automatically before expiration. No action needed from you. #### HTTPS Enforced All traffic is automatically redirected to HTTPS. HTTP requests redirect to the secure version. ## WWW vs Non-WWW You can use either `www.yourmarket.com` or `yourmarket.com` as your primary domain: #### Root Domain (yourmarket.com) - • Shorter, cleaner URL - • Modern convention for most websites - • Requires CNAME flattening or ALIAS support (Cloudflare, Route53, DNSimple) #### WWW Subdomain (www.yourmarket.com) - • Traditional format, familiar to users - • Works with any DNS provider via CNAME - • Recommended for most setups **Recommendation:** Use `www.yourmarket.com` as your primary domain - it works with every registrar. Set up a redirect from the apex (`yourmarket.com`) to www at your registrar so visitors land on the right URL either way. ## Using a Subdomain If you already have a website and want your marketplace on a subdomain (e.g., `shop.yourcompany.com`): | Type | Name/Host | Value/Target | | --- | --- | --- | | CNAME | shop | domains.prometora.com | Replace `shop` with your desired subdomain name (store, marketplace, buy, etc.). Then add the domain `shop.yourcompany.com` in Prometora and verify it. ## Email Configuration Connecting a custom domain does NOT affect your email. If you have email on your domain (e.g., through Google Workspace, Microsoft 365), it will continue working. #### ✅ Safe to Keep MX records (email), TXT records (SPF, DKIM, DMARC), and other DNS records are not affected by the CNAME record you add for Prometora. Only modify the specific record listed in Step 2. ## Troubleshooting #### "Domain not verified" after adding records - • Wait longer - DNS propagation can take up to 48 hours - • Double-check the record values (no typos) - • Ensure you deleted conflicting A/CNAME records - • Try verifying again in 30 minutes #### "SSL certificate error" or "Not secure" warning - • SSL provisioning takes 5-10 minutes after DNS verification - • If using Cloudflare, ensure proxy is OFF (gray cloud) - • Clear your browser cache and try again #### "This site can't be reached" - • DNS records may not have propagated yet - • Try accessing from a different device or network - • Use a DNS checker tool to verify your records are live #### "Redirect loop" or infinite loading - • If using Cloudflare, set SSL/TLS mode to "Full" or "Full (strict)" - • Disable any redirect rules at your registrar - • Check for conflicting proxy settings #### Email stopped working after domain setup - • You may have accidentally deleted MX records - • Only modify the CNAME record for www (or your chosen subdomain) - • Contact your email provider to get MX records to re-add ### DNS Checker Tools Use these free tools to verify your DNS records are correct: [dnschecker.org ](https://dnschecker.org)[whatsmydns.net ](https://www.whatsmydns.net)[MXToolbox DNS Lookup ](https://mxtoolbox.com/DNSLookup.aspx)[Google Admin Toolbox ](https://toolbox.googleapps.com/apps/dig/) ## Frequently Asked Questions Can I use multiple domains for one marketplace? Yes! You can add multiple domains or subdomains. One will be primary (used for canonical URLs), and others will redirect to it. This is useful for typo domains or regional variations. How do I transfer my domain to a different registrar? Domain transfers don't affect your Prometora setup. After transfer, just make sure the same DNS records are configured at your new registrar. There may be brief downtime during transfer. What happens if my domain expires? Your marketplace will become inaccessible at that domain. Set up auto-renewal at your registrar to prevent this. Most registrars offer a grace period to renew expired domains. Can I change my domain later? Yes, you can add a new domain and remove the old one anytime. Consider SEO impact - set up redirects from the old domain if it had traffic and search rankings. Do I need to buy SSL separately? No! SSL certificates are included free and automatically managed. All custom domains get HTTPS enabled automatically. #### 💡 Need More Help? If you're having trouble setting up your domain, contact support at info@prometora.com with your domain name and registrar, and we'll help you get connected. [Branding & Design](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/branding)[Translation Overrides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/translations) --- # Email Log Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-log # Email Log Every email your marketplace sends — order confirmations, seller notifications, booking emails — in one searchable log, with inbox-level delivery status. #### Quick answer Go to **Store Settings → Email Log** (Business plan) and search by recipient or subject. Each row shows whether the email was **Delivered**, **Bounced**, or still on its way — including the reason when something went wrong, like “mailbox full” or “address does not exist”. #### Business Plan Feature The Email Log is available on the Business plan ($249/month) and above. ## Overview “My seller says they never got the sale notification.” Every marketplace owner hears this eventually — and without a log, it turns into guesswork. The Email Log ends the guesswork: it records every transactional email your marketplace sends and tracks what happened to it after it left the platform. - **Verify delivery:** confirm an order confirmation or payout email actually reached the inbox provider - **Diagnose problems:** see bounce reasons straight from the recipient's mail server - **Support your sellers:** answer “did I get notified?” questions in seconds, not support tickets - **Audit trail:** 12 months of searchable email history for your marketplace ## What It Looks Like A searchable table of every email, newest first. Click a row to see the sender and the full delivery timeline: Search recipient or subject... All email types Last 30 days | Sent | To | Type | Status | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 04 Aug, 14:12 | [email protected] | Order confirmation (buyer) | Delivered | | 04 Aug, 14:12 | [email protected] | New sale (seller) | Delivered | | 03 Aug, 09:47 | [email protected] | Payout onboarding link (seller) | Bounced 03 Aug, 09:47 · Bounced — 550 mailbox not found | | 02 Aug, 18:30 | [email protected] | Review request (buyer) | Delayed | | 02 Aug, 18:02 | [email protected] | Login link | Sent | ## Delivery Statuses Explained Two levels of truth: **Sent** is what our system did, everything else is what the recipient's mail server reported back: #### Sent The email left Prometora's email system successfully. No delivery confirmation has arrived yet — usually it follows within seconds. #### Delivered The recipient's mail server accepted the message. It's in their inbox or, at worst, their spam folder. #### Bounced / Not delivered The message could not be delivered. The reason from the recipient's mail server is shown — typically a full mailbox, a non-existent address, or a typo in the email. #### Delayed The recipient's server asked us to retry later (common with greylisting). Delivery is retried automatically for up to 72 hours. #### Marked as spam The recipient reported the email as spam. If this happens with your own sellers or buyers, it's worth a direct conversation — repeated reports hurt deliverability for everyone on your marketplace. ## Which Emails Are Logged Every transactional email your marketplace sends to buyers, sellers, and you: #### Orders & Refunds Confirmations, sale notifications, cancellations, refund requests and outcomes #### Shipping & Delivery Shipped notifications, shipping deadline reminders, delivery confirmations and disputes #### Bookings Booking requests, confirmations, payment reminders, receipts, cancellations #### Sellers & Listings Applications, approvals, invitations, listing approvals and rejections #### Payouts Payout onboarding links, released, paid, and failed payout notifications #### Everything Else Login links, message notifications, review requests, contact form emails, team invitations Platform emails from Prometora to you (billing, product updates) are *not* part of your marketplace's log — it only contains emails sent on behalf of your marketplace. ## How to Use the Email Log 1 Go to **Store Settings → Email Log** 2 Search by **recipient email or subject**, or filter by email type, status, and time window 3 Check the **status column** — Delivered, Bounced, Delayed, or Sent 4 Click a row to see the **sender and delivery timeline**, including bounce reasons — plus a **reference ID** you can copy and include when contacting support about a specific email ## Troubleshooting With the Log - **“Delivered” but they can't find it:** their mail server accepted it — ask them to check spam/junk and search for your marketplace name - **Bounced with “address does not exist”:** the email address has a typo or was abandoned — ask the seller/buyer to update their address - **Bounced with “mailbox full”:** their inbox is over quota — the email will not be retried, so contact them another way - **Stuck on “Delayed”:** their server is greylisting — delivery usually succeeds on a retry within minutes to hours #### History starts August 2026 Email logging launched in August 2026, so older emails were never recorded. From then on, the log keeps **12 months** of history. ## Privacy The log stores **metadata only**: recipient, subject, email type, timestamps, and delivery events. The rendered email content is never stored. Recipient addresses are data you already hold as the marketplace operator — handle log data according to your privacy policy, as with any customer data. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Why does a row say “Sent” but not “Delivered”? Delivery confirmations come back from the recipient's mail server and usually arrive within seconds. A row that stays on “Sent” means no confirmation (or bounce) has been reported yet — a small number of mail servers simply never report back. ### Can my team see the Email Log? Yes — collaborators always can, and staff members can when you grant them the** Email Log** permission under [Team](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/team). ### Can I customize the emails themselves? Yes — wording and translations live in [Email Translations](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations), and on the Professional plan and above you can [send from your own domain](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain), which also improves deliverability. #### Pro Tips - Filter by **Failed** occasionally to catch bad seller email addresses before they miss a sale notification - When a seller reports a missing email, search their address first — the answer is usually one click away - Verify a custom sender domain to send from your own domain — it builds trust and improves inbox placement [Webhooks](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/webhooks)[Export Data](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/export-data) --- # Email Translations Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations Business & Scale # Email Translations Edit the subject line, headline, body, and CTA wording of every transactional email your marketplace sends — per language, with a live preview that mirrors what your buyers and sellers receive. #### Quick answer Open **Store Settings → Email Translations** (Business and Scale plans) to rewrite the subject, headline, body, and CTA of every transactional email per language, with a live preview rendered with your store's logo and colors. Saved overrides apply the next time that email is sent - there is no draft/publish step - and you can send a [TEST] email to your own inbox. Keep placeholders like `{orderNumber}` intact or the real value won't appear. Video: Email translations walkthrough [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) ## Why edit emails here? The [Translations](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/translations) tab covers all 1,600+ strings in the platform — great when you know the exact key you want to override, less great when you just want to rewrite an email. The Email Translations tab lets you think the way owners think: - **Per-email view** — pick “Order confirmation” or “Shipping reminder”, see only the fields that compose that email - **Live preview** — the actual rendered HTML email, with your store's logo and colors, updates as you type - **Used-by-your-store filter** — if shipping is off, shipping emails are hidden; if bookings are off, booking emails are hidden - **Same data layer as Translations** — an edit here also shows up in the Translations tab and vice versa, no duplicate state Magic-link sign-in emails and Prometora's own subscription emails are deliberately not editable. Magic links are security-critical (custom wording trips spam filters and creates phishing-style risk); Prometora's subscription emails are sent from the Prometora brand, not yours. ## What the panel looks like Two views: a list grouped by category on the left, and a per-email editor with side-by-side live preview on the right. Email Translations Japanese (ja) — primary ▾ Only emails used by your store (15) Orders Order confirmations, shipping, delivery, completion. - Order confirmation 2 customized Sent to the buyer right after a successful checkout. - Shipping notification Sent to the buyer when a seller marks an order as shipped. Bookings - Booking request (to host) / Order confirmation Subject line The subject buyers see in their inbox. English Order confirmation - {orderNumber} Your override (JA) ご注文ありがとうございます - {orderNumber} Headline Thanks for your order! ご注文を承りました Live preview Send test Subject: ご注文ありがとうございます - ORD-1024 YOUR STORE ご注文を承りました 注文番号: ORD-1024 Handmade Ceramic Tea Set × 1 - $49.00 合計: $57.00 店舗を見る Simplified illustration. The real preview is the full rendered HTML email with your store's logo and primary color, refreshing 350ms after every keystroke. ## How it works 1 ### Pick the email Open **Store Settings → Email Translations**. Emails are grouped by category — Orders, Bookings, Sellers, Buyers, Cancellations & refunds, Reviews — with a one-line description so you know what each one does without having to test-send. The blue badge on a row tells you how many fields you've already customized. By default the list filters down to emails your store actually sends. If shipping is off, shipping reminders are hidden; if bookings are off, booking emails are hidden. Toggle **Only emails used by your store** off to see the full catalog. 2 ### Pick the language The language picker at the top defaults to your store's primary language. You can edit any of the six supported languages even if you haven't enabled it for visitors yet — your edits sit dormant until the language goes live. An amber banner reminds you when you're editing a language that isn't currently shown to visitors. 3 ### Edit and watch the preview update Each editable field shows the English reference value, the default in your selected language (if different), and an editable override. As you type, the live preview re-renders 350ms after you stop typing — using your store's actual logo, primary color, store name, and domain, with sample data for the dynamic bits (order numbers, prices, buyer names). Some emails render differently depending on context — e.g. *Order completed* sends a different body to the marketplace owner versus the seller, and *Booking approved* swaps in different copy for online vs. pay-in-person. For these, a **Preview as** dropdown appears in the preview header so you can flip between recipient or context variants while editing. The variant only changes what the preview renders; both bodies still ship to their respective recipients when the actual email is sent. Click **Save** on a field to ship the override. It applies the next time that email is sent — there's no draft / publish workflow. 4 ### Send a test to your inbox Click **Send test** in the preview header to fire the current email — with all your saved and unsaved customizations applied — to your own email address. Useful for verifying how the email actually renders in Gmail, Outlook, or your phone, including non-Latin characters and your store's logo. The subject is prefixed with `[TEST]` so test sends are easy to spot in your inbox. Sample data (order #ORD-1024, etc.) is used for the dynamic fields. 5 ### Reset when you change your mind Each field has a **Reset** button that clears your override and returns the email to the platform default. To wipe every override on a single email at once — useful when a brand-voice rewrite needs a do-over — click **Reset all in this email** at the top of the editor. Resets are scoped to the current language. To start fresh across all languages for one email, switch each language and reset in turn. ## Variables in your wording Some strings include placeholders like `{orderNumber}`, `{storeName}`, or `{recipientName}`. The platform fills these in at send time with the real value. **Keep placeholders intact in your override.** If you delete `{orderNumber}` from the subject line, the actual order number won't appear in the buyer's inbox. The English reference column always shows you which placeholders a string supports. If your override drops a placeholder that the English version had, the editor flags it inline with an amber warning listing the missing placeholder names. The live preview also shows the literal text `{orderNumber}` when you forget one — so mistakes catch your eye immediately. ## Edge cases ### Filter doesn't hide an email I don't use The “used by your store” filter checks the obvious toggles — shipping enabled, bookings enabled, managed sellers, automated reviews. A few emails (cancellation flows, refunds, listing approval) always appear because they're needed regardless of feature flags. Toggle the filter off if you want to customize an email the platform thinks you don't use. ### I edited an email but the change didn't appear Each lambda caches overrides for 60 seconds, so a fresh edit can take up to a minute to appear in actually-sent emails. If you're testing with the “send a test” flow on the dashboard banner, wait a minute and resend. The preview pane in the editor itself never caches — it always reflects the latest draft + saved overrides. ### Edits sync with the Translations tab Both tabs read and write the same `StoreTranslationOverride` records, keyed by `(store, language, key)`. An edit you make here is immediately visible in the Translations tab as an override on the corresponding key, and vice versa. There's no separate “email override” storage. ## Plan availability | Feature | Starter | Pro | Business | Scale | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Email Translations editor | - | - | | | | Live HTML preview | - | - | | | | Send test to your inbox | - | - | | | | Multi-Language Storefront (visitor-facing language picker) | - | - | | | [Translation Overrides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/translations)[Reviews](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/reviews) --- # Emoji Reactions Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/emoji-reactions # Emoji Reactions Let visitors express how they feel about your listings with emoji reactions. A lightweight engagement feature that adds social proof without requiring accounts or logins. #### Quick answer Emoji reactions let any visitor react to a listing with one of six emojis - anonymous, tracked per browser, no login required. Enable them under **Store Settings → General → Marketplace Configuration** with the "Enable Emoji Reactions" toggle (off by default; auto-saves). Reactions are interactive on the listing detail page and shown read-only on listing cards. ## Overview Emoji reactions allow any visitor to react to a listing with one of six emojis. Reactions are anonymous and tracked per browser, so no login is required. The feature is disabled by default and can be toggled on per store. 👍 Like ❤️ Love 😊 Happy 🎉 Celebrate 🤩 Adore 😍 Would Love to Have ## How to Enable #### Enabling Emoji Reactions Go to **Store Settings → General → Marketplace Configuration** and toggle on **"Enable Emoji Reactions"**. The toggle auto-saves, so reactions will be live on your storefront immediately. #### Enable Emoji Reactions Allow visitors to react to listings with emojis ## Where Reactions Appear Once enabled, emoji reactions show up in two places across your storefront: #### Listing Detail Page Interactive emoji bar below the description. Visitors can click to react and see live counts update. 👍 12 ❤️ 5 🎉 #### Listing Cards Read-only compact display on listing cards (all listings page, featured listings, seller profiles). Only emojis with at least one reaction are shown. 👍 12 ❤️ 5 😊 3 ## How It Works 1 Visitor clicks an emoji On the listing detail page, the visitor clicks one of the six emoji buttons. The count updates instantly (optimistic update). 2 Choice is saved locally The selected emoji is saved in the browser's localStorage. If the visitor returns, their previous choice is highlighted. 3 Count is saved to the database The reaction count is atomically updated on the listing. If the API call fails, the optimistic update is reverted. 4 Switching or removing reactions Clicking a different emoji switches the reaction (old one decremented, new one incremented). Clicking the same emoji again removes it. ## Key Details #### Anonymous & No Login Required Reactions are tracked per browser using localStorage, not per user account. This means any visitor can react without signing in, keeping the friction as low as possible. #### One Reaction Per Listing Each visitor can only select one emoji per listing. Selecting a new emoji automatically replaces the previous one. This keeps counts meaningful and prevents spam. #### Supported Languages Emoji reaction labels are translated into both English and Danish, matching your store's language setting. The emoji labels appear on the detail page buttons (e.g., "Like", "Love", "Synes godt om", "Elsker"). #### Good to Know - • Toggling the feature off hides reactions from all pages instantly, but counts are preserved in the database. - • Listing cards only show the compact view (no interaction) — visitors must visit the detail page to react. - • If a listing has zero reactions, nothing is shown on cards (no empty state clutter). [Reviews](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/reviews)[Cookie Banner](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/cookie-banner) --- # Export Data Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/export-data # Export Data Download your marketplace data anytime in CSV or JSON format. Your data, your rules — no lock-in. #### Quick answer Go to **Store Settings → Export Data** (Business plan) to download sellers, listings, orders & transactions, or messages - individually or as a Full Export - in CSV or JSON format. Exports are rate limited to 10 per hour per user per store, and exported data can contain personal information, so handle it according to your privacy policy and applicable laws. #### Business Plan Feature Data export is available on the Business plan ($249/month). Upgrade to get full data portability. ## Overview Prometora believes in data ownership. You can export all your marketplace data at any time, ensuring you're never locked into the platform. Use exports for: - **Backups:** Maintain offline copies of your marketplace data - **Analytics:** Analyze data in Excel, Google Sheets, or BI tools - **Migration:** Move your data to another platform if needed - **Compliance:** Meet data portability requirements (GDPR, etc.) - **Reporting:** Create custom reports for stakeholders ## Available Exports Export specific data types or download everything at once: #### Sellers All seller accounts, profiles, and contact information #### Listings All product/service listings with details and pricing #### Orders & Transactions Order history, transaction records, and payment data #### Messages All buyer-seller messages and conversations #### Full Export Export all marketplace data in a single archive — includes sellers, listings, orders, and messages ## Export Formats Choose the format that best fits your needs: #### CSV (Spreadsheet) Comma-separated values format, compatible with spreadsheet applications. - Opens in Excel, Google Sheets, Numbers - Easy to filter and sort - Great for quick analysis - Non-technical friendly #### JSON (Developer) Structured data format, ideal for programmatic use and data migration. - Preserves data relationships - Easy to import into databases - Best for data migration - Developer friendly ## How to Export Data 1 Go to **Store Settings → Export Data** 2 Select your preferred **export format** (CSV or JSON) 3 Click **"Export"** on the data type you want to download 4 Your download will start automatically once the export is ready ## What's Included ### Sellers Export - Seller ID and account creation date - Name, email, and contact information - Business name (if provided) - Account status (active, pending, suspended) - Stripe Connect account status - Total listings and sales count ### Listings Export - Listing ID and creation date - Title, description, and category - Price and pricing model - Images (URLs) - Custom field values - Seller information - Status (published, draft, sold) - View and purchase counts ### Orders Export - Order ID and date - Buyer information - Seller information - Items purchased - Total amount and currency - Payment status - Commission and fees - Shipping information (if applicable) ### Messages Export - Conversation ID - Participants (buyer and seller) - Message content and timestamps - Related listing (if any) - Read/unread status ## Rate Limiting To prevent abuse, exports are rate limited to **10 exports per hour** per user per store. All exports are logged for security auditing. If you hit the rate limit, wait a bit and try again. #### Privacy Notice Exported data may contain personal information about your users. Handle it according to your privacy policy and applicable laws (GDPR, CCPA, etc.). Store exports securely and only share with authorized parties. ## Common Use Cases #### Regular Backups Schedule monthly exports to maintain offline backups of your marketplace data. Store them securely in cloud storage like Google Drive or Dropbox. #### Financial Reporting Export orders and transactions to create financial reports, calculate taxes, or share data with your accountant. #### Email Marketing Export seller data to import into your email marketing platform (with proper consent and privacy compliance). #### Data Analysis Import exports into data analysis tools like Excel, Google Sheets, or business intelligence platforms for custom reporting. #### Pro Tips - Use CSV for spreadsheet analysis and JSON for data migration - Schedule regular exports as part of your backup strategy - Use the Full Export option before making major changes to your marketplace - Store exports in encrypted cloud storage for security [Email Log](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-log)[Import Data (CSV)](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/import-data) --- # Import Data (CSV) Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/import-data # Import Data (CSV) Bulk import listings from a CSV file to quickly populate your marketplace. Perfect for launching with many listings at once. #### Quick answer **Store Settings → Import Data** (Business plan) lets you bulk create up to 500 listings per CSV file. Upload, preview which rows will be created or skipped, assign all listings to yourself or a managed seller, then apply - nothing is created until you click Apply. Listings import as drafts unless you check "Publish all listings immediately", and image URLs in the CSV are automatically downloaded and stored on our servers. #### Business Plan Feature CSV import is available on the Business plan ($249/month). Import up to 500 listings per file. ## Overview The CSV import feature lets you create many listings at once by uploading a spreadsheet file. This is ideal for: - **Marketplace launch:** Populate your marketplace with hundreds of listings from day one - **Provider onboarding:** Create listings on behalf of sellers before they join - **Content migration:** Move listings from another platform via CSV export/import - **Batch updates:** Prepare listings offline in a spreadsheet and upload them all at once ## Before You Start For best results, set up these things first: **Configure Listing Types** in [Listing Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form) settings. Define your types (e.g., "Experiences", "Products"), categories, and custom fields. The import will use these to validate and organize your listings. **Create Managed Sellers** in [Managed Sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers) settings (optional). If you want to assign imported listings to specific sellers, create their accounts first. Otherwise, listings are assigned to you (the store owner). ## What the panel looks like A simplified view of the Preview step: upload your CSV, verify the rows parsed correctly, see what will be created versus skipped, then apply. You can cancel at any point - nothing is created until you click Apply. Import Listings Sample CSV Upload → 2 Preview → 3 Apply → 4 Results `my-listings.csv`248 rows · 12 columns Preview (first 3 of 248 rows) title price stock category Mountain backpack 25.00 12 gear Reusable bottle 18.99 50 accessories Yoga mat 39.00 8 wellness 245 ready to create All required fields present 3 will be skipped Missing price (lines 12, 47, 89) Assign to seller Me / Store Owner Publish all listings immediately (uncheck for drafts) Cancel Apply import Simplified illustration. The real panel sits inside Store Settings → Import Data and shows full progress feedback during the Apply step plus a per-row results table afterwards. ## How to Import 1 Go to **Store Settings → Import Data** 2 Upload your CSV file (or download the sample CSV to get started) 3 **Preview** the first rows to verify your data looks correct 4 **Choose a seller** to assign all listings to (or keep as "Me / Store Owner") 5 **Choose a default listing type** (if you have multiple types configured) 6 Optionally check **"Publish all listings immediately"** (otherwise they're created as drafts) 7 Click **"Import"** and review the results showing which listings were created or skipped ## CSV Format Your CSV file needs a header row with column names, followed by one row per listing. ### Required Columns | Column | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | `title` | Listing title | Helicopter Tour - 30 Minutes | | `description` | Listing description (no character limit) | Experience KC from above... | | `price` | Price as a number | 199 | ### Optional Columns | Column | Description | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | `category` | Category name | Experiences | | `tags` | Comma-separated tags | helicopter,tour,aerial | | `stock` | Inventory count | 10 | | `sku` | SKU identifier | HELI-30 | | `images` | Comma-separated image URLs (automatically downloaded and stored on our servers) | https://example.com/photo.jpg | | `listingType` | Listing type ID, slug, or name | experiences | | `compareAtPrice` | Original price (for sale display) | 249 | | `published` | true/false (overrides publish all setting) | false | ## Custom Fields If you've added custom fields in your [Listing Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form) settings, you can include them as CSV columns. Use the custom field's **internal name** (not the display label) as the column header. | Field Type | CSV Value Format | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | Text / Textarea | Plain text | Downtown Helipad | | Number | Numeric value | 30 | | Checkbox | true, false, yes, no, 1, 0 | true | | Select | One of the defined options | Premium | | Multi-select | Semicolon-separated values | WiFi;Parking;Photos | | Date / Time | Date or time string | 2026-04-15 | #### Multi-select: Use Semicolons, Not Commas Since commas are the CSV column separator, use **semicolons** (;) or **pipes** (|) to separate multiple values within a multi-select field. For example: `WiFi;Parking;Pool` ## Image Handling When you include image URLs in your CSV, they are automatically **downloaded and re-uploaded** to our servers during import. This means your listing images are safely stored even if the original source goes offline later. Supported formats: JPEG, PNG, GIF, WebP, AVIF Maximum 10 MB per image Multiple images per listing: separate URLs with commas Images that fail to download are skipped (listing is still created without them) Images are deleted automatically if you later delete the store ## Example CSV Here's an example for a local experience marketplace with a custom "duration" field: ``` title,description,price,category,duration,amenities,published "Helicopter Tour - 30 Min","See KC from above!",199,Experiences,30,Parking;Photos,false "Downtown Limo Ride","Luxury limo with champagne",149,Nightlife,120,Champagne;Music,false "Full Spa Day","Massage, facial & aromatherapy",249,Spa & Wellness,360,Towels;Robes;Parking,false ``` ## Seller Assignment #### Store Owner (Default) If no seller is selected, all imported listings belong to you. You can reassign them later. #### Managed Seller Pick a managed seller from the dropdown to assign all imported listings to them. Create sellers first in Managed Sellers. **Typical workflow:** Create the listings assigned to yourself first, then reassign to the correct seller once they've been onboarded. Or, if you've already created managed seller accounts, pick them directly during import. ## Limits | Limit | Value | | --- | --- | | Max rows per import | 500 | | Max file size | 10 MB | | File format | CSV only (.csv) | #### Tips - Download the **sample CSV** from the import page to see the exact format - Import as **drafts first**, review them, then publish - Set up your **listing types and custom fields** before importing so validation works correctly - For large imports, split into multiple CSV files of 500 rows each - Use **semicolons** (not commas) to separate multi-select values [Export Data](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/export-data)[URL Redirects](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/redirects) --- # Listing Form Configuration Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form # Listing Form Configuration Configure what information sellers provide when creating listings. Customize fields, pricing models, calendar modes, and more. #### Quick answer The Listing Form panel (Store Settings → Listing Form) controls exactly what fields sellers fill in when creating a listing. You can define multiple listing types, each with its own pricing model (Fixed Price, Per Night, Per Person, Per Service), calendar mode, and custom fields, and drag to reorder fields. A live preview shows the form as sellers will see it, and changes auto-save after 1 second of inactivity. ## Overview The Listing Form configuration determines what fields sellers see when creating new listings. You can customize everything from basic fields like title and price, to advanced features like availability calendars, location settings, and custom fields specific to your marketplace type. #### How to Access Go to **Store Settings** → **Listing Form** tab to configure your listing form. ## What the panel looks like A simplified view of the layout: pick a listing type at the top, then drag, edit, and toggle the fields each listing type collects. Product Listing Configuration Preview Save changes Listing Types Stays Experiences Tours Add type Fields configuration for Stays Drag to reorder Title text Required Check-in date date Required Price per night number Required Bedrooms number Optional Section divider: Location Address location Required Add field Add section divider Simplified illustration. The real panel sits inside Store Settings → Listing Form and includes per-type calendar, pricing, currency, and image settings alongside the field list. ## Form Layout: Collapsible Sections The create-listing and edit-listing forms are organized into **collapsible accordion sections** — Basic information, Pricing & availability, Photos & gallery, Custom fields, Shipping, and so on. Sellers see one focused chunk of fields at a time instead of a long wall of inputs, which makes it dramatically easier to get an overview when adding or editing a listing. The active section stays open; the rest collapse so the page never feels overwhelming. Create Listing — Section View Basic information 4 fields Pricing & availability 6 fields Price $180.00 Availability Always in stock Photos & gallery 3 fields Custom fields 5 fields Shipping 2 fields The accordion layout applies to both the create-listing flow and the edit-listing form in the seller dashboard. Section dividers you add (under Additional Settings) become accordion sections automatically. ## Listing Types Listing Types allow you to create different categories of listings with unique configurations. For example, a vacation rental marketplace might have "Stays", "Experiences", and "Tours" as separate listing types. Multiple Listing Types Enable to allow different types of listings with unique fields and settings per type. Type Pills on Cards Show colored pills on listing cards to identify the listing type (e.g., "Stay", "Experience"). ### Creating a Listing Type 1. Click **"Add Type"** button 2. Enter a **Name** (e.g., "Vacation Rental") 3. The **Slug** is auto-generated (used in URLs like `/listings?type=vacation-rental`) 4. Add an optional **Description** 5. Configure **Card Display** to show type as a colored pill on listing cards ## Pricing Models Choose how pricing works for each listing type. Different models suit different marketplace types. Fixed Price Single fixed price for the item/service. Best for e-commerce products, one-time services, or digital downloads. Per Night Daily, weekly, and monthly pricing options. Ideal for vacation rentals, accommodation, or equipment rentals. Supports additional guest pricing with base occupancy settings. Per Person Total price calculated by multiplying price × number of participants. Perfect for tours, experiences, classes, or group activities. Supports participant types (e.g., Adult, Child, Senior with different prices). Per Service Home Services Fixed price with date/time scheduling and service address collection. When a customer books, they select a date and time slot, then provide the address where the service should be performed. Perfect for cleaning services, home repairs, plumbing, tutoring, pet grooming, personal training, or any on-location service marketplace. #### Allow Free Listings Enable **"Allow Free Listings"** to let sellers create listings with $0 price. Useful for free activities, community events, or promotional offers. #### Multiple Date Bookings (Per Service) When using the **Per Service** pricing model, enable **"Allow Multiple Date Bookings"** to let buyers select multiple dates in a single booking request. For example, a customer can book weekly cleaning every Tuesday for a month. Each date becomes a separate booking that the seller can approve individually. The service address is shared across all selected dates. #### City-Only Location Mode When Location is enabled, you can choose between **Full Address** (street, city, zip with Google autocomplete) or **City Only** (privacy-friendly — sellers just enter their city). City-only mode is ideal for service marketplaces where the buyer provides their own address during booking, so the seller only needs to indicate which city they serve. Pair this with the **"City Area"** map type in Product Detail settings to show a wide city-level circle on the map. ### Per Service: 1-on-1 Appointments The **Per Service** model works as a clean one-on-one appointment flow for both in-person and online services — coaching, readings, consultations, a chiropractor. Two settings make it fit those bookings: - **Ask the buyer for a service address:** a per-type toggle (on by default, shown only for Per Service types). Turn it off for anything that happens online so the booking stops collecting and requiring an address. - **No group framing:** per-service bookings drop the “participants” / guest language that only makes sense for group activities, so a single appointment reads as one person, one slot. One person, one slot, no address required 60-min coaching session Thu, Jul 2 · 14:00 Online · no address needed 2 participants ## Calendar & Availability Configure how availability and booking dates work for each listing type. No Calendar Immediate Purchase No availability calendar needed. Buyers can purchase immediately. Use for regular products. Date Range Check-in/Check-out Sellers select available date ranges, buyers book check-in to check-out dates. Perfect for vacation rentals, accommodation, or multi-day equipment rentals. Date + Time Slots Specific Times Sellers add specific dates with multiple time slots (e.g., 9:00 AM, 2:00 PM, 6:00 PM). Ideal for tours, experiences, classes, or appointments. ### Multi-Session Group Bookings On **Date + Time Slots** listings, buyers can select **several sessions in one go** — a series of training slots, several class dates, a block of appointments — and pay for all of them in a **single checkout**. As sessions are added, the Reserve card shows the running total and session count, and one confirmation email covers the whole group — for the buyer and for the seller. The sessions stay grouped in the buyer's My Bookings page, and the flow is translated into all six storefront languages. Booking calendar → one shared checkout Skating technique - available sessions Tue Aug 18, 16:00 Added Thu Aug 20, 16:00 Added Tue Aug 25, 16:00 Added Thu Aug 27, 16:00 Add $135.00 3 sessions selected Reserve → pay once One payment, one confirmation email, all sessions tracked together in My Bookings. ## Fixed Event Dates Some listings happen on a specific date rather than whenever the buyer picks one — a market booth, a one-off exhibition, a dated experience. Turn on **Fixed event date** for a listing type and sellers can state the date (or a date range) the listing takes place. It is **display-only**: there is no buyer date picker and no booking calendar, so the listing still sells through immediate checkout. #### Available on Fixed Price and Per Person The **Fixed event date** toggle appears in a listing type's settings only when its pricing model is **Fixed Price** or **Per Person**. It is off by default, so existing listings are unaffected until you enable it. Turn it on per listing type, the seller states the date Fixed event date Sellers state when the listing takes place Event date (on the listing form) Jul 12 – Jul 14, 2026 Off by default — existing listings are unaffected until you enable it. Once set, the event date follows the sale everywhere it matters: - Shown on the **listing card** and the **detail page** - Snapshotted onto the **order** at purchase, so it appears on My Orders, My Sales, the receipt, and the order success page - Included in every **order email** (request, approved, declined, buyer confirmation, and seller/owner sale) - Buyers can **filter and sort the listings page by event date** — this month, the next 30 days, or a custom range An event date on the card, and a filter to match This month Next 30 days Custom range Crystals & Sound Healing Booth Jul 12 – Jul 14, 2026 $120.00 The date is display-only and snapshots onto the order, so it travels all the way through to the receipt and emails. ## Additional Options Per Listing Type ### Capacity Settings - **Max Guests/Participants:** Set maximum number of guests or participants - **Additional Guest Pricing:** Charge extra for guests beyond base occupancy (for per-night pricing) - **Base Occupancy:** Number of guests included in the base price ### Participant Types (Per-Person Pricing) When using per-person pricing, you can define participant types with different prices: - **Adult:** Full price - **Child:** Reduced price or free - **Senior:** Discounted price - **Custom types:** Add any participant categories you need ### Location Settings Enable Location Allow sellers to specify a physical address for their listings. Shows address fields for street, city, state, country, and coordinates. Location can be displayed on a map on the listing page. ### Digital Downloads Enable Digital Files Allow sellers to upload digital files for download after purchase. Perfect for selling e-books, music, software, templates, or any downloadable content. **File Bundles:** Enable to allow sellers to upload multiple files as a bundle. ### Price Variants Enable Price Variants Allow sellers to add multiple price options per listing. Only available for the **Fixed Price** pricing model. Perfect for services or rentals with different durations or packages. **Example:** A boat charter listing with options like "Half Day Charter — $600", "Full Day Charter — $1,000", "Sunset Cruise — $400". Buyers select an option before checkout, and the selected variant price is used for payment. **Recommended option:** Sellers can mark one variant as recommended (shown with a ★ star). The recommended variant is pre-selected for buyers on the listing page. The listing's base price is automatically set to the lowest variant price when saving. ### Variant Add-ons Per-Variant Add-on Options Each price variant can have its own set of optional add-ons that buyers configure at booking time. Toggle **Has add-ons** on a variant to reveal the nested editor. No store-level setting needed — add-ons are available whenever variants are enabled. **Two add-on types:** - **Count** (integer × unit price) — buyer picks a quantity. Example: "Bathrooms — $15 each" → buyer picks 3, total adds $45. - **Yes/No** (flat price) — single checkbox. Example: "Fridge cleaning — $30" → buyer ticks it once, total adds $30. **Why nest add-ons under variants?** Each variant is essentially a different service with its own relevant add-ons. A "House cleaning" variant wants "Bathrooms × $15", while a "Window cleaning" variant wants "Number of windows × $5". Nesting hides irrelevant add-ons. **Multi-variant bookings:** Buyers can pick more than one variant in a single booking (the variant selector renders as checkboxes, not radio buttons). Each picked variant can carry its own add-ons. The combined total updates live as the buyer toggles selections. **Optional base price:** A variant's base price can be left blank (defaults to $0) so the variant can be entirely add-on driven (e.g. "Window cleaning, $5 per window"). **Server-side pricing:** The server always recomputes booking totals from the selected variants and add-ons against the live listing — clients never determine the final price. Seller — Listing form ★ $ × Has add-ons $15 per unit $30 flat Add another variant for "Window cleaning" with its own add-ons (e.g. "Number of windows × $5"). Buyer — Product page Select one or more options House cleaning ★ $245 $200 + $45 Add-ons Bathrooms $15 each − 3 + Fridge cleaning +$30 Window cleaning $40 Total $245 ### Lead Time & Buffer Time Booking Time Settings - **Lead Time:** Minimum advance booking notice (e.g., 24 hours before) - **Buffer Time:** Required gap between bookings (e.g., 24 hours between guests) ### iCal Calendar Sync [ Sync with Airbnb, VRBO & Booking.com Two-way calendar sync prevents double bookings when sellers list the same property on multiple platforms. Available on the **Per Night** pricing model. Read the full iCal sync guide ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/ical-sync) ### Pay in Person (Cash at Session) [💵 Skip online payment, settle in cash at the appointment Per-listing toggle that bypasses Stripe checkout. Bookings are still created and tracked in the dashboard, but the buyer pays the seller directly when they arrive. Useful for service marketplaces (training, lessons, consultations) where sellers prefer cash and don't want online-payment friction. Read the full pay-in-person guide ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/pay-in-person) ## Custom Fields Add custom fields to collect specific information from sellers. Custom fields can be unique to each listing type. ### Field Types Text Single line text input Textarea Multi-line text for longer content Number Numeric input with min/max Select Dropdown with predefined options Multi-Select Choose multiple options Checkbox Yes/No boolean field Date Date picker Time of Day Time selection Location Address with coordinates Quantity per Option Quantity selector with options ### Field Configuration Options - **Internal Name:** Used in the database (no spaces) - **Label:** Display name shown to sellers - **Placeholder:** Hint text inside the field - **Help Text:** Additional instructions below the field - **Required:** Make the field mandatory - **Display Width:** Full, half, or third width - **Icon (optional):** Choose an icon from a curated set of ~95 icons to display next to the field on the listing page ### Icons Add icons to your custom fields to make listing pages more visual and easier to scan. Icons are shown on the **listing detail page** next to the field label. - **Field Icon:** A single icon for the field label (e.g., a bed icon next to "Bedrooms"). Shown on the listing detail page. - **Option Icons:** For Select and Multi-Select fields, you can set a different icon for each option value (e.g., WiFi icon for "WiFi", pool icon for "Pool"). Great for amenity lists. - **Searchable Picker:** Browse ~95 curated icons across 13 categories (Accommodation, Kitchen, Outdoor, Safety, etc.) or search by name. - **Checkbox + Icon:** For checkbox fields with an icon, only the icon and label are shown — "Yes" is hidden since the presence of the item already means yes. - **On Listing Cards:** When a field has an icon and is set to "Show on Card", the icon is shown on listing cards instead of the pill/text style. #### Example: Amenity Icons Create a Multi-Select custom field called "Amenities" with options like WiFi, Pool, Hot Tub, Air Conditioning, etc. Then set an icon for each option — guests will see a clean icon + text list on the listing page, similar to Airbnb. ### Card Display Settings Show custom field values on listing cards in the All Listings page: - **Show on Card:** Enable to display this field on listing cards - **Display Style:** Show as a colored pill/badge or plain text - **Pill Color:** Choose the background color for pill display - **Limit:** Maximum 5 custom fields can be shown on cards ### Section Dividers Add section dividers to organize your form into logical groups. Click **"Add Section"**to insert a divider with an optional title. ### Drag & Drop Reordering Reorder Fields Drag fields using the grip handle to reorder them. Both default fields and custom fields can be reordered together to create your ideal form layout. ## Additional Settings ### Currency Settings - **Default Currency:** USD, EUR, GBP, CAD, AUD, JPY - **Decimal Pricing:** Allow cents (e.g., $9.99) or whole numbers only ### Image Settings - **Require Images:** Make images mandatory for all listings - **Minimum Images:** Set minimum number of images required - **Maximum Images:** Set maximum allowed (up to 50) ### Buyer & Messaging Settings - **Enable Messaging:** Allow buyers to message sellers about listings - **Allow file attachments in messages:** Let buyers and sellers attach images and PDF files (up to 5 files per message, 10 MB each) to their messages - photos, contracts, invoices, deliverables. Off by default. See [File Attachments](https://www.prometora.com/docs/messaging#file-attachments). - **Require Buyer Account:** Require account creation for checkout (enables order history, reviews, messaging) - **Flag prohibited words:** When on, add your own words (e.g. payment apps) and any message containing them is flagged for review and the sender is reminded to keep the sale on the marketplace. Messages still send. See [Moderation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/moderation). Store Settings → Listing Form → Buyer & Messaging Settings Enable Messaging Buyers can message sellers about listings Allow file attachments in messages Images & PDFs, up to 5 files / 10 MB each The attachments toggle appears once messaging is enabled. Both parties get a paperclip button in every conversation. ### Internal Tracking - **Unique Identifier:** Allow sellers to add internal reference fields (e.g., SKU, source URL). Private to sellers only. ## Form Preview #### Live Preview Panel On desktop, a live preview panel shows how your form will look to sellers in real-time. On mobile, switch between "Configure" and "Preview" tabs to see your changes. #### Best Practices - • Keep required fields to a minimum to reduce friction for sellers - • Use section dividers to group related fields - • Add help text to explain complex fields - • Test your form by creating a listing yourself - • Changes auto-save after 1 second of inactivity [Overview](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings)[iCal Calendar Sync](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/ical-sync) --- # Buyer Approval (Request to Purchase) Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/buyer-approval # Buyer Approval (Request to Purchase) Let a seller review and approve a buyer *before* a fixed-price purchase is finalized. Instead of buying instantly, the buyer submits a request; the seller reviews their marketplace profile and either approves (the buyer then pays) or declines (no charge ever happens). #### Quick answer Two-level toggle. The marketplace owner first enables **Allow sellers to require buyer approval** on a listing type (booths, products, services — any non-calendar type). Then on each listing, the seller flips **Require my approval before the purchase is finalized**. Buyers of that listing see a **"Request to Purchase"** button instead of Buy Now. They submit a request (no charge), the seller reviews their profile and approves or declines, and only after approval does the buyer pay. ## When to Use This Built for sellers who want to vet the buyer before accepting them — common in events and high-touch sales: - Booth / exhibitor space at an expo, fair, festival, or trade show - Retreats and tours where the host wants to review participants - Consulting or services where the seller is selective about clients - Any fixed-price listing where "apply, then get accepted" fits better than instant checkout This replaces a separate application form. The seller sees the buyer's marketplace profile (business name, bio, website, socials, logo, and how many listings they have) right in the approval screen, and can message them before deciding. How the purchase flow changes Standard listing Buyer clicks Buy Now Stripe checkout Paid Approval required Buyer requests Seller reviews + approves Buyer pays Paid No money moves until the seller approves — a declined request is never charged. ## Setup — Marketplace Owner Enable the feature once per listing type so it's available to your sellers. 1. Go to [Store Settings → Listing Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form). 2. Pick the listing type (e.g., "Booths") and confirm **Calendar & Availability** is set to **No calendar**. The toggle only shows for non-calendar (fixed-price) types — calendar listings use the separate booking-approval flow instead (see the note below). 3. Toggle **Allow sellers to require buyer approval** on. Save. 4. Sellers (and you, in admin mode) will now see a **Buyer Approval** section on every listing of that type. ## Per-Listing Toggle Once enabled at the listing-type level, each listing gets its own toggle: 1. Open the listing in the seller dashboard (or admin mode). 2. Scroll to the **Buyer Approval** section. 3. Check **Require my approval before the purchase is finalized**. Save. Each listing is independent: one producer's booth can require approval while another's sells instantly — even within the same listing type. Left off (the default), the listing sells instantly exactly as before. ## What the Buyer Sees - **On the listing:** a **Request to Purchase** button instead of Buy Now / Add to Cart (approval listings are not cart-eligible). - **After requesting:** a "Request submitted" confirmation, and the order shows as *Pending approval* in My Orders — clearly noting they haven't been charged. - **If they revisit the listing:** the button shows *Request pending* (they can't submit a duplicate). - **When approved:** an email + an *"Approved! Pay now"* banner in My Orders. They complete payment to confirm. - **When declined:** a polite email and a declined notice in My Orders. No charge ever occurred. - They can also message the seller from the order at any point. ## What the Seller Sees - **Email notification** of each new request. - **A "Pending purchase requests" card** on their dashboard, and a **Pending purchase requests** section in [My Sales](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers) listing each request with the full item breakdown (variants + add-ons). - **The buyer's marketplace profile** right there — business name, name, bio, website & social links, and how many listings they have — so they can evaluate the buyer without a separate application. - **Approve**, **Decline**, or Message buyer (to ask for more info before deciding). - On approval the buyer is sent a payment link; the sale and payout appear in My Sales once they pay — exactly like a normal sale. ## Emails Three transactional emails are sent, all fully branded and editable under [Store Settings → Email Translations](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations) (Orders group): - **Purchase request** → to the seller, when a buyer requests - **Request approved** → to the buyer, with a Pay now link - **Request declined** → to the buyer ## Things to Know #### Non-calendar (fixed-price) listings only Buyer approval is for listings that sell as fixed items (booths, products, services). Calendar/booking listings already have their own approval flow — set **Manual approval** in Booking Configuration for those. The toggle is hidden on calendar listing types so the two never collide. #### No charge until approval A request never touches the buyer's card. Payment only happens after the seller approves and the buyer completes checkout. Stock isn't reserved by a pending request — it's checked again at approval and at payment. #### One request at a time, no cart Approval-required listings are requested one at a time (not added to the cart), and a buyer can have only one active request per listing. Coupons aren't applied to approval requests. #### Default off — nothing changes until you enable it Both the listing-type setting and the per-listing toggle default off, so existing listings keep selling instantly until you deliberately turn this on. [Pay in Person](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/pay-in-person)[All Listings Page](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/all-listings-page) --- # Airbnb iCal Sync 2026: Two-Way Calendar Setup (VRBO + Booking.com) Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/ical-sync # Airbnb iCal Sync: Two-Way Calendar for Rental Marketplaces Two-way Airbnb iCal sync between your Prometora marketplace and Airbnb, VRBO, Booking.com, and any other platform that supports the [iCal standard](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#ical-sync). Prevents double bookings when sellers list the same property in multiple places. Essential for any [rental marketplace](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#rental-marketplace) — if you're building one from scratch, see our [rental marketplace builder](https://www.prometora.com/build/airbnb-clone) guide. #### Quick answer Each listing on your marketplace gets a unique **export URL** sellers paste into Airbnb/VRBO, and an **import field** where they paste their Airbnb/VRBO calendar URL back. Bookings flow both ways automatically — your marketplace polls external feeds every 2 hours, and your bookings appear instantly on the export side. Available on the **Per Night** pricing model only. ## How It Works One property, two calendars, kept in sync Your marketplace 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Booked here → blocked everywhere Export Import Airbnb · VRBO · Booking.com 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 External bookings → blocked on yours Each side shares only its booked/blocked dates over the iCal standard — no prices, no guest details. ### Export — Your Marketplace → Other Platforms Each listing has a public `.ics` feed at a unique, token-protected URL. Sellers copy this URL and paste it into Airbnb, VRBO, or any other platform that accepts external calendar imports. When a booking is made on your marketplace, those dates show up on the other platforms within minutes (each platform polls at its own cadence). ### Import — Other Platforms → Your Marketplace Sellers paste their Airbnb/VRBO/Booking.com calendar URL into the listing settings. Prometora fetches each external feed every 2 hours and blocks those dates on your booking calendar. Sellers can add multiple import URLs per listing — useful if the property is also listed on more than one external platform. ### Sync Cadence Imports run on a 2-hour cron — there can be up to a 2-hour lag between an external booking happening and that date being blocked on your marketplace. To eliminate the double-booking risk in that window, see the recommendation below. ## Recommended: Manual Booking Approval Because import sync has up to a 2-hour delay, we strongly recommend keeping **manual booking approval** turned on (instead of instant booking) for any listing that's also active on Airbnb or VRBO. With manual approval, the host has the chance to check both calendars before confirming — closing the sync gap completely. ## Setup — Marketplace Owner Enable iCal sync once per listing type. Available only on the **Per Night** pricing model (the same model that powers nightly stays, vacation rentals, glamping, etc.). 1. Go to [Store Settings → Listing Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form). 2. Pick the listing type (e.g., "Stays" or "Homes") and confirm the pricing model is **Per Night**. 3. Toggle **iCal Calendar Sync** on. 4. Save. Sellers will now see a Calendar Sync section when editing listings of that type. ## Setup — Seller Once you've enabled the toggle for the listing type, this is what sellers do per listing. 1. Open the listing in their seller dashboard and scroll to the **Calendar Sync** section. 2. Copy the **Export URL** at the top. 3. Paste it into the import-calendar field on Airbnb, VRBO, or Booking.com (see per-platform steps below). 4. Copy the calendar URL *from* Airbnb/VRBO and paste it into the **Import** field. 5. Add additional import URLs if the property is on more than one external platform. 6. Save the listing. Once both URLs are in place, the listing is fully sync'd in both directions. ## Per-Platform Setup ### Airbnb In your Airbnb hosting dashboard, open the listing and go to **Pricing & availability → Sync calendars**. - **Export to Prometora:** copy the "Export calendar" URL — paste this into your Prometora listing's Import field. - **Import from Prometora:** click "Connect another website" and paste your Prometora Export URL. ### VRBO In the VRBO owner dashboard, open the listing and go to **Calendar → Reservation manager → Import/export calendars**. - **Export to Prometora:** copy your VRBO calendar URL — paste it into the Prometora Import field. - **Import from Prometora:** add a new external calendar with your Prometora Export URL. ### Booking.com In the Booking.com extranet, go to **Rates & Availability → Sync calendars (iCal)**. - **Export to Prometora:** copy the iCal export URL — paste into Prometora's Import field. - **Import from Prometora:** add your Prometora Export URL as a new linked calendar. Other iCal-compatible platforms (Tripadvisor, Hostfully, Hostaway, OwnerRez, etc.) follow the same pattern — find the "Import / Export calendar" section and exchange URLs. ## What Syncs (and What Doesn't) #### Syncs - Booked dates (your bookings → external) - Blocked dates (external → your marketplace) - Multi-platform: connect more than one external calendar per listing - Manual blocks the seller adds on either side ### Doesn't Sync - Nightly rates / pricing — iCal carries no pricing data - Guest details (names, emails) — privacy by design - Reviews or messages - Cancellation status — only the booked/blocked window is shared Prometora is the source of truth for rates on your own marketplace. To match your Airbnb pricing, update both sides manually. ## Troubleshooting ### External bookings aren't showing up - Confirm the URL the seller pasted ends in `.ics` or returns an iCal feed — not a regular VRBO/Airbnb listing URL. - Wait up to 2 hours for the next sync run before assuming something is broken. - Check the listing's Calendar Sync panel for the "last synced" timestamp and any error messages. ### Marketplace bookings aren't appearing on Airbnb/VRBO - Confirm the seller pasted the Prometora **Export URL** (not the listing's public URL) into the external platform. - Each external platform polls on its own schedule — Airbnb is typically every few hours. - Try opening the Export URL in a browser to confirm it returns a valid `.ics` feed. ### Calendar Sync section is missing for a seller - Confirm **iCal Calendar Sync** is toggled on for that listing type in Store Settings → Listing Form. - The pricing model on the listing type must be **Per Night** — iCal sync isn't shown for fixed-price or hourly listings. [Listing Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form)[Pay in Person](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/pay-in-person) --- # Pay in Person (Cash at Session) Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/pay-in-person 💵 # Pay in Person (Cash at Session) Let buyers book without paying online — the seller collects cash directly at the session. Bookings are still created, confirmed, and tracked in the dashboard exactly like paid bookings, but Stripe checkout is skipped entirely. #### Quick answer Two-level toggle. The marketplace owner first enables **Allow pay in person** on a listing type (Hockey, Tutoring, Massage — whichever booking-style types they want it on). Then on each listing of that type, the seller (or owner) flips a per-listing **Allow pay in person at session** toggle. When buyers book that listing, the booking is created instantly with a **"Pay at session"** badge throughout the UI and emails — no Stripe redirect, no card details, no online charge. ## When to Use This Built for service marketplaces where sellers prefer cash and don't want online-payment friction blocking signups during ramp-up: - Hockey / soccer / sports training sessions - Music / language / tutoring lessons - Massage, physio, beauty, or other wellness appointments - Local services (cleaning, repair, tutoring) where the seller hasn't set up Stripe yet - Any case where the seller wants to fill the calendar first and worry about online payment later How the booking flow changes Standard listing Buyer books Stripe checkout Confirmed + paid receipt 💵 Pay in person Buyer books Stripe checkout Confirmed + bring cash The booking is created, confirmed, and tracked exactly the same — only the online charge is skipped. ## Setup — Marketplace Owner Enable the feature once per listing type so it's available to all sellers (or to you, if you create listings on their behalf). 1. Go to [Store Settings → Listing Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form). 2. Pick the listing type (e.g., "Hockey") and confirm **Calendar & Availability** is set to either **Date Range** or **Date + Time Slots**. The toggle only shows for booking-style listing types — physical-product types don't have a session to pay at. 3. Toggle **Allow pay in person** on. Save. 4. Sellers (and you, in admin mode) will now see a **Payment Options** section on every listing of that type. ## Per-Listing Toggle Once enabled at the listing-type level, every listing of that type gets a per-listing override: 1. Open the listing in the seller dashboard (or admin mode). 2. Scroll to the **Payment Options** section. 3. Check **Allow pay in person at session**. Save. Different listings of the same type can have different settings. Hockey training session #1 can be cash-at-session while #2 takes online payment via Stripe — entirely the seller's call per listing. ## What the Buyer Sees - **On the listing page:** an amber 💵 *Pay at session* notice above the Book button — "No online payment is taken now — you'll pay the seller directly when you arrive." - **In the booking modal:** the same notice above the price summary, plus the submit button label changes from *Book & Pay* / *Request to Book* to **Confirm Booking**. - **After booking:** a confirmation email with a *"Please bring $X in cash to the session"* callout instead of a paid receipt. - **On their My Bookings dashboard:** an amber *"Pay at session"* block, no *Pay Now* button, the cash amount clearly shown. ## What the Seller Sees - **Booking notification email:** includes a *"Pay-in-person booking — the buyer will pay you $X in cash at the session"* callout. - **Manage Bookings:** a **💵 Cash owing** badge next to the booking status, and the price line reads **Cash to collect: $X** (full amount, no Stripe fee or commission deduction since money never flows through the platform). - **Approve / Decline (manual approval flow only):** the seller still approves or declines the booking like any other request — the only difference is no payment link is sent on approval. The buyer is told their booking is confirmed and to bring cash. ## Auto-Approve vs. Manual Approval Pay-in-person works in both flows but the timing differs: Auto-approve on Booking is confirmed instantly when the buyer hits Book. No Stripe redirect, no payment-pending state. Both buyer and seller get a confirmation email immediately. Manual approval Standard request flow: booking goes to PENDING, seller gets a request email, buyer is told to wait. When the seller approves, the booking is confirmed and the buyer's approval email simply tells them to bring cash — no payment link. ## Things to Know #### No automated commission collection Because the buyer pays the seller directly in cash, the platform never takes a cut. If you charge sellers a commission, you'll need to bill them separately for cash-bookings (e.g., monthly invoice). Online-paid bookings still net commission automatically — only in-person ones are uncollected. #### Coupons aren't applied to cash bookings If a buyer enters a coupon code on a pay-in-person listing, the code is captured on the booking but not validated or discounted (coupon validation lives in the Stripe checkout flow that we skip). The seller can honor the discount manually if they see the code on the booking. #### No automated "mark collected" The seller dashboard shows the booking as confirmed with cash owing, but there's no built-in "mark cash collected" action yet. Sellers track collection in their own bookkeeping. We may add this if multiple customers ask for it. [iCal Calendar Sync](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/ical-sync)[Buyer Approval](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form/buyer-approval) --- # Managed Sellers Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers Pro & Business # Managed Sellers Create and manage seller accounts on behalf of vendors who can't manage their own. Perfect for curated marketplaces with non-technical sellers like local artisans, small farmers, or elderly producers. A [managed seller](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#managed-seller) still verifies their own Stripe account later to receive [payouts](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#payout). #### Quick answer You create seller accounts and even their listings **for them**, then send a one-tap Stripe Connect link so they can verify identity & bank to get paid. Sales can happen **before** a seller onboards - the money is held and auto-transfers once they finish. You can also set a **per-seller commission** that overrides your store-wide rate. Available on **Pro & Business**. ## Why Managed Sellers? Some marketplace sellers aren't comfortable with technology. Without managed sellers, the marketplace owner would have to list everything under a single seller account — making them the legal seller of record for all products and creating a tax and accounting nightmare. With managed sellers, each vendor remains a separate legal entity with their own Stripe Connect account for direct payouts, while the marketplace owner handles all the technical work. ## How It Works You do the technical work — the seller only signs the payout form You #### Create the account Add the seller with name, email & country. No effort on their side. You #### List & send Stripe link Create listings on their behalf, then generate a Connect onboarding link. Seller #### Verify & get paid They open the link, confirm identity & bank, then payouts flow to them. Each seller ends up with their own Stripe account — you just carry them to the finish line. 1 ### Create the Seller Account Go to **Store Settings → Managed Sellers** tab and click **Add Seller**. Fill in: - **First name & last name** (required) - **Email** (required) — used for Stripe Connect payouts and for the seller to sign in later - **Country** (required) — must be a Stripe Connect supported country - **Business name** (optional) - **Phone** (optional) - **Internal notes** (optional) — only visible to you Use the seller's real email address. It will be used for their Stripe Connect account and to sign into the marketplace later via magic link. 2 ### Create Listings on Their Behalf In the managed sellers table, click **Create Listing** next to the seller's name. You'll see the full listing creation form with a banner confirming which seller the listing is for. - Upload images, videos, and digital files - Set pricing, stock, categories, and all listing fields - Listings skip the approval workflow — they're auto-approved since you're the owner - Publish immediately or save as draft After creating listings, you can manage them from the **Sellers tab → Seller Listings** section. Drafts appear under the **Drafts** tab where you can edit, duplicate, publish, or delete them. Each listing also has a **Duplicate** button on the Listings tab — handy when a seller posts several similar listings (e.g. recurring sessions). It creates an editable copy as an unpublished draft with “(Copy)” added to the title, attributed to the same seller. Images carry over and nothing goes live until you publish. 3 ### Set Up Stripe Payouts Before using this, you need to configure your Stripe Connect keys in [Payment Settings](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments). Without Stripe Connect configured, the button will show an error with a link to Payment Settings. Click **Connect Stripe** next to the seller's name to generate a Stripe Connect onboarding link. A modal will open where you can: - **Copy the link** and share it via SMS, WhatsApp, or any channel - **Send it via email** directly to the seller — uses your custom sender email if configured - **Open it together** with the seller and help them fill in their details - **Complete it on their behalf** if you have their bank info and documents (with their consent) Stripe onboarding links expire. If the link expires, you can generate a new one anytime from the managed sellers table. ## Deferred Payouts Sellers can make sales **before** completing Stripe Connect onboarding. When a customer buys from a seller who hasn't onboarded yet: - The payment is processed normally and the money is held on the platform - The **Pending Earnings** column in the managed sellers table shows how much is waiting - Once the seller completes Stripe Connect onboarding, all pending earnings are automatically transferred to their account Sell first, finish the Stripe paperwork later #### Sale made A customer buys before the seller has onboarded. #### Money held Held on the platform - shows under Pending Earnings. #### Seller onboards They verify identity & bank via the Stripe link. #### Auto-payout All pending earnings transfer to them automatically. This means you can start selling immediately after creating a seller — no need to wait for Stripe setup. ## Seller Self-Management A managed seller can later manage their own account by signing in to the marketplace: 1. The seller goes to the marketplace sign-in page 2. They enter their email address (the one you used when creating their account) 3. They receive a magic link and click it to sign in 4. They now have full access to their seller dashboard — listings, orders, messages, etc. All listings, orders, and Stripe payouts remain linked to their account. Nothing changes — they just gain the ability to manage things themselves. ## Per-Seller Commission Override By default, all sellers share the same commission rate set in your payment settings. With per-seller commission override, you can set a different rate for individual sellers directly from the Managed Sellers table. A per-seller rate beats the store default Seller A 8% · override Seller B 10% · default Seller C 5% · override Store default is 10%. Sellers with an override use their own rate; everyone else falls back to the default. How a $100 sale splits at an 8% override Sale $100 Seller payout $92 + Your commission $8 - Click the commission field next to any seller to edit their rate - Enter a percentage between 0 and 100 - Leave empty to use the store's default commission rate - The override applies to all future transactions for that seller The per-seller override takes precedence over the store-wide commission. This applies to both product orders and service bookings, including the Stripe processing fee absorption. ## Member Since Column The Managed Sellers table now shows a **Member Since** column displaying how long each seller has been on your marketplace (e.g., "3mo", "1y 2mo"). This helps you quickly see the tenure of your sellers when managing commissions or reviewing their accounts. ## Edit a Managed Seller's Profile Many managed sellers won't set up their own public profile, so you can edit it for them. From the Managed Sellers table, click **Edit profile** next to any seller to update: - **Tagline** — short one-liner under their display name - **Bio** — longer description shown on their public seller page - **Social links** — Instagram, X, website, etc. - **Profile URL** — a custom address for their public profile, e.g. `/sellers/noble-consultancy`. Since managed sellers can't log in, this is where you claim it for them Changes save instantly and appear on the seller's public profile page right away. The seller can still edit their own profile later if they sign in — your edits and theirs share the same fields. See [Seller Profiles](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/seller-profiles) for what shows publicly and how to control which sections appear. ## Custom Fields on the Managed Sellers Form Any custom seller fields you've defined under [Sellers → Custom Signup & Seller Fields](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers#signup-fields) also appear on the Managed Sellers form when you create or edit a seller — including admin-only fields and fields with an approval gate. This lets you record internal scoring, niche category, vetting status, or any other data right when you onboard the seller, without asking them to fill anything in themselves. - **Visible fields** — shown on the seller's dashboard too, so they can update them later - **Admin-only fields** — only you ever see or edit; useful for internal scoring or notes - **Approval-gate fields** — listings stay blocked until you mark the field approved ## Country Requirements The country field is required because Stripe Connect requires it for account creation. Only [Stripe Connect supported countries](https://stripe.com/global) are available in the dropdown. Make sure to select the correct country for each seller — it determines their payout currency and available payment methods. ## Plan Availability | Feature | Starter | Pro | Business | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Managed Sellers | - | | | | Create Listings for Sellers | - | | | | Stripe Onboarding Links | - | | | ## Frequently Asked Questions Do managed sellers need their own Stripe account? Yes. Each managed seller gets their own Stripe Connect account so payouts go directly to them, keeping every vendor a separate legal entity. You send them a Stripe onboarding link to verify their identity and bank details when they're ready. Can a managed seller take over their own account later? Yes. A managed seller can sign in anytime with the email you used to create their account. They request a magic link, click it, and get full access to their seller dashboard - listings, orders, and messages. Everything stays linked to their account. Can I make sales before a seller finishes Stripe onboarding? Yes. Sales can happen before a seller completes Stripe Connect onboarding. The payment is processed and held on the platform, shown under Pending Earnings, and all pending earnings transfer automatically once the seller finishes onboarding. Can I set a different commission rate for one seller? Yes. The per-seller commission override lets you set a custom rate for an individual seller from the Managed Sellers table. It takes precedence over your store-wide commission and applies to all of that seller's future product orders and service bookings. Which plans include managed sellers? Managed Sellers is available on the Pro and Business plans. It covers creating seller accounts, creating listings on their behalf, and generating Stripe Connect onboarding links. [Signup Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/signup-form)[Team](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/team) --- # Moderation Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/moderation # Moderation Review and monitor all buyer-seller messages in your marketplace. Keep your community safe and resolve disputes. #### Quick answer The Moderation panel shows every buyer-seller conversation for dispute resolution and policy enforcement (read-only - you can't message from here). You can also turn on a prohibited-word filter: add your own words (e.g. Venmo, PayPal, Cash App, Zelle) and any message containing them is flagged here and the sender is reminded to keep the sale on the marketplace. Messages are never blocked. ## Overview The Moderation panel gives you visibility into all conversations happening on your marketplace. Use it to: - **Monitor conversations:** View all buyer-seller messages - **Resolve disputes:** Understand both sides of a disagreement - **Ensure compliance:** Check for policy violations - **Build trust:** Maintain a safe marketplace environment #### How to Access Go to **Store Settings → Moderation** to view all marketplace conversations. ## Viewing Conversations The moderation panel shows all conversations with key information at a glance: #### Handmade Pottery Bowl 2 hours ago John D. ↔ Sarah M. "Thanks for your order! I'll ship it tomorrow..." #### Vintage Camera Lens 1 day ago Mike T. ↔ Camera Shop "Is this lens compatible with Canon cameras?" ### Information Displayed - **Listing:** The product or service being discussed - **Participants:** Buyer and seller names - **Last message:** Preview of the most recent message - **Timestamp:** When the last message was sent - **Listing image:** Visual reference for the item ## Search & Filter Quickly find specific conversations using the search function: Search across: - Buyer names - Seller names - Listing titles - Message content ## Flagging Prohibited Words You can have the marketplace automatically flag messages that contain words you choose, such as payment apps (Venmo, PayPal, Cash App, Zelle) or phrases used to push a sale off-platform. This helps you catch off-platform payment attempts without reading every conversation. #### How to Enable Go to **Store Settings → Listing Form → Buyer & Messaging Settings** and turn on** Flag prohibited words**, then add the words you want to flag (one per line, or comma-separated). Matching is case-insensitive. The filter only flags the words **you** add - there is no built-in list, so nothing is flagged until you fill in your own words. A few good starting words: *venmo, paypal, cash app, zelle*. Listing Form → Buyer & Messaging Settings Flag prohibited words Flag messages containing these words and remind the sender to stay on the marketplace Prohibited words (one per line, or comma-separated) venmo, paypal, cash app, zelle ### What Happens When a Message Matches - **The message still sends.** Flagging never blocks a message - it is a soft signal, not a hard filter. - **The sender sees a reminder** to keep payments and communication on the marketplace. - **You see it here.** The conversation gets a **Flagged** badge in this panel, and the matching message shows which words were caught. What the sender sees Can you just pay me on venmo instead? Please keep payments and communication on the marketplace. Arranging payment elsewhere is against the rules and may lead to your account being suspended. What you see in Moderation Show flagged only (3) Vintage Camera Lens 1 flagged "Can you just pay me on venmo instead?" Matched: venmo Use the **Show flagged only** filter to jump straight to conversations that need a look. Flagging deters most casual attempts, but it cannot catch deliberately disguised words (for example* v-e-n-m-o*), so keep an eye on flagged threads and suspend repeat offenders. ## Reading Messages Click on any conversation to view the complete message history: #### Handmade Pottery Bowl John D. ↔ Sarah M. John D. (Buyer) Hi! Is this bowl microwave safe? Yesterday at 3:42 PM Sarah M. (Seller) Yes, it's completely microwave and dishwasher safe! Yesterday at 4:15 PM John D. (Buyer) Perfect, I'll place an order now! Yesterday at 4:20 PM ## Moderation Best Practices #### Regular Monitoring Check the moderation panel regularly to stay on top of conversations and catch issues early. #### Watch for Red Flags Look for signs of scams, harassment, or policy violations like requests to transact off-platform. #### Respect Privacy Only review messages when necessary for dispute resolution or policy enforcement. Document your reasons for reviewing conversations. #### Respond Promptly When disputes arise, review the conversation history quickly to understand the situation and help resolve it before it escalates. ## What to Watch For #### Common Policy Violations - **Off-platform transactions:** Requests to pay outside the marketplace - **Sharing personal info:** Phone numbers, emails, or addresses before purchase - **Harassment:** Abusive language or threatening behavior - **Spam:** Promotional messages or phishing attempts - **Prohibited items:** Discussions about selling banned products ## Taking Action When you identify issues, you can take several actions: - **Warn the user:** Send a message about the policy violation - **Suspend listings:** Remove problematic listings temporarily - **Suspend seller:** Disable a seller's account if needed - **Contact both parties:** Mediate disputes directly #### Pro Tip Document all moderation actions you take. Keep records of policy violations and your responses in case of disputes or chargebacks. [Team](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/team)[Payments & Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments) --- # Payments & Stripe Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments # Payments & Stripe Complete guide to setting up Stripe Connect for multi-vendor payments with automatic commission splitting. #### Quick answer Set up Stripe Connect so buyers can pay and sellers get paid. Three things: connect your Stripe account, set your commission rate, and configure the webhook so seller verification updates automatically. The webhook is the one step founders forget. Without it, deferred payouts do not process. ## What is Stripe Connect? **[Stripe Connect](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#stripe-connect)** is Stripe's solution for marketplace payments — see [our Stripe for marketplaces guide](https://www.prometora.com/learn/stripe-for-marketplaces) for a deeper look at how it compares to regular Stripe. It allows you to: - Accept payments from buyers on behalf of your vendors - Automatically split payments between you and vendors - Handle vendor payouts without manual transfers - Comply with payment regulations in 40+ countries - Manage tax reporting and 1099s (in the US) #### Why Prometora Uses Stripe Connect Stripe Connect is the industry standard for marketplace payments, used by Lyft, Shopify, Instacart, and thousands of marketplaces. It handles the complex compliance and money movement so you can focus on building your marketplace. ## How Payments Work Here's the complete flow when a buyer makes a purchase on your marketplace: Buyer Pays full price → Stripe Processes payment → Split Your commission → Vendor Receives payout ### Detailed Payment Flow 1. **Buyer checks out:** Customer enters payment details on your marketplace checkout page 2. **Payment captured:** Stripe securely processes the payment and holds the funds 3. **Commission calculated:** Your platform fee is automatically calculated based on your settings 4. **Funds split:** Stripe splits the payment - your commission goes to your account, the rest to the vendor 5. **Vendor payout:** Vendor receives their portion according to the payout schedule 6. **Your payout:** Your commission is transferred to your bank account ### Where the Money Goes Here is a concrete example. A buyer pays **$100** for a vendor's listing on a marketplace with a **10% platform fee**. The split happens automatically inside Stripe: Buyer pays $100 Full price, single charge at checkout You · 10% Vendor · 90% $10 $90 $10 → You Your platform commission, paid out to your bank account $90 → Vendor The vendor's earnings, paid out on their Stripe schedule Stripe processing fees (~2.9% + 30¢) are deducted separately by Stripe. Change your rate anytime under Settings → Payments. ### What If the Vendor Hasn't Finished Onboarding? Vendors can list and sell **before** they finish Stripe verification. When that happens, their share is **held safely** and released automatically the moment they complete onboarding - no manual transfer needed. Sale completes Buyer is charged, vendor not yet verified ↓ Earnings held Tracked as the vendor's pending balance ↓ Auto-released Paid out as soon as onboarding finishes [How deferred onboarding & held earnings work ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding) ## Prerequisites Before setting up payments, you'll need: 1 #### A Stripe Account Create a free account at [stripe.com](https://stripe.com) if you don't have one 2 #### Business Information Legal business name, address, tax ID (EIN in US), and bank account details 3 #### Identity Verification Stripe may require ID verification for the account owner (government ID, SSN in US) ## Setting Up Stripe Connect ### Step 1: Connect Your Stripe Account 1. Go to **Store Settings → Payments** in your Prometora dashboard 2. Click the **"Connect with Stripe"** button 3. You'll be redirected to Stripe to authorize the connection 4. Log in to your Stripe account (or create one) 5. Review and accept the Stripe Connect terms 6. You'll be redirected back to Prometora with your account connected Connect with Stripe Click this button in Store Settings → Payments #### ⚠️ Required: complete your Connect platform setup (one-time) Before any seller can be onboarded, your own Stripe account needs **two** one-time steps. Until both are done, seller onboarding fails - the seller sees a generic* "Failed to connect Stripe account"* message, while your server logs (or the request's Network response) show the specific Stripe reason below. **Do both steps in your live Stripe account, not a Sandbox.** Stripe's dashboard has an environment picker at the top of the page — if it shows a sandbox name, switch to your live account before continuing. Stripe lets you complete both pages inside a sandbox without any warning, but that has no effect on your live marketplace and seller onboarding keeps failing. (Using test-mode keys on purpose? Then complete them inside that same sandbox instead.) **1. Platform setup** - get approved to create connected accounts: - Open [dashboard.stripe.com/settings/connect/platform-setup](https://dashboard.stripe.com/settings/connect/platform-setup) (Settings → Connect → Platform setup ) and complete it. - Stripe emails you *"…is approved to create live accounts and charges"* once this clears. - If skipped, onboarding fails with non_connect_platform_accounts_v2_access_blocked / *"Only Stripe Connect platforms can work with other accounts."* **2. Platform profile** - acknowledge your platform responsibilities: - Open [dashboard.stripe.com/settings/connect/platform-profile](https://dashboard.stripe.com/settings/connect/platform-profile) (Settings → Connect → Platform profile ) and click **Acknowledge** on each item - the **refunds & chargebacks (loss) liability** and **collecting requirements for connected accounts**. - If skipped, onboarding fails with *"Please review the responsibilities of collecting requirements for connected accounts."* Also finish any **"Onboarding incomplete → View onboarding"** step shown on those pages. It's a one-time setup per Stripe account. **Not sure if you're done?** Once your Connect keys are saved in Store Settings → Payments , Prometora checks this for you and shows a green *“Your sellers can connect”* confirmation when it's complete - or a banner with the exact fix link if a step is still missing. You can re-run it anytime with the **Check that sellers can connect** button there. What you'll see on the Payments tab Your sellers can connect Your Stripe Connect platform setup is complete. Checked just now · Re-check Your sellers can't connect yet A one-time setup step is still missing. Open Stripe to fix this ## Stripe API Keys API keys are credentials that allow Prometora to communicate securely with your Stripe account. You'll need to add these keys in Store Settings → Payments. ### Types of API Keys Stripe provides two types of keys, each with a specific purpose: #### Publishable Key Public Used in frontend code (browser). Safe to expose publicly. pk_test_ 51AcYn...xxxxxx - • Starts with `pk_test_` (test) or `pk_live_` (production) - • Used to create payment tokens in the browser - • Cannot access sensitive data or make charges directly #### Secret Key Private Used in backend/server code only. **Never expose publicly!** sk_test_ 51AcYn...xxxxxx - • Starts with `sk_test_` (test) or `sk_live_` (production) - • Full access to your Stripe account - • Can create charges, refunds, access customer data #### Security Warning **Never share your Secret Key publicly** - not in client-side code, GitHub repositories, screenshots, or support tickets. If your Secret Key is compromised, roll it immediately in the Stripe Dashboard. ### Test Mode vs Live Mode Stripe provides two separate environments, each with its own set of API keys: | Mode | Key Prefix | Purpose | Real Money? | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Test Mode | pk_test_ / sk_test_ | Development & testing | No - simulated only | | Live Mode | pk_live_ / sk_live_ | Production - real customers | Yes - real charges | #### 💡 Recommendation Always start with **Test Mode keys** while building and testing your marketplace. Only switch to Live Mode when you're ready to accept real payments from customers. ### How to Get Your API Keys Follow these steps to find your API keys in the Stripe Dashboard: 1 Log in to your [Stripe Dashboard](https://dashboard.stripe.com) 2 Pick your environment: your **live account** for live keys, or a **Sandbox** for test keys In the current Stripe dashboard, test mode lives in Sandboxes - use the environment picker at the top of the page (older dashboards had a "Test mode" toggle in the top-right corner) 3 Click **Developers** in the left sidebar 4 Click **API keys** in the submenu 5 Copy your **Publishable key** and **Secret key** Click "Reveal test/live key" to see the secret key Stripe Dashboard Test mode Publishable key pk_test_51Abc...xxxxx Secret key sk_test_51Abc...•••••• Click to reveal ### Adding Keys to Prometora 1. Go to **Store Settings → Payments** in your Prometora dashboard 2. Find the **Stripe API Keys** section 3. Paste your **Publishable Key** in the first field 4. Paste your **Secret Key** in the second field 5. Click **Save** to store your keys securely #### Your Keys Are Secure Prometora encrypts your API keys before storing them. They are never exposed in logs, client-side code, or API responses. ## Webhooks for Stripe Connect **Using basic Stripe instead?** If you're running a single-vendor store without seller payouts, you can skip this section. Webhooks are only required for Stripe Connect marketplaces. To track when sellers complete their Stripe onboarding, you need to configure a webhook with **two events**. This allows Prometora to automatically update seller verification status. ### Video Walkthrough Video: Set up the Stripe Connect webhook [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) #### Sandbox vs. Production This video is recorded in Stripe's **Sandbox (test mode)** for demonstration. When setting up your live marketplace, follow the exact same steps in your **Live/Production** Stripe dashboard, then paste the **live signing secret** into Prometora. The secret must match the mode of your Stripe keys — test secret with test keys, live secret with live keys. #### API version Any version works — just pick the **latest** (or keep your account's default). Prometora only reads fields that have been stable across every Stripe API version. ### Required Webhook Events | Event | Purpose | | --- | --- | | account.updated | Updates seller verification status when they complete Stripe onboarding | | account.application.deauthorized | Removes seller's Stripe connection if they disconnect their account | #### Where to Set Up Webhooks The webhook URL and detailed step-by-step setup instructions are provided in your **Store Settings → Payments → Stripe Connect Settings** section. ### Step 2: Complete Stripe Onboarding After connecting, Stripe may require additional information to fully activate your account: #### Business Details - • Legal business name and DBA (if applicable) - • Business address - • Business type (sole proprietor, LLC, corporation, etc.) - • Industry/MCC code #### Bank Account - • Bank account number - • Routing number (US) or equivalent - • Account holder name #### Identity Verification - • Account representative's name and DOB - • Last 4 digits of SSN (US) or full ID - • May require document upload (ID, utility bill) ### Step 3: Configure Commission Rate Set the percentage you take from each sale. This is your marketplace's revenue: #### Want to learn more about making money? For a complete guide on commission rates and fee structures, see our [Revenue & Fees documentation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue). You can also use the [Revenue Calculator](https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator) to project your marketplace earnings. Commission Rate (%) % Example: 15% commission #### Commission Rate Guidelines | Rate | Best For | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | 5-10% | High-volume, low-margin goods | Electronics, commodities | | 10-15% | Standard product marketplaces | Handmade goods, vintage items | | 15-20% | Service marketplaces | Freelance, consulting | | 20-30% | Premium/value-added services | Short-term rentals, luxury goods | ### Commission Calculation Example Sale Price $100.00 Your Commission (15%) $15.00 Stripe Fees (~2.9% + $0.30) -$3.20 Vendor Receives $81.80 Note: Stripe fees are typically paid by the vendor, but this is configurable ## Vendor Payment Onboarding When vendors sign up on your marketplace, they complete Stripe's onboarding flow: 1 #### Click "Become a Seller" Vendor visits your marketplace's seller signup page 2 #### Create Prometora Account Sign up with email or social login 3 #### Complete Stripe Onboarding An embedded Stripe form opens right inside your marketplace — no redirect to a Stripe-branded page. Prometora prefills their name, country, website, and business category, so it only takes a few minutes. - • Personal details (name, DOB, address, phone where required) - • Identity verification (SSN or ID upload, if Stripe asks) - • Bank account for payouts - • Tax details where required (e.g. W-9 in the US) 4 #### Payouts Unlocked Once verified, the vendor receives payouts — and any earnings they accrued before verifying pay out automatically. With deferred onboarding, vendors can list and sell first; verifying is only needed to get paid. ## Supported Payment Methods Stripe automatically enables the best payment methods for your customers based on their location: Credit Cards Visa, MC, Amex 🍎 Apple Pay iOS & Safari 🔵 Google Pay Android & Chrome Bank Transfers ACH, SEPA #### Local Payment Methods Stripe automatically offers local payment methods like iDEAL (Netherlands), Bancontact (Belgium), Przelewy24 (Poland), and more based on buyer location. ## Payouts ### Vendor Payouts Vendors receive automatic payouts to their connected bank account: | Region | Payout Speed | Notes | | --- | --- | --- | | United States | 2 business days | Standard for established accounts | | Europe (SEPA) | 3-5 business days | Varies by country | | UK | 2-3 business days | Faster Payments supported | | New Accounts | 7-14 days | Initial verification period | ### Your Commission Payouts Your platform commission follows the same payout schedule as your Stripe account settings. You can configure this in your Stripe Dashboard: - **Daily:** Receive payouts every business day - **Weekly:** Receive one payout per week - **Monthly:** Receive one payout per month - **Manual:** Request payouts manually when needed ## Stripe Fees Stripe charges processing fees for each transaction. These are separate from your marketplace commission: | Payment Type | Fee (US) | Example ($100 sale) | | --- | --- | --- | | Credit/Debit Cards | 2.9% + $0.30 | $3.20 | | International Cards | +1.5% | $4.70 total | | ACH Bank Transfer | 0.8% (max $5) | $0.80 | | Connect Fee | +0.25% + $0.25/payout | Per active vendor | #### Who Pays Stripe Fees? Stripe processing fees (2.9% + $0.30) are deducted from the seller's portion along with your platform commission. This is the industry-standard model used by marketplaces like Etsy and eBay — sellers absorb all transaction-related fees. ## Refunds & Disputes ### Processing Refunds Refunds can be initiated from the Prometora dashboard or Stripe Dashboard: - **Full refunds:** Return the entire payment amount - **Partial refunds:** Return a portion of the payment - **Who funds the refund:** This is handled automatically. If the seller was already paid for the sale, their share is pulled back from their account as part of the refund; your commission on that sale is returned too. If the seller hadn't been paid yet (for example a shipping order not yet shipped), the funds simply never leave your balance. Either way, the buyer gets the full refund and the seller does not keep earnings from a refunded sale. - **Refund timing:** 5-10 business days to appear on customer's statement #### Important: Refund Fees When you issue a refund, Stripe does **not** return the original processing fees. For a $100 sale with $3.20 in fees, if you refund the full amount, you lose the $3.20 fee. ### Handling Disputes (Chargebacks) If a customer disputes a charge with their bank: 1. Stripe notifies you of the dispute 2. The disputed amount is held pending resolution 3. You have 7-21 days to submit evidence 4. The bank makes a final decision Dispute fee: **$15 per dispute** (refunded if you win) #### Marketplace operator responsibilities On Prometora marketplaces, sellers do not have their own Stripe-side dashboard. That means** you, the marketplace owner, defend disputes and bear the financial liability** if a seller cannot cover a chargeback. This is the standard model for white-labeled Stripe Connect marketplaces - but it is a real risk you take on. See [What This Setup Means for Your Risk Exposure](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding#risk-exposure) for the full breakdown and how to manage it. ## Security & Compliance #### PCI Compliance Stripe is PCI Level 1 certified. Card data never touches your servers. #### Fraud Prevention Stripe Radar uses ML to block fraudulent payments automatically. #### 3D Secure Additional authentication for high-risk transactions (SCA compliant in EU). #### Tax Reporting Automatic 1099-K generation for US vendors, issued by Stripe per current IRS thresholds. [Taxes & 1099s](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/taxes) ## Troubleshooting #### "Account not fully onboarded" The vendor hasn't completed all Stripe verification steps. They should check their email for Stripe's requests and finish any outstanding items from the **Finance**section of their seller dashboard (account management is mounted inline there). #### "Payouts paused" Stripe may pause payouts if there are verification issues or suspicious activity. Check the Stripe Dashboard for specific requirements. #### "Payment failed" Common causes: insufficient funds, expired card, bank decline, or fraud prevention. The customer should try a different payment method. ## Testing Payments Before going live, test your payment flow using Stripe's test mode: #### Test Card Numbers Success: 4242 4242 4242 4242 Decline: 4000 0000 0000 0002 Requires Auth: 4000 0025 0000 3155 Use any future expiry date and any 3-digit CVC #### Ready to Go Live? Once you've tested everything, make sure your Stripe account is in live mode and all vendors have completed their onboarding. Then you're ready to accept real payments! Not on a plan yet? Compare [Prometora pricing](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) to find the right tier for your marketplace. [Moderation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/moderation)[How Sellers Connect Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding) --- # How Sellers Connect Stripe Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding # How Sellers Connect Stripe Every seller on your marketplace needs a Stripe account linked to yours so they can receive [payouts](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#payout). If you're new to how marketplace payments work under the hood, our [Stripe for marketplaces guide](https://www.prometora.com/learn/stripe-for-marketplaces) covers the fundamentals. Prometora uses a [deferred onboarding](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#deferred-onboarding) pattern, so sellers can start listing and earning before they verify with [KYC](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#kyc). This page explains how that happens and what you, the marketplace owner, need to do. Video: What seller onboarding actually looks like · ~3 min [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) #### Quick answer **There is no manual linking step.** Sellers complete Stripe's embedded onboarding form *inline in your marketplace* — no redirect to a Stripe-branded page. The webhook you configured in [Payments & Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments) automatically links their account. If they already made sales before connecting, those earnings are paid out automatically the moment onboarding completes. ## Prerequisite: Your Webhook Must Be Configured For sellers to be automatically linked after onboarding, your store's Stripe Connect webhook must be set up first. This is a one-time task done by you, the marketplace owner. **If the webhook isn't set up,** seller status will not update automatically after they finish Stripe onboarding, and deferred payouts will not process. See the [webhook setup video & instructions](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments#webhook-video-walkthrough) in the Payments & Stripe docs. ## Self-Serve Flow (Default) This is how it works for sellers who sign up themselves and manage their own account. The deferred-onboarding timeline Minute 0 #### Seller signs up No Stripe required. Creates a listing. Day 1 to N #### Lists & sells Earnings tracked as pending. Buyer pays at checkout. Some day later #### Verifies Stripe Sees pending earnings, clicks Connect, fills out Stripe form (~5 min). Same day #### Auto payout All accumulated earnings flow to their bank. No manual step. The seller never sees a Stripe form before they have actual earnings waiting. That is the whole point. 1 ### Seller Signs Up & Starts Listing A seller signs up on your marketplace and can immediately create listings and make sales. **No Stripe setup is required up front** — they don't have to configure anything before getting started. 2 ### Seller Clicks "Connect Stripe" in Their Dashboard When ready, the seller goes to their seller dashboard (`/s//dashboard`) and clicks the **Connect Stripe** banner. Prometora creates a Stripe Connect account for them and opens an embedded onboarding form right inside your marketplace. 3 ### Seller Completes the Form Inline An overlay opens directly on the marketplace dashboard with Stripe's embedded onboarding form. The flow is kept as short as the rules allow: Prometora prefills the seller's name, country, business website (your marketplace), and business category, and skips Stripe's separate sign-in step (the phone-code screen), so the seller only provides the essentials: - Personal details (date of birth, home address, and a contact phone where required) - Identity verification, if Stripe asks for it - A bank account for payouts There's no business-profile questionnaire and no separate Stripe sign-up — sellers go straight to who they are and where to send the money. The form is hosted by Stripe in an iframe inside your marketplace — the browser URL never leaves your store, and neither you nor Prometora ever sees their sensitive KYC data. The overlay closes itself when the seller finishes or cancels. 4 ### Automatic Linking (No Manual Step) The moment they finish, Stripe sends an `account.updated` webhook to your Prometora store. The seller's status flips to **Verified** on their dashboard automatically. They can now receive payouts. You don't have to approve, link, or invite anyone. As long as your webhook is configured, everything just works. ## Deferred Earnings (Sales Before Onboarding) Sellers can make sales before completing Stripe onboarding. Here's what happens: - The customer pays normally — checkout isn't blocked. - The seller's share of each sale is tracked in their **Pending Earnings**, visible on their dashboard. - The money is held safely until the seller is ready to receive payouts — custodied by Stripe (the licensed payment institution) in your platform balance, never swept into your own bank account. - When the seller finishes Stripe onboarding, **all pending earnings are automatically transferred** to their Stripe account in a single payout. - Nothing is lost. Nobody has to manually move money around. **Why this matters:** You can invite sellers and let them start listing immediately, without forcing them through the Stripe onboarding flow before they're committed. Many sellers want to see whether they'll make a sale before going through ID verification — and with deferred earnings, you don't lose them to onboarding friction. **Operating in the EU / EEA?** Pending earnings are custodied by Stripe, not held in your own bank account, but the deferred window does briefly hold and direct seller funds. Under PSD2 that's worth confirming with Stripe and local counsel before you rely on it — see the [regulatory note in the glossary](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#deferred-onboarding). ## Alternative: Managed Sellers Some sellers aren't comfortable setting up Stripe themselves — for example, local artisans, small farmers, or non-technical vendors. For them, you can use the **Managed Sellers** feature, available on Pro & Business plans — see [Prometora pricing](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) for a full plan comparison. With managed sellers, you create the account on their behalf and generate a Stripe Connect onboarding link you can share via email, SMS, or fill in together with them. Each seller still ends up with their own Stripe account — you just help them get there. **Learn more:** [Managed Sellers documentation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers) ## Supported Countries & France (PSD2) Your sellers can connect from any country Stripe Connect supports. The onboarding flow adapts to each seller's country, collecting the identity and banking details Stripe requires for that region. **France** is a special case. France's PSD2 / strong-customer-authentication rules require a seller's identity to be collected differently than the rest of the EU, and that mismatch used to block account creation for marketplaces based in France. That's now handled: for French platforms we mint a Stripe v2 account token and carry the seller's identity, contact, and Terms-of-Service attestation inside it, the way Stripe requires. Marketplaces outside France keep their existing flow unchanged. **What this means for you:** if your marketplace operates from France, your sellers now reach a fully working payout account end to end — no dead end at the account-creation step. There's nothing extra to configure; the flow detects the case automatically. ## What You (the Store Owner) Need to Do For the self-serve flow, your involvement is minimal: 1. Configure your **Stripe Connect keys** in [Payments & Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments) (one-time setup). 2. Configure the **Stripe webhook** pointing to your store — see the [video walkthrough](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments#webhook-video-walkthrough) (also one-time). 3. That's it. Sellers handle the rest themselves from their dashboard. ## What This Setup Means for Your Risk Exposure Prometora configures every new seller account so the seller has **no Stripe-side dashboard**. Everything they need (payout history, balance, account management, tax documents, KYC updates) lives inside your marketplace via embedded components. That is the white-label experience your sellers expect from a marketplace branded as yours. The tradeoff is that Stripe treats **you, the marketplace owner**, as the operator of record for those connected accounts. There are three concrete things this means in practice: Where the line sits You, the platform - KYC oversight — nudge sellers when Stripe needs more - Chargeback & negative-balance liability - Defending disputes from your Stripe dashboard Stripe still handles - Fraud detection (Stripe Radar) - PCI compliance & card data security - KYC document processing (never touches your servers) - Tax forms (1099s & equivalents) - Regulatory reporting You own seller oversight and chargeback liability; Stripe keeps the regulated, security-critical pieces. ### 1. KYC oversight is on you If Stripe needs additional verification from a seller (expiring ID, a new tax form, an updated business detail), the **“Actions required”** notification appears on *your* Stripe Dashboard, not the seller's. You are expected to nudge the seller to resolve it via the embedded onboarding component in your marketplace. If you ignore it, that seller's payouts pause once Stripe's deadline passes. ### 2. Chargeback and negative-balance liability is on you If a buyer disputes a charge and the seller cannot cover the chargeback (insufficient balance, funds already withdrawn, account closed), Stripe does **not** automatically debit the seller's external bank account first. The negative balance falls to the platform - that is, you. **This is the standard liability model for marketplaces operating connected accounts with no Stripe-side dashboard. It is the same risk profile Substack, Lyft, Instacart, and other Stripe Connect marketplaces operate under.** ### 3. Disputes are defended from your dashboard Sellers cannot defend their own disputes - they have no Stripe-side login. When a chargeback comes in, you handle it from your Stripe Dashboard under **Connect → Disputes**. The seller can still provide you with evidence (proof of shipping, communication logs), but the submission to the card network is yours. #### In practice, the day-to-day is light Industry chargeback rates for marketplaces typically sit well under 1% of transactions, and your seller's connected Stripe account balance usually covers the few that occur - the platform only steps in when one of your sellers can't. KYC re-verification happens years apart for verified sellers, not months. Most marketplace owners on this model never absorb a chargeback loss. The bigger operational cost is the few minutes per week spent watching the “Actions required” panel. ### What Stripe still handles on your behalf This is not unrestricted exposure. Stripe still handles: - Fraud detection (Stripe Radar) - PCI compliance and card data security - KYC document processing (the ID and verification details are processed by Stripe, never touch your servers) - Tax form generation (1099s in the US, equivalents elsewhere) - Regulatory reporting to financial authorities ### Practical implications - **Watch the “Actions required” panel** on your Stripe Dashboard home. That panel is your only proactive signal when a seller has a KYC item due. - **Vet new sellers** before letting them transact at scale. You can hold back early payouts manually or require approval flows for high-volume sellers. - **Maintain a reserve** in your platform Stripe account proportional to seller volume - enough to absorb realistic chargeback rates without affecting cash flow. - **Set expectations with sellers** about KYC resolution time. Most items have a 14+ day grace period from Stripe before payouts pause. **If this risk profile does not fit your operating model,** contact us. Alternative configurations exist (Stripe-managed dashboards, different liability splits) and we can discuss which makes sense for your marketplace. ## About Emails to Sellers With Prometora's default setup, your marketplace handles all routine seller communication directly: - Payout-arrived emails come from **your marketplace**, not Stripe - Payout-failed and onboarding-complete emails come from **your marketplace**, not Stripe - Refund confirmations come from **your marketplace**, not Stripe **Compliance and tax-form emails (1099s, KYC document requests, regulatory notifications)** still come directly from Stripe, because Stripe is the regulated entity required to send them. These cannot be disabled - they are a legal requirement. What you **can** do: brand those Stripe-sent compliance emails so they look like they come from your marketplace. 1. Go to your Stripe Dashboard → **Settings** → **Connect** → **Emails**. 2. Under **Related settings**, click **“Connect branding”** to add your logo and brand colors. 3. Under **“Email domain”**, add your custom domain so compliance emails appear to come from `noreply@.com`. If you're on Business or Scale tier, you can also customize the wording of your marketplace's payout, welcome, and refund emails (the ones Prometora sends) under [Email Translations](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations). ## Troubleshooting ### A seller's status isn't updating after they finished onboarding - Check that your Stripe webhook is configured and showing **Configured ✓** in Payments settings. - In your Stripe dashboard, go to Developers → Webhooks → your Prometora destination → check the recent deliveries for failures. - Make sure the webhook was created under **“Events from: Connected and v2 accounts”** — otherwise you won't receive `account.updated` events. ### The seller says they can't see the “Connect Stripe” button - Confirm they're logged in as a seller (not a regular customer) on your marketplace. - Confirm your Stripe Connect keys are saved in Payments settings — without them, the button cannot be created. ### Pending earnings didn't pay out after onboarding - The automatic payout is triggered by the same `account.updated` webhook. Check webhook deliveries in Stripe for errors. - In rare cases, the seller's account may be *onboarded* but not yet *payouts-enabled* — Stripe may require additional verification. The payout will trigger once Stripe fully verifies them. ## Frequently Asked Questions No. Sellers can sign up, create listings, and make sales *before* connecting Stripe. Earnings are tracked as **pending** and paid out automatically the moment they complete Stripe onboarding. This is called [deferred onboarding](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#deferred-onboarding) and it dramatically reduces signup drop-off. It is the same risk profile that **Substack, Lyft, Instacart, and most other Stripe Connect marketplaces** operate under. Industry chargeback rates for marketplaces are typically **under 1%** of transactions, and your seller's connected Stripe account balance covers most of those. The marketplace operator only steps in when one of your sellers cannot cover their own chargeback. Most marketplace owners on this model never absorb a chargeback loss. Yes. Common approaches: - Vet sellers before approving them on your marketplace - Hold back early payouts for new sellers until they have a track record - Require manual approval flows for high-volume sellers - Maintain a reserve balance in your platform Stripe account proportional to seller volume - Configure Stripe Radar fraud rules from your Stripe Dashboard Prometora's seller management tools also let you suspend, approve, or limit sellers as needed. Because marketplace owners want the white-label experience. When sellers have their own Stripe-hosted dashboard, they receive Stripe-branded emails, see Stripe-branded interfaces, and your white-label positioning fragments. Prometora's default keeps the entire seller experience **inside your marketplace, branded as yours**. The tradeoff is that the marketplace operator (not Stripe) handles seller-related compliance oversight and chargeback liability. Most marketplace owners told us this tradeoff is the right one for their business. The **“Actions required”** notification panel on your platform Stripe Dashboard home is the primary signal. When a seller has an outstanding KYC item (expiring ID, new tax form, etc.), it appears there. Resolve it by directing the seller to update their info via the embedded Account Management component in their Prometora seller dashboard. Yes. France's PSD2 / strong-customer-authentication rules require a seller's identity to be collected differently than in the rest of the EU, and that mismatch previously blocked the account-creation step for French platforms. **That's now handled.** For French marketplaces, Prometora mints a Stripe v2 account token and carries the seller's identity, contact, and Terms-of-Service attestation inside it, the way Stripe requires. Marketplaces outside France keep their existing flow unchanged, and there's nothing extra to configure — the onboarding flow detects the case automatically. [Payments & Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments)[Taxes: Sales Tax & 1099s](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/taxes) --- # Taxes: Sales Tax & 1099s Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/taxes # Taxes: Sales Tax & 1099s What gets charged at checkout, and how income reporting works for your sellers. Two of the most common questions founders get once their marketplace goes live. #### Quick answer Two things to know. **1099s are automatic** - Stripe issues them to your sellers and they appear in each seller's dashboard under **Finance → Tax documents**, so there's nothing for you to generate or file on their behalf. **Sales tax is not added on top at checkout** - a seller's listed price is what the buyer pays, and each seller is responsible for any tax they owe on their own earnings. This is the standard model for marketplaces at launch and early growth. ## 1099s & income reporting (automatic) Because Stripe processes the payouts on your marketplace, Stripe is also the system of record for your sellers' tax forms. You don't generate or file anything for them. - For **US sellers**, Stripe issues a **1099-K** when they cross the current IRS reporting threshold, emails it to them directly, and posts it in their seller dashboard. - Sellers find their forms under **Seller dashboard → Finance → Tax documents** (a secure tax-document area powered by Stripe). - EU and UK sellers get the local equivalents handled the same way. - You handle your own business taxes on your **commission** as normal - that part is just regular business income. #### On the 1099-K dollar threshold The IRS reporting threshold for 1099-Ks has changed several times in recent years and may change again. You don't need to track it - Stripe applies the current federal and state rules automatically and only issues forms to sellers who qualify. ## Sales tax on purchases (not added at checkout) Prometora does not add sales tax or VAT on top of the price at checkout. In practice this means: - **Prices are tax-inclusive** - the listed price is the final price the buyer pays. - There is **no extra tax line** calculated or added during checkout. - Each **seller is responsible** for any sales tax or VAT they owe on their earnings. This is the same approach the major no-code marketplace platforms take, and it keeps checkout fast - buyers aren't asked for a billing address just to calculate a tax rate. #### Why not calculate tax automatically? US sales tax is **destination-based** - the rate depends on exactly where the buyer is, so automatic calculation requires collecting each buyer's address and computing the rate jurisdiction by jurisdiction. That adds friction at checkout and only becomes worthwhile once a marketplace reaches substantial volume. For most marketplaces at launch, tax-inclusive pricing is the right call. ## When does collecting sales tax become relevant? In the US, **marketplace facilitator** laws can eventually make the platform (you) responsible for collecting and remitting sales tax - but only once you cross a state's **economic nexus** threshold. These thresholds vary by state - most commonly **$100,000 in annual sales** into that state (some states also count transactions, such as **200 sales** a year, though many are now phasing that part out). The Sales Tax Institute keeps a free, regularly updated [economic nexus state guide](https://www.salestaxinstitute.com/resources/economic-nexus-state-guide) with the current threshold for every state. - **Below those thresholds** (where most marketplaces sit at launch and for a good while after), neither you nor most of your individual sellers are required to collect sales tax. - **As you scale** into those thresholds, automated collection can be enabled, and you would register to collect in the relevant states. If you're approaching that point, get in touch and we'll walk through the options with you. #### Not tax advice This page explains how Prometora and Stripe handle tax mechanically - it is not legal or tax advice. Tax rules differ by country, state, and situation. When in doubt, check with a qualified tax professional for your specific business. ## What your sellers see Sellers don't need to do anything special to get their tax forms. Inside their dashboard: Finance Section in the seller dashboard → Tax documents Powered by Stripe → 1099-K ready Downloaded or emailed by Stripe For more on how sellers get connected to Stripe in the first place, see [How Sellers Connect Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding), and for the overall money flow and commission split, see [Payments & Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments). [How Sellers Connect Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding)[Subscriptions](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions) --- # Product Detail Page Configuration Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/product-detail # Product Detail Page Configuration Configure how individual listing pages display images, information, actions, and related products. #### Quick answer The Product Detail Page tab (Store Settings → Product Detail Page) controls how each listing page looks: the image gallery layout, which information fields and action buttons appear, map precision, and related products. If you use multiple listing types, each type can override the defaults. A live preview updates as you change settings, and changes auto-save after 1 second of inactivity. ## Overview The Product Detail Page is where customers view individual listings in full detail. Customize the image gallery, product information display, action buttons, related products, and more to create the optimal buying experience. #### How to Access Go to **Store Settings** → **Product Detail Page** tab. If you have multiple listing types, you can configure settings per type. ## Type-Specific Configuration If you have multiple listing types, you can configure product detail settings for each type: - **All Types (Default):** Settings that apply to all listing types - **Type Overrides:** Specific settings for individual listing types (e.g., Stays, Experiences) Type-specific settings override the defaults only for that listing type, allowing you to have different layouts for rentals vs. products, for example. ## Page Layout Choose the overall structure of your product detail pages: Side by Side Classic Image gallery on left, product info on right. Traditional e-commerce layout. Image on Top Full-width image gallery at top, info below. Great for visual-first products. ## Image Gallery ### Gallery Layout Featured with Thumbnails Default Large main image with smaller thumbnail navigation below. Classic product gallery style. Carousel Swipeable image carousel with navigation arrows. Great for mobile-first experiences. Grid Images tiled in a two-column grid — up to 6 at once. Listings with more photos get a "+N" tile that opens the fullscreen gallery with the rest. +3 ### Gallery Options Sticky Gallery (Desktop) On wide screens, the gallery stays pinned to the viewport while shoppers scroll the description, reviews, and seller info — so the photo is always visible. Falls back to the inline layout on narrower viewports automatically. Click-to-Enlarge Lightbox Tapping any thumbnail opens a full-screen lightbox with keyboard navigation —←→to switch images,Escto close. Enabled by default. Enable Zoom on Hover Allow users to zoom in on product images for detail inspection 1/5 Show Image Count Display image counter (e.g., "1 / 5") during navigation Availability Calendar Show date-based booking calendar. Enable for rentals, services, experiences, or appointments. **For Per Service listings:** The calendar shows available time slots. When a customer selects a date and time, they are prompted to enter their service address before submitting the booking request. ## Location & Map Display a map showing the listing's location (for listings with location data). Show Location Map Display an interactive map on product pages. Useful for rentals, experiences, or location-based services. Approximate Shows ~300m radius circle. Recommended for privacy (default) Exact Shows exact pin. Use for public venues or meeting points City Area Wide 5-15km radius. Maximum privacy for destination regions ## Product Information Display Choose what information appears on product pages: Title Price Compare-at Price Description Category legacy, opt-in Tags Stock SKU #### Custom Fields Custom fields from your Listing Form automatically appear as toggles here. You can show or hide each custom field on the product detail page independently. **Category** is the legacy free-text category field — hidden by default on new stores. Its toggle here only has an effect if you've enabled the field on the [Listing Form tab](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form). Most stores use listing types and custom fields instead. ## Action Buttons ### Button Visibility −1+ Quantity Selector For product/ecommerce listings Wishlist Button Bookmark icon to save listings for later — also appears on listing cards, featured listings, and related products. Tapping the bookmark saves the listing to the buyer's wishlist (or opens the folder picker if multi-folder mode is on). Multi-Folder Wishlists (requires Wishlist Button) Let buyers organize their saved listings into multiple folders — "Wedding ideas", "Holiday gifts", "Saving for later", anything they need. Tapping the heart on a listing opens a small folder picker, and buyers can create a new folder on the spot. Folders are private to each buyer and have their own counts and overview page in the buyer dashboard. Existing wishlists migrate automatically into a default **Saved** folder. Each folder can be toggled public, which generates a share URL at `/wishlists/[token]` — handy for trip planners, gift wishlists, or moodboards. Wishlist Icon (requires Wishlist Button) Pick the icon shown on the save-to-wishlist button. Defaults to a bookmark, but a heart fits rental and travel marketplaces, a star reads as "favorite" for review-driven sites, and so on. The active "saved" state fills with your store's theme primary color, so the icon always matches your brand. Bookmark Heart Star Pin Flag Sparkles Check Share Button Allow users to share product links ### Button Text Customization Customize the text for different purchase/booking button types: - **Add to Cart Text:** For product purchases (default: "Add to Cart") - **Request Booking Text:** For rentals (default: "Request Booking") - **Book Consultation Text:** For services (default: "Book Consultation") ## Related Products Show recommended products at the bottom of product pages to encourage additional browsing. - **Section Title:** Customize heading (default: "You May Also Like") - **Number of Products:** Show 4, 6, or 8 related items - **Selection Method:** How related products are chosen ### Selection Methods Same Category Products in the same category Same Listing Type Products of the same type (e.g., all Stays) Same Seller Other products from this seller Random Random selection of products Custom Field Match by a specific custom field value ## Comments Enable Comments Allow logged-in users to comment on listings. Comments are visible to everyone and displayed above the Related Products section. Great for questions, discussions, or community engagement. ## Additional Information Shipping Info Display shipping information below the buy buttons on product pages. Applies to product and general marketplaces (not rental or service templates). Default: "Free Shipping - On orders over $50" Return Policy Show return policy information below the buy buttons. Applies to product and general marketplaces (not rental or service templates). Default: "Easy Returns - 30-day return policy" ## Digital Downloads Preview Download Button For digital products, show a button allowing buyers to download a free preview/sample before purchasing. **Button text:** Customize (default: "Download Free Preview") This section only appears when Digital Files are enabled — store-wide or on a listing type — via the Listing Form tab. ## Seller Profiles Enable Seller Profiles Show the seller's first name on listing detail pages with a link to their profile page. The profile page displays all of the seller's published listings and when they became a seller. **Great for:** Marketplaces where seller identity and trust are important. [Full guide: Seller Profiles →](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/seller-profiles) covers profile images, taglines, ratings, and which sections show on the profile page. ## Preview Your Page #### Live Preview A live preview of the product detail page is shown next to the settings and updates instantly as you change them — before anything is saved. When you pick a listing type under **Configure For Listing Type**, the preview switches to show that type's fields, buttons, and overrides. Click **"Preview Page"** to open the real page in a new tab — it opens one of your published listings (matching the selected type when possible). Changes auto-save after 1 second of inactivity. #### Best Practices - • Use "Side by Side" layout for products, "Image on Top" for visual experiences - • Enable zoom for products where details matter (jewelry, art, crafts) - • Show availability calendar only for bookable items - • Use approximate map location for privacy-sensitive listings - • Enable seller profiles to build trust in multi-vendor marketplaces - • Related products increase average order value - keep them enabled - • Test different configurations per listing type for optimal experience [All Listings Page](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/all-listings-page)[Sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers) --- # URL Redirects (301/302) Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/redirects - [Docs](https://www.prometora.com/docs) - [Store Settings](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings) - URL Redirects # URL Redirects Business Plan Set up 301 (permanent) and 302 (temporary) redirects to preserve SEO value when migrating your domain to Prometora. Essential for stores connecting an existing domain with established search rankings. #### Quick answer Redirects live under Store Settings → Redirects (Business plan, up to 1,000 rules). Add 301 (permanent) or 302 (temporary) rules one at a time or via CSV bulk import - use 301 for domain migrations so search rankings transfer to the new URL. Redirects only apply on custom domains, not the default prometora.com/s/your-store URL. ## When to Use Redirects URL redirects are critical when you're connecting a custom domain that previously hosted a different website. Without redirects, visitors following old links or search engine results will see a 404 error page. - **Domain migration** — Redirecting old pages from your previous website to new Prometora pages - **SEO preservation** — Maintaining search rankings by telling Google where content moved - **Broken link cleanup** — Fixing URLs reported in Google Search Console - **URL restructuring** — Changing URL paths while keeping old URLs working ## 301 vs 302 Redirects ### 301 — Permanent Redirect Tells search engines the page has permanently moved. The new URL will replace the old one in search results. **Use this for most cases**, especially domain migrations. Recommended ### 302 — Temporary Redirect Tells search engines the move is temporary. The original URL stays in search results. Use this for seasonal pages, A/B testing, or maintenance. Situational A 301 in action yourstore.com/old-about-page 404 without a redirect 301 yourstore.com/pages/about Visitor & SEO value land here One rule maps the old path to the new page — no 404, and Google moves the ranking to the new URL. ## Adding Redirects ### Single Redirect 1. Go to **Store Settings → Redirects** tab 2. Click **"Add Redirect"** 3. Enter the **source path** (the old URL path, must start with `/`) 4. Enter the **destination** (a new path or full URL) 5. Choose the redirect type (301 or 302) 6. Click **"Add"** ### Bulk Import from CSV For large numbers of redirects (e.g., fixing hundreds of broken links from Google Search Console), you can upload a CSV file: 1. Prepare a CSV file with `source` and `destination` columns 2. Optionally add a `type` column (301 or 302, defaults to 301) 3. Click **"Import CSV"** in the Redirects tab 4. Review the import results ``` source,destination ``` ``` /old-about-page,/pages/about ``` ``` /blog/2024/my-post,/pages/blog ``` ``` /products/widget,/listings/premium-widget ``` ``` /contact,https://forms.google.com/your-form ``` ## Source Path Rules Must start with `/`Matches exactly — `/old-page` only matches that exact path No duplicate source paths — each source can only redirect to one destination #### Restricted Paths You cannot create redirects for system paths like `/api/`, `/dashboard/`,`/seller-dashboard/`, `/signin`, or `/signup`. ## Destination Options **Relative path** — e.g., `/pages/about` redirects to a page on your store **Listing page** — e.g., `/listing/my-product` redirects to a specific listing **External URL** — e.g., `https://example.com/page` redirects off-site ## Limits | Plan | Max Redirects | | --- | --- | | Starter / Pro | Not available | | **Business** | **1,000** | ## How It Works When a visitor or search engine bot requests a URL on your store: 1. The incoming URL path is checked against your redirect rules 2. If a match is found, the server responds with a 301 or 302 status code and the destination URL 3. The visitor's browser automatically follows the redirect to the new page 4. Search engines update their index accordingly (for 301 redirects) Redirects work on **custom domains** and are checked before page routing, so they take priority over any page that might exist at the source path. Matching is **case-insensitive** and trailing slashes are ignored (e.g., `/Old-Page/` and `/old-page` are treated the same). Redirects currently apply to **custom domains** only. They are not active on the default Prometora store URL (prometora.com/s/your-store). ## Tips - Export broken URLs from Google Search Console and use the CSV bulk import to fix them quickly - Use 301 redirects for permanent moves — search engines will transfer SEO value to the new URL - Avoid redirect chains (A→B→C). Point the source directly to the final destination - Use the search/filter in the Redirects tab to find and manage specific redirects [Import Data (CSV)](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/import-data)[Overview](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder) --- # Marketplace Commission Rates 2026: Guide + Calculator Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue # How Marketplaces Make Money on Prometora Two revenue models you can run on Prometora: commission on every sale (5 to 30%) and recurring seller subscriptions. **You can run both.** Complete fee breakdown, worked examples, and a free calculator below. #### Quick answer Prometora marketplaces earn money two ways: a commission on every sale (set under Store Settings → General, typically 5-30%) and recurring seller subscriptions (Business & Scale plans). You can run both at once. Prometora's own transaction fee (1-2% depending on your plan) is added to your monthly invoice based on total sales volume, not deducted from each sale. [ ### Revenue Calculator Project your earnings based on your commission rate, average order value, and expected sales. Export to CSV or Google Sheets. ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator) ## Pick your revenue model Most marketplaces start with commission-on-sale. Subscriptions become attractive once you have committed sellers and want predictable monthly revenue. **You can run both models at the same time**, and many mature marketplaces do. Jump to combining both models → ### Model 1: Commission on every sale Available on all plans Take 5 to 30% of each transaction. Money flows from buyers to sellers via Stripe Connect, and you take a cut on every sale. Used by Etsy, Airbnb, Uber. Best when: you have buyer traffic and sellers earn from real transactions. ### Model 2: Seller subscriptions Business & Scale plan Charge sellers a monthly fee to list on your marketplace. Predictable revenue from day one, with per-tier commission rates and optional listing quotas. Best when: sellers benefit from listing even without immediate sales. Model 1 ## Commission on every sale ## Setting Your Commission Rate You can set your commission rate in **Store Settings → General**. This percentage is automatically deducted from each sale and sent to your Stripe account. Platform Commission (%) % Example: 10% commission on all sales. [Try our calculator](https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator) to see how different rates affect your earnings. ### Commission Rate Guidelines The right commission rate depends on your marketplace type and the value you provide: | Rate | Best For | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | 5-10% | High-volume, low-margin goods | Electronics, commodities, wholesale | | 10-15% | Standard product marketplaces | Handmade goods, vintage, art | | 15-20% | Service marketplaces | Freelance, tutoring, consulting | | 20-30% | Premium/high-value services | Rentals, luxury goods, experiences | #### How to Choose Your Rate Research what similar marketplaces charge. If you're just starting, consider a lower rate (5-10%) to attract sellers, then increase as you add more value (traffic, features, trust). ## Commission Fee Breakdown There are three types of fees involved in a marketplace transaction: #### 1. Your Commission You Keep This The percentage you set (e.g., 10%). This goes directly to your Stripe account. This is **your revenue**. #### 2. Prometora Platform Fee Based on Plan A small percentage on transactions, depending on your Prometora plan: - • **Starter:** 2% per transaction - • **Professional:** 1.5% per transaction - • **Business:** 1% per transaction See [Prometora pricing](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) for a full plan comparison. #### 3. Stripe Processing Fee Payment Processing Stripe's standard payment processing fee, deducted from the seller's payout. Rates vary by currency: - • **EU/EEA** (EUR, DKK, SEK, NOK, GBP, CHF, etc.): 1.5% + €0.25 per transaction - • **US** (USD): 2.9% + $0.30 per transaction The fixed portion (€0.25 / $0.30) means smaller transactions are effectively more expensive in percentage terms. A €5 sale costs ~6.5% in fees; a €100 sale costs ~1.75%. ## Complete Revenue Example Let's break down exactly what happens when a buyer purchases a $100 item on your marketplace: Sale Price $100.00 (Professional Plan, 10% Commission) Your Commission (10%) +$10.00 Prometora Fee (1.5%) -$1.50 (from your commission) Your Net Profit $8.50 Seller side Stripe Fee (2.9% + $0.30) -$3.20 Seller Receives $86.80 **Your net: $8.50** — Seller receives $86.80 after commission + processing fees ## Who Pays the Fees? Sellers absorb both your **platform commission** and **Stripe processing fees** (2.9% + $0.30). You (the marketplace owner) absorb only the **Prometora fee** from your commission. This is the industry-standard model used by Etsy, eBay, and Airbnb. #### Seller Pays - • Your platform commission - • Stripe processing fee (1.5% + €0.25 EU, or 2.9% + $0.30 US) - • Both are deducted from the sale price - • Industry standard approach #### Owner Pays - • Prometora transaction fee (from your commission) - • Monthly subscription - • Your commission is fully yours after Prometora's cut - • Stripe fees do not reduce your earnings #### Communicating Fees to Sellers Be transparent with your sellers about fee structure. Most sellers understand and accept platform fees as a cost of doing business - just like payment processing fees. Include fee information in your seller onboarding and FAQ. ## How the Prometora Transaction Fee is Billed The Prometora transaction fee (1-2% depending on your plan) is **not** deducted from each individual sale. Instead, it is calculated on your total sales volume (GMV) for each billing period and added to your Prometora subscription invoice via Stripe. #### 1. Transactions are tracked Every sale on your marketplace is recorded. The total GMV (Gross Merchandise Value) accumulates throughout your billing period. #### 2. Fee is calculated at billing cycle end At the end of your billing period, the transaction fee is calculated as a percentage of your total GMV. For example, on the Business plan with $10,000 in sales: 1% = $100. #### 3. Added to your next invoice The fee is automatically added to your Prometora subscription invoice alongside your regular subscription fee. For example: $249 (Business subscription) + $100 (1% on $10K GMV) = $349 total. #### 4. Counters reset After the fee is reported, your GMV counter resets to zero for the new billing period. #### Monthly vs. Yearly Subscriptions The transaction fee billing follows your subscription cycle. On a **monthly** plan, the fee is calculated and charged monthly. On a **yearly** plan, the fee accumulates over the full year and is charged at your annual renewal. ## Revenue Projections Here's what you could earn at different marketplace sizes (assuming 10% commission, Professional plan): | Monthly GMV | Your Commission (10%) | Prometora Fee | Subscription | Net Revenue | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | $5,000 | $500 | $75 | $149 | $276/mo | | $10,000 | $1,000 | $150 | $149 | $701/mo | | $25,000 | $2,500 | $375 | $149 | $1,976/mo | | $50,000 | $5,000 | $750 | $149 | $4,101/mo | | $100,000 | $10,000 | $1,500 | $149 | $8,351/mo | * GMV = Gross Merchandise Value (total sales). Net revenue = your commission minus Prometora fees and subscription. Stripe fees are paid by sellers, not deducted from your commission. #### Upgrade to Business for Higher Volume At $50,000+ monthly GMV, upgrading to Business ($249/mo, 1% fee) makes sense. You'd save $51/month in platform fees at $50K GMV, plus get API access, webhooks, and data export. ## Tips for Maximizing Revenue #### 1. Focus on GMV Growth Your revenue scales with sales volume. Focus on attracting quality sellers and driving buyer traffic. A 10% commission on $100K GMV is far better than 20% on $10K. #### 2. Start Lower, Increase Later Begin with a competitive rate (5-10%) to attract early sellers. As you add value (traffic, features, trust), you can gradually increase your commission. #### 3. Consider Tiered Pricing Some marketplaces offer lower commission rates for high-volume sellers. This encourages seller loyalty and growth. #### 4. Add Premium Features Beyond commission, consider offering premium seller features: featured listings, analytics dashboards, or promotional tools for an additional fee. Model 2 ## Seller subscriptions Business & Scale Plan Feature Charge sellers a **recurring monthly subscription** to list on your marketplace. Predictable revenue from day one, regardless of whether sellers make sales. You can run this alongside commission-on-sale, or as your only revenue model. ### A typical seller-subscription marketplace | Plan | Monthly Fee | Commission | Listings | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Free | $0/mo | 10% | Limited | | Starter | $49/mo | 5% | More | | Pro | $99/mo | 3% | Unlimited | ### How subscription billing works Subscriptions are billed via your **regular Stripe account** (not Stripe Connect). Sellers enter their card on the plan picker, the recurring charge lands in your Stripe balance each month, and Stripe handles dunning for failed payments. Three things to know: #### Stripe processing fees apply Standard Stripe rates on the subscription charge: **2.9% + $0.30** per recurring payment. On a $49/mo plan that is roughly $1.72/mo per subscriber. #### Prometora takes 1% of subscription revenue On the Business tier, Prometora's platform fee on subscription revenue is **1%** of what you collect from sellers through Subscriptions - plan payments and signup fees alike - calculated on the amount excluding any VAT you charge. This is in addition to Stripe's 2.9% + $0.30 processing fee. The cut is added to your monthly Prometora invoice, the same way the commission-on-sale transaction fee is billed. #### Stripe Customer Portal handles self-serve billing Sellers can upgrade, downgrade, cancel, and update payment methods themselves without emailing you. Past-due handling is automated. #### Two money flows, one marketplace Subscriptions flow *from sellers to you* via your regular Stripe account. Commission-on-sale flows *from buyers to sellers* via Stripe Connect (you take a cut). Both can run on the same marketplace. They're separate Stripe setups for separate money flows. [See the full Subscriptions guide →](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions) for setup steps, listing quotas (token system), Customer Portal configuration, and past-due handling. ## Combining both models Many marketplaces run commission and subscriptions together. The most common pattern: a free tier with a higher commission rate to attract sellers, paid tiers with progressively lower commissions to reward commitment. Sellers self-select. If you're still in the planning stage, [see how to build a multi-vendor marketplace](https://www.prometora.com/build/multi-vendor-marketplace) for a full overview of how the pieces fit together. ### Worked example: two tiers you design for your sellers **You** (the marketplace owner) define these tiers in your Subscriptions settings. The names, monthly prices, and commission rates are entirely up to you. Below is one illustrative pair: a Free tier and a Pro tier you might offer your sellers. Imagine a seller on your marketplace doing $10,000/mo in sales. Here is what they pay you under each of the two tiers you offer: Free Tier Tier you define 10% commission $0/mo subscription Seller doing $10K GMV/mo: Subscription $0 Commission (10%) $1,000 You earn $1,000/mo Best when sellers are casual or low-volume. Your earnings scale with their sales. Pro Tier Tier you define 5% commission $49/mo subscription Same seller, $10K GMV/mo: Subscription $49 Commission (5%) $500 You earn $549/mo Seller saves $451/mo and locks in lower fees. You trade some commission for predictable revenue and stickier sellers. You could just as easily call them "Bronze / Silver / Gold," charge $19 / $99 / $249, or set per-listing quotas. The two-tier $0 / $49 split is just an example. [See how to create your own tiers →](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions#creating-plans) #### Why offer both? You make more per sale on the Free tier, but more per seller on Pro (the $49 covers your lost commission once a seller exceeds about $980/mo in GMV). Pro sellers also churn less because they have a financial commitment. The combination lets you capture both casual and committed sellers without forcing either into the wrong model. On Prometora, each subscription tier has its own commission override, so the two models are configured in the same place. [Configure tiered commissions →](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions) ## Frequently Asked Questions Start with commission-on-sale. It aligns incentives (you only earn when sellers earn) and works on any plan. Add subscriptions once you have committed sellers who want predictable access and you want predictable revenue. Many mature marketplaces run both: a free or low-fee tier with higher commission, paid tiers with lower commission. Subscriptions require the Business or Scale plan. Yes. On the Business tier, Prometora takes 1% of what you collect from sellers through Subscriptions — plan payments and signup fees alike — calculated on the amount excluding any VAT you charge. This is in addition to Stripe's standard processing fee (2.9% + $0.30 per recurring charge). The 1% is added to your monthly Prometora invoice, the same way the commission-on-sale transaction fee is billed. Separate from the 1-2% transaction fee on commission-on-sale via Stripe Connect. Yes. Each subscription tier has its own commission rate. A seller on your $49/mo Starter plan might pay 5% commission while sellers on the Free tier pay 10%. They subscribe, list, sell, and you collect both the monthly fee and the per-sale commission. This is how most mature marketplaces structure their pricing. Yes. New transactions use the new rate immediately. We recommend giving sellers advance notice (an email and a banner) before raising rates. It preserves trust and avoids surprise on their next payout. Etsy takes 6.5% + listing fees. Shopify takes 0.5 to 2% + payment processing. Stripe Connect direct charges no platform fee on top of processing (2.9% + $0.30) but you build the marketplace yourself (weeks of engineering and ongoing maintenance). Prometora is 1 to 2% transaction fee + $99 to $249/mo subscription with the full marketplace built in. Use the revenue calculator to model your specific scenario. Listing fees (charging per listing posted) are on the roadmap. Today you can charge a commission on every sale, a recurring seller subscription (Business plan), or both. Most marketplaces use commission because it aligns incentives - you only earn when sellers earn. The default is seller-pays, which is industry standard. Buyer-pays (service fee at checkout) is a feature we're considering. Contact us if this is important for your business model. Your commission is transferred to your Stripe account when the payment is processed. Stripe then pays out to your bank account according to your payout schedule (typically 2 business days in the US). If a transaction is refunded, the commission is also reversed. Stripe processing fees are not refunded by Stripe, so factor this into your refund policy. Subscription refunds are handled separately via your Stripe dashboard or Customer Portal. [Coupon Codes](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/coupon-codes)[Revenue Calculator](https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator) --- # Reviews & Seller Reputation Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/reviews # Reviews & Seller Reputation Build trust on your marketplace with customer reviews and seller reputation scores. Prometora supports both manual reviews added by administrators and automated verified reviews submitted by buyers after purchases. #### Quick answer Reviews live under Store Settings → Reviews. Automated review requests email buyers after a purchase (Pro plan and above; default 7-day delay) and their reviews carry a Verified Purchase badge, while manual reviews you add yourself work on all plans. Reviews are tied to sellers, so seller profiles must be enabled or the automated system is disabled. ## Overview The review system has two components: #### Manual Reviews Added by the marketplace owner through the dashboard. Useful for migrating reviews from another platform or adding testimonials. All plans #### Verified Reviews Submitted by real buyers via automated email requests sent after purchases. These display a "Verified Purchase" badge. Pro plan and above Reviews are tied to **sellers**, building a seller reputation score that is displayed on seller profile pages and as trust badges on product listings. #### How to Access Go to **Store Settings → Reviews** to manage review settings, view all reviews, and moderate pending reviews. #### Prerequisite: Seller Profiles Seller profiles must be enabled for the review system to work. Enable them in [Product Detail Settings → Seller Profiles](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/product-detail). Without seller profiles, reviews cannot be tied to sellers and the automated system will be disabled. ## Automated Review Requests When enabled, Prometora automatically emails buyers after a purchase and invites them to leave a review for their seller. This is the primary way to collect genuine, verified reviews on your marketplace. ### How It Works 1 Buyer makes a purchase A review request is scheduled when the order is paid (digital items, non-shippable items, and bookings) or when the seller marks it as shipped (physical items). 2 Waiting period The system waits for your configured delay (default: 7 days) to give the buyer time to receive and experience the product. 3 Review request email An email is sent to the buyer with the seller name, purchased items, and a link to submit a review. The email uses your marketplace branding. 4 Buyer submits review The buyer clicks the link, rates the seller (1-5 stars), writes a review, and optionally chooses to remain anonymous. 5 Review published The review is published immediately (auto-approve mode) or held for your approval (manual-approve mode). The seller's average rating is updated automatically. ### Review Settings Configure the automated review system in the **Automated Reviews** panel at the top of the Reviews tab: #### Enable automated review requests Send review request emails to buyers after purchases #### Request delay (days) Number of days after purchase/shipping to send the review request. 7 #### Moderation mode Auto-approve Reviews are published immediately. Manual approval Reviews require your approval before being published. #### Trigger Timing - **Digital products:** The delay timer starts when payment is confirmed. - **Physical products (shipping):** The delay timer starts when the seller marks the order as shipped. - **Non-shippable items & bookings:** Booths, services, experiences, and bookings start the delay timer when payment is confirmed. #### Plan Requirements Automated review requests require a **Pro plan or higher**. Starter plan users will see a prompt to upgrade. Manual reviews (added by the marketplace owner) are available on all plans. ### The Request Queue & Send Now The Reviews tab shows your **review-request queue**: the 50 most recent requests, each with the buyer, the purchased item, the seller, its status (**pending**, **sent**, or **expired**), and when a pending request is due to go out. So you can verify the automated system is working without waiting a week for the first email to land. Every pending request has a **Send now** button that emails the buyer immediately, before the scheduled delay — handy for testing the flow end to end, or for nudging a buyer while the purchase is still fresh. 2 pending 14 sent 1 expired Marcus T. pending Hand-thrown ceramic vase · Ella Vintage · Due — sends on next run Sofia R. pending Weekend pottery workshop · Clay Studio · Sends July 14 Anna K. sent Silver bracelet · Jane's Crafts · Sent July 8 #### A request only ever sends once Manual sends and the daily automated run are safely coordinated — clicking **Send now** right as the scheduler fires (or double-clicking the button) can never email a buyer twice. Sending asks for confirmation first, since it emails the buyer immediately. ## Review Moderation When moderation mode is set to **Manual approval**, buyer-submitted reviews are held in a "Pending Moderation" queue until you approve or reject them. Anna K. Verified Pending February 8, 2026 Amazing seller! The handmade earrings were beautiful and arrived quickly. Would definitely buy again. **Approved** reviews are published on the seller's profile and update their rating. **Rejected** reviews are hidden and do not affect the seller's rating. ## Seller Reputation Display Approved reviews contribute to a seller's reputation, which is displayed in two places on your storefront: #### Seller Profile Page The seller's profile page shows their average rating, total review count, and a full list of reviews with pagination. 4.8 (23 reviews) #### Product Listing Trust Badge On product detail pages, a trust badge appears next to the "Sold By" link showing the seller's rating and review count. Sold by Jane's Crafts 4.8 (23) Verified reviews display a Verified Purchase badge, giving buyers confidence that the review is from a real transaction. ## Buyer Review Submission When a buyer clicks the review link in their email, they are taken to a review submission page on your storefront (with your branding and theme). The page shows: - The seller's name and profile image - The items they purchased - A 1-5 star rating selector - A text area for their review - An option to submit anonymously (first name is shown by default) Review links expire after **30 days**. If the buyer visits an expired or already-used link, they see an appropriate message instead of the form. #### Custom Domain Support Review submission pages work on both your `yourdomain.com/review/...` custom domain and the default `prometora.com/s/your-store/review/...` URL. The email links automatically use the correct domain for your store. ## Review Request Email The review request email is sent with your marketplace branding and includes: Your Marketplace Logo Hi **Sarah**, How was your experience with **Jane's Crafts**? We'd love to hear your feedback. You purchased: - Handmade Earrings - Silver Bracelet Leave a Review This link expires in 30 days. Emails are sent in the language configured for your store (all 6 supported languages). Review request emails are sent daily at 8:00 AM UTC for all orders that have reached their delay period. ## Review Statistics The Reviews panel shows all listings that have reviews, with per-listing statistics: #### Handmade Pottery Bowl 12 reviews 4.8 #### Vintage Camera Lens 5 reviews 4.6 #### Artisan Candle Set No reviews yet — ## Viewing Reviews Click on a listing to see all its reviews. Each review shows the reviewer name, rating, date, review text, and type badges: #### Handmade Pottery Bowl 12 reviews • 4.8 average John D. Verified December 15, 2025 Beautiful craftsmanship! The bowl is even more stunning in person. Fast shipping and well packaged. Sarah M. Manual December 10, 2025 Great quality bowl. The only reason for 4 stars is shipping took a bit longer than expected, but the seller communicated well. ## Adding Manual Reviews As a marketplace owner, you can manually add reviews to any listing. Manual reviews are useful for: - Migrating reviews from a previous platform - Adding testimonials from customers who contacted you directly - Seeding initial reviews for new sellers (with permission) 1 Select the **listing** you want to add a review to 2 Click **"Add Review"** 3 Enter the **reviewer name**, **rating** (1-5 stars), and **review text** 4 Optionally set a **custom date** (for historical reviews) 5 Click **"Save Review"** to publish Manual reviews are published immediately and marked with a Manual badge in the dashboard. On the storefront, they appear like any other review but without the "Verified Purchase" badge. #### Authenticity Warning Only add legitimate reviews. Fake reviews can damage trust and may violate consumer protection laws in some jurisdictions. Always be transparent with your customers. ## Editing & Deleting Reviews You can edit or delete any review (both manual and verified) from the reviews list: - **Edit** (pencil icon): Fix typos, remove inappropriate language, or redact personal information - **Delete** (trash icon): Remove fake, policy-violating, or wrong-listing reviews When a review is edited or deleted, the seller's average rating and the listing's review statistics are recalculated automatically. ## Best Practices #### Best Practices - **Use auto-approve for most stores:** Start with auto-approve to reduce friction and only switch to manual approval if you encounter problems - **Set an appropriate delay:** 5-7 days works well for digital products, 7-14 days for physical products that need shipping time - **Keep negative reviews:** Legitimate negative reviews build trust more than all 5-stars - **Be consistent:** Apply the same moderation standards to all reviews - **Check pending reviews regularly:** If using manual approval, review pending submissions frequently to keep buyers engaged - **Encourage reviews:** The automated system handles this, but you can also remind buyers through other channels ## Why Reviews Matter #### Higher Conversion Products with reviews convert 270% better than those without #### Build Trust 88% of consumers trust online reviews as much as personal recommendations #### Seller Accountability Public reputation scores incentivize sellers to provide great service [Email Translations](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations)[Emoji Reactions](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/emoji-reactions) --- # Scaling Your Marketplace: Grow Without Migrating Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/scaling # Scaling Your Marketplace on Prometora The features bigger marketplaces rely on are already built in. **As you grow, you turn them on - you do not migrate to a new platform.** This page maps the growth path: where you start, what to switch on at each stage, and how the pricing grows with you instead of punishing you for succeeding. #### Quick answer Start lean and validate demand. When volume justifies it, switch on the revenue mechanics and operational features the big platforms use - commission, seller subscriptions, tiered pricing, cart, shipping - from inside the same marketplace. Your storefront, sellers, listings, domain, and payouts stay put. Growing means flipping switches, not replatforming. ## The growth path, stage by stage Most marketplaces move through the same four stages. You do not need to decide your final shape on day one - you only need to be live and learning. Each stage adds capability the previous one earned. Stage 1 - Validate ### Get live and prove demand You have an idea and want real signal fast. Launch the storefront, add a few listings, onboard your first sellers, and take real payments. **Turn on:** commission on sale (any plan), seller self-onboarding, Stripe Connect payouts. Stage 2 - Early traction ### Sales are happening repeatably Sellers are listing, buyers are returning. Now you tune the experience and tighten operations rather than chase basic validation. **Turn on:** coupon codes, reviews, a custom domain, moderation, and a lower transaction fee by moving to Professional once the math favors it. Stage 3 - Growing ### Add revenue models and richer commerce Volume is real and your sellers are committed. This is where you layer on the revenue mechanics the big platforms use and let buyers shop across multiple sellers at once. **Turn on (Business):** seller subscriptions with per-tier commission, shopping cart, shipping, and translation overrides for new markets. Stage 4 - Scale ### Operate like a platform You are running a real business with a team and external systems. Connect Prometora to the rest of your stack and delegate day-to-day operations. **Turn on (Business / Pro):** webhooks, data export and import, team members, managed sellers, and URL redirects. ## Turn it on, don't migrate Here is the full list of growth levers and where each one lives. Nothing here requires an implementation project, a new contract, or moving your data. Each links to its setup guide. | Lever | What it adds | Plan | | --- | --- | --- | | [Commission on sale](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue) | Take a percentage of every transaction | All plans | | [Coupon codes](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/coupon-codes) | Run promotions and discounts | Business | | [Seller subscriptions & tiers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions) | Recurring revenue with per-tier commission | Business | | [Shopping cart](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shopping-cart) | Buy from multiple sellers in one checkout | Business | | [Shipping](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping) | Per-seller shipping and tracking | Business | | [Translation overrides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/translations) | Tune wording per language for new markets | Business | | [Webhooks](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/webhooks) / [data export](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/export-data) | Connect to the rest of your stack | Business | | [Team](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/team) / [managed sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers) | Delegate operations and onboard sellers for them | Pro | #### Why this matters The classic knock on starting at the bottom tier is "you'll outgrow it." That is far weaker than it used to be. Because these levers ship in the product and unlock with a setting, getting traction does not force a painful migration at the worst possible moment - when real sellers depend on you and real money is flowing every day. ## How the pricing grows with you Prometora pricing has two parts: a flat monthly subscription and a small transaction fee on your sales volume (GMV). The balance between them shifts as you grow, which is the whole point. Small The flat subscription is most of your cost and the transaction fee is tiny. You pay for being live, not for scale you do not have yet. Growing As GMV rises, the transaction fee becomes the larger part. Moving to a plan with a lower fee (Professional 1.5%, Business 1%) starts to pay for itself. Scale You are on the lowest-fee plan, running commission plus seller subscriptions, with the operational features switched on. Same marketplace, more machine. To find the exact GMV where a plan upgrade pays for itself, run your own numbers in the [revenue calculator](https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator) or read the full [revenue & fees guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/revenue). See [pricing](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) for the full plan comparison. ## When you might actually change tier (the honest version) We will not pretend the bottom tier is right for everyone forever. There is a real ceiling, and it is organizational, not a missing feature. If you become a large retailer with an internal engineering team, six-figure software budgets, and hard requirements like ERP or PIM integration and formal procurement, you are in enterprise territory - platforms like Mirakl, VTEX, or commercetools - and you should run a genuine evaluation across more than one of them. That is a deliberate move driven by the size of your organization, not a sign that you ran out of room on features. For the large majority of marketplaces, the bottom tier is where you start and where you stay - and Prometora is built so that growing inside it never forces the migration the cheaper tools do. #### Stay and turn features on - • You are bootstrapped or lean - • You sell directly to buyers and sellers - • You want new capability without a project - • This is the vast majority of marketplaces #### Consider enterprise - • Large retailer with existing GMV and a team - • Six-figure software budget - • Hard ERP / PIM integration and procurement - • Evaluate 2+ vendors, do not single-source ## Frequently Asked Questions No. The features that bigger marketplaces use - commission, seller subscriptions, tiered pricing, a shopping cart, shipping, coupons, webhooks, and data export - are already built into Prometora. As your volume justifies them, you turn them on in settings. Growing means switching features on inside the same marketplace, not rebuilding on a new one. Your storefront, your sellers, your listings, your domain, and your payout setup all stay exactly where they are. No. Most marketplaces start on Starter, validate real demand, then upgrade only when a specific feature or a lower transaction fee pays for itself. Starting small is the smart-money default, not a junior choice. You can change plans at any time without touching your storefront. Yes. You pay a flat monthly subscription plus a small transaction fee on your sales volume (GMV). When you are small, the subscription dominates and the transaction fee is tiny. As GMV grows, the transaction fee becomes the larger part, which is why upgrading to a plan with a lower transaction fee (Professional at 1.5%, Business at 1%) starts to pay for itself at higher volume. Use the [revenue calculator](https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator) to find your break-even point. Once you have committed sellers who benefit from listing even before they make sales, and you want predictable monthly revenue alongside commission. [Seller subscriptions](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions) are a Business-tier feature, and each tier you create can carry its own commission rate. Many marketplaces run a free tier with higher commission plus paid tiers with lower commission, and let sellers self-select. Yes, and we will say so plainly. If you become a large retailer with an internal engineering team, six-figure software budgets, and hard ERP or PIM integration and procurement requirements, you are in enterprise territory - platforms like [Mirakl](https://www.mirakl.com), [VTEX](https://vtex.com), or [commercetools](https://commercetools.com) - and should run a real evaluation there. That is a genuine tier change driven by your organization, not a sign that you outgrew the product on features. For the vast majority of marketplaces, the bottom tier is where you start and stay. [Revenue Calculator](https://www.prometora.com/docs/revenue-calculator)[Branding & Design](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/branding) --- # Seller Profiles Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/seller-profiles # Seller Profiles Every seller gets a public profile page — their personalized storefront. Control what buyers see on it, in what order, and how it appears in search engines. Find it under **Store Settings → Seller Profiles**. #### Quick answer The profile page shows a banner, name, tagline, bio, rating, social links, listings, and reviews. From the Seller Profiles tab you toggle sections and drag to reorder the page body, opt individual signup fields into buyer-visible profile fields, and control search-engine indexing — all with a live preview. Sellers claim their own custom profile URL (e.g. `/sellers/noble-consultancy`) from their dashboard settings. #### Enable Seller Profiles Profile pages and the "sold by" line are turned on in [Product Detail Page settings](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/product-detail). Everything on this page configures what shows once they're enabled. ## The Profile Page Public seller profiles build trust and let buyers browse a seller's listings, reviews, and story. Sellers fill in their own profile info from the seller dashboard, and you (the owner) control which parts show on the public page. - **Banner image:** A wide cover photo behind the profile header, which sellers can reposition and zoom (see below) - **Display name:** Shown on listings and the public profile page - **Tagline:** A short one-liner under the seller name (e.g., "Curator of hand-picked 70s ceramics") - **Bio:** Longer description that appears on the seller's public page - **Social links:** Optional Instagram, X, website, etc. - **Stats pill row:** Rating · reviews · listings · joined date — auto-populated - **Public profile fields:** Owner-selected signup fields like region or languages (see below) /sellers/ella-vintage EV ### Ella Vintage Curator of hand-picked 70s ceramics **4.9** rating · **128** reviews · **34** listings · joined 2024 About Finding forgotten ceramic treasures from the 70s and giving them new homes. Each piece is hand-photographed and shipped with care. Based in Copenhagen. ## Banner Image Sellers upload a wide banner photo for their profile header. Because a great photo is rarely cropped the way a fixed frame wants it, they can **drag to reposition** and use a **zoom slider** to choose exactly what shows, instead of being stuck with an automatic center crop. The camera button and zoom slider both pick up your **store theme color**, so the editing controls look like part of your marketplace. Drag to reposition, slide to zoom Drag to reposition Zoom Controls inherit your store theme color. Seller settings autosave with per-field **Saving** / **Saved** /**Unsaved** indicators — sellers don't need to hit a save button. ## Sections & Ordering You control every seller's public profile page from the **Seller Profiles** tab, with a live preview that updates as you make changes. The controls come in two groups: - **Profile header** — show/hide toggles for the tagline, bio, overall rating, and social links (these have fixed positions in the header) - **Page sections** — the listings grid, reviews list, and public profile fields. Each can be toggled, and you can **drag to reorder** how the blocks stack on the page (e.g. reviews above listings) Store Settings → Seller Profiles Profile header Tagline Bio / About Overall Rating Social Links Page sections — drag to reorder Reviews List Listings Public Profile Fields A live preview beside the controls shows the profile page update as you toggle and drag. ## Custom Profile URL Sellers can claim a **vanity profile URL** from their own dashboard under **Settings → Business Information** — e.g. `/sellers/noble-consultancy` instead of a long ID — turning their profile into a personalized storefront they can put on business cards and social bios. URLs are unique per marketplace, with a live availability check and a suggestion based on the business name. Old ID-based links keep working forever (a renamed URL even redirects to the new one), and you can set the URL on behalf of [Managed Sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers). Seller Dashboard → Settings → Business Information Profile URL Available! yourstore.com/sellers/ noble-consultancy Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. A suggestion based on the business name is one click away. ## Public Profile Fields Custom signup fields (like "Region" or "Languages") can be shown to buyers on the seller's public profile. Every field is **private by default** — you opt fields in one by one, right inside the Public Profile Fields section row on the Seller Profiles tab, so nothing is exposed unless you decide it should be. Fields appear on the profile in the same order as the signup form, and file fields can never be made public. Seller Profiles tab — Public Profile Fields Region Public Languages Public VAT number Portfolio upload File — never public What buyers see on the profile Ella Vintage Hand-thrown ceramics from Copenhagen Region Scandinavia Languages Danish, English VAT number stays private — it was never opted in. #### Where the fields come from The fields themselves are defined on the [Signup Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/signup-form) tab — this page only controls which of them buyers can see. ## SEO & Search Engine Indexing Seller profiles ship with SEO built in: page titles and descriptions from the seller's name and tagline, social-share cards using their banner or profile photo, canonical URLs that prefer the vanity slug, and inclusion in your store sitemap. If a seller changes their profile URL, the old link **301-redirects** to the new one. For marketplaces whose sellers prefer not to be discoverable via search, the **Search Engine Indexing** toggle on the Seller Profiles tab adds `noindex` to every profile and removes them from the sitemap. #### Related pages Seller onboarding, approval, commission, and buyer management live on the [Sellers & Vendors](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers) page. Buyers find profiles via the "sold by" link on listings, featured-sellers page sections, and seller search. [Sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers)[Signup Form](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/signup-form) --- # Sellers & Vendors Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers # Sellers Configure how sellers join your marketplace, manage their listings, and receive payments. #### Quick answer Sellers apply via onboarding (with optional account approval and listing moderation), get their own dashboard, and are paid out automatically minus your commission. Their public face is the seller profile page — you control its sections, which custom signup fields buyers can see, search-engine indexing, and sellers can claim a vanity profile URL. Rename what “Buyer” and “Seller” mean under terminology, and manage buyers under buyer management. ## Overview Your marketplace can have multiple sellers who list and sell their own products or services. This page covers how to configure the seller experience, from onboarding to payouts. #### How to Access Go to **Store Settings** → **Sellers & Buyers** tab to configure seller options. ## Seller Onboarding Flow When someone wants to sell on your marketplace, they go through this process: 1 #### Become a Seller A new user picks the seller role on your signup page. An existing buyer can switch by clicking "Upgrade to Seller" in their dashboard sidebar — a button you can hide under **Signup Form** settings. 2 #### Create Account or Sign In New users create an account with email/password or social login. Existing users sign in with their account. 3 #### Approval (Optional) If you've enabled seller approval, the seller waits for you to approve their application before they can create listings. Otherwise, they continue straight away. 4 #### Create Listings & Sell The seller opens their Seller Dashboard and starts creating listings. They can list — and even make sales — before connecting Stripe. 5 #### Connect Stripe for Payouts To receive money, the seller completes Stripe Connect (identity verification + bank account). This is handled securely by Stripe — you never see sensitive financial data. Any sales made earlier are tracked as pending earnings and paid out automatically once onboarding is complete. ## Seller Approval Settings Choose how new sellers are approved to sell on your marketplace: #### Auto-Approve Sellers can start selling immediately after completing Stripe onboarding. **Best for:** Open marketplaces, high-volume platforms, or when you want minimal friction. #### Manual Review You review and approve each seller application before they can create listings. **Best for:** Curated marketplaces, quality control, or regulated industries. ## Listing Moderation Control how new listings from sellers are published: #### Auto-Publish Listings go live immediately when sellers publish them. Fastest seller experience. #### Manual Review You approve each listing before it becomes visible to buyers. Better quality control. ### Listing Statuses Published Visible to buyers, available for purchase Draft Saved by seller, not visible to buyers Pending Review Waiting for your approval Rejected Declined by admin with feedback ## Restricting Links in Listings By default, sellers can add links inside a listing's description. If you'd rather keep buyers on your marketplace - and stop sellers from pointing them to their own website, Etsy, or other stores - turn on **Don't Allow Links in Listings** under **Store Settings → Sellers & Buyers → Seller Approval**. When this setting is on: - The **"Add link" button is removed** from the listing description editor, so sellers can't insert clickable links. - On save, the listing **title and description are also checked for typed-out web addresses** (for example *www.myshop.com* or *myshop.etsy.com*). If one is found, the listing isn't saved and the seller is asked to remove it - so the rule can't be worked around by pasting a URL as plain text. - The message sellers see is shown in your marketplace's language. #### Your own listings aren't affected The restriction applies only to listings created or edited by your sellers. As the marketplace owner you keep full freedom to add links in listings you create or edit yourself, and bulk imports are unaffected. ## Seller Dashboard Once approved, sellers access their dashboard to manage their business: #### Manage Listings Create, edit, duplicate, and delete listings. Set pricing, upload images, manage availability. #### View Orders See incoming orders, update fulfillment status, and communicate with buyers. #### Track Earnings Monitor sales, view commission breakdown, and see pending/completed payouts. #### Manage Availability For bookable listings: set available dates, block off times, manage calendars. #### Messages Respond to buyer inquiries and questions about listings. Available when messaging is enabled for your marketplace. #### Seller Profile Edit public profile information visible to buyers on listings. ## How Sellers Create Listings Sellers create listings from their dashboard using the form you've configured. The fields they see depend on your [Listing Form settings](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form). #### Typical Listing Fields Title & Description Price & Pricing Model Images & Media Availability (if bookable) Category & Type Custom Fields [Configure what fields sellers see ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form) #### Duplicate an existing listing Sellers don't have to start from scratch every time. Each listing in the seller dashboard has a **Duplicate** button that creates an editable copy in one click - perfect for posting several similar listings (e.g. recurring sessions or product variations). The copy is saved as an unpublished **draft** with “(Copy)” added to the title, so the seller can adjust the details and publish when ready. Images carry over automatically, and nothing goes live until the seller chooses to publish. As the marketplace owner, you can also duplicate any listing straight from the **Store Settings → Listings** tab. You land on the copy's edit form with a **“Listing duplicated - review title + URL, then save”** banner and an editable **Listing URL** field, pre-filled with a clean slug. You can set the public link **once** here: it's checked for uniqueness in your store (you'll see *“URL already taken”* if it clashes) and then locked on the first save, so shared links stay stable afterwards. Duplicated URLs no longer carry a “copy” fragment - only the title keeps the “(Copy)” marker so you can tell duplicates apart in the dashboard. What the owner sees right after duplicating: Listing duplicated - review title + URL, then save Title Hand-thrown ceramic vase (Copy) Listing URL editable once /listings/ hand-thrown-ceramic-vase Set the public link now. It locks on the first save so shared links stay stable. #### Editing the URL is owner-only The one-time **Listing URL** field appears only when **you, the marketplace owner**, duplicate from the Listings tab. When a **seller** duplicates from their own dashboard, the copy keeps an auto-generated URL and there's no URL step - so seller self-service stays simple and link integrity is yours to control. How each listing looks in the seller dashboard: Published #### U13 Skills Session Small-group skating & puck control. $25.00 Edit Delete The **Duplicate** button sits between Edit and Delete. ## Commission & Payments When a sale is made, the payment is automatically split between you and the seller: $100 Sale Price = $85 Seller Gets (85%) + $15 Your Commission (15%) Example with 15% commission rate. Stripe processing fees are deducted separately. ### How Payouts Work - **Automatic splits:** Stripe Connect handles the payment split automatically - **Direct deposits:** Sellers receive payouts directly to their bank account - **Your earnings:** Commission is deposited to your Stripe account - **Payout timing:** Follows Stripe's standard schedule — a new account's first payout is held ~7-14 days for review, then payouts arrive on a rolling basis (about 2 business days in the US). Managed by Stripe, not set in Prometora. #### Setting Your Commission Rate Configure your commission percentage in [Store Settings → Payments](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments). You can set different rates for different listing types if needed. ## Seller Profiles Public seller profiles build trust and let buyers browse a seller's listings, reviews, and story — each seller's personalized storefront. Profile pages have their own docs page covering visible sections and their order, custom profile URLs (vanity slugs), buyer-visible profile fields, and search-engine indexing. #### Moved to its own page Everything about the public profile page now lives at [Seller Profiles](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/seller-profiles), matching the **Store Settings → Seller Profiles** tab. ## Custom Signup & Seller Fields You can define your own fields on the seller signup form (and on the seller dashboard) to collect any information you need — KYC details, payout info, niche eligibility, internal notes, anything. Each field has three configuration dials that decide where it's captured, who can see it, and whether it gates the seller's ability to publish. Capture point Ask on the **public signup form**, in the **Managed Sellers area**only (when you create sellers yourself), or both. Use it to keep the public signup short. Visibility **Seller can see** — the seller fills it in. **Internal only** — only you can see or edit it (sellers can't view or change the value). **Public** — also shown to buyers on the seller's profile page. The server enforces this on every save. Approval gate When on, the seller can't publish listings until you mark this field approved. Pair with admin-only for a "vetted by us" workflow. Common patterns: - **Internal score** — admin-only, captured at signup, used to rank or filter sellers in the admin table - **Vetted niche category** — admin-only with approval gate, so sellers can't go live until you confirm they fit your marketplace - **Display tagline** — visible to seller, captured on first listing, surfaces on their public profile - **VAT / tax ID** — visible at signup, required for European stores #### Where Fields Apply The same field definitions power the public seller signup form, the seller's own dashboard, and the [Managed Sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers) form - configure once, use everywhere. ## Buyer & Seller Terminology The default "Buyer" and "Seller" labels don't fit every marketplace. A coaching marketplace might prefer **Athlete** and **Coach**; a rental marketplace might prefer **Guest** and **Host**. Set custom labels in **Store Settings → Buyer & Seller** and they replace the defaults across the public storefront. #### Buyer label (singular & plural) e.g. *Athlete* / *Athletes*. Used on the sign-up role selector and any other surface that names buyers. #### Seller label (singular & plural) e.g. *Coach* / *Coaches*. Used on the sign-up role selector, listings filter, multi-seller cart shipping line, and the dashboard "Upgrade to Seller" button. Leave any field blank to keep the default translated label. The override only applies on surfaces where the role label is rendered as plain text — places like email subjects, system pages, and admin tools still use the default terminology. ## Managing Sellers as Admin As the marketplace owner, you can manage all sellers from your admin dashboard: - **View all sellers:** See list of all sellers with their status - **Approve/reject applications:** Review pending seller requests - **Suspend sellers:** Temporarily disable a seller's account - **View seller listings:** See all listings from a specific seller - **Moderate listings:** Approve, reject, or unpublish listings ### The Status Column: Listings & Payouts Each seller row shows **two status badges**, one for each question you actually ask about a seller. The **Listings badge** answers "can they sell right now?": *Can post*, *Awaiting approval*, *Suspended*, or *Can't post* when the seller has no subscription plan or has run out of listing tokens. When your store runs seller subscription plans, the seller's plan name and remaining tokens appear right under their name. The **Payouts badge** answers "can they get paid?": *Payouts not set up*, *Stripe onboarding pending*, or *Stripe connected*. If a seller has made sales *before* finishing payout onboarding, their earnings are parked safely and the badge shows the amount waiting, so you know exactly who to nudge. A **payout-status filter** (including "Earnings waiting") pulls up those sellers in one click. The seller detail view shows the same two badges. Payout status: Earnings waiting Ella Vintage Starter plan · 14 tokens left Can post Stripe connected Marcus Woodwork Growth plan · 3 tokens left Can post Payouts not set up · C$40 waiting Listings badge on top ("can they sell?"), Payouts badge below ("can they get paid?"). ## Reference IDs Every seller and every listing has a short reference ID (for example `#7CE66C3`), shown as a small badge next to the name. You'll see it in Seller Management, the seller detail view, and Seller Listings, and each seller also sees it on their own dashboard and listings. Click a badge to copy the full ID to your clipboard. Reference IDs are **only shown to sellers and marketplace owners**. They never appear on buyer-facing pages such as public listings, storefront cards, or the checkout. - **Search by ID:** The search box on Seller Management and Seller Listings matches the reference ID, so you can jump straight to a specific seller or listing. - **Short vs. full:** The badge shows a short code for readability; clicking copies the full ID, which is what you'll want when looking a record up directly. - **Stable:** An ID never changes, so it's a reliable way to refer to a seller or listing in a support or complaint case. Quote it, click to copy the full ID, or search by it 7CE66C3 Hand-thrown ceramic vase Ella Vintage #7CE66C3 Click the badge and the full database ID lands on your clipboard. ## "Become a Seller" Button Buyers can upgrade to seller status using the "Become a Seller" button in the navigation. The button respects your approval settings: - **Auto-approve off:** Buyer is immediately upgraded to an active seller - **Manual approval on:** Buyer sees a pending state and must wait for admin approval before creating listings ## Buyer Management The **Sellers & Buyers** tab in Store Settings includes a Buyer Management section where you can search, filter, and manage buyers on your marketplace. ### Features - **Search buyers:** Find buyers by name or email - **Filter by status:** View all, active, or banned buyers - **Stats overview:** See total, active, and banned buyer counts at a glance - **Ban/unban buyers:** Restrict or restore buyer access with a single click ### Buyer Banning When you ban a buyer, you can select a reason from predefined options (fraudulent activity, repeated chargebacks, abusive behavior, policy violation, spam, or custom reason). The banned buyer: - Receives an email notification explaining they've been restricted (with the reason if provided) - Cannot sign in to the marketplace (blocked on all auth methods: password, magic link, social login) - Can be unbanned at any time, restoring full access #### Best Practices - • Start with manual approval if quality control is important to your brand - • Write clear seller guidelines and display them on the signup page - • Set a fair commission rate - too high discourages sellers, too low hurts your revenue - • Enable seller profiles to build trust with buyers - • Respond quickly to seller applications to maintain momentum [Product Detail Page](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/product-detail)[Seller Profiles](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/seller-profiles) --- # Shipping Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping # Shipping Configure shipping for your marketplace: flat rate pricing, free shipping thresholds, country restrictions, and shipping deadlines with automatic enforcement. #### Quick answer Configure shipping for physical-goods marketplaces. Set a flat rate buyers pay at checkout, restrict to specific countries, optionally offer free-shipping above a threshold, and enforce shipping deadlines that auto-cancel late orders. Sellers can print carrier labels in one click via Shipmondo (Nordics) or ShipStation (UK, US and more), with live Canada Post rates via the Canada Post integration. 100% of shipping goes to the seller (no platform fee on shipping). Business plan feature. ## Overview Prometora's shipping feature lets you offer physical product delivery on your marketplace. When enabled, shipping adds: - **Flat rate shipping** — a fixed shipping cost per order - **Address collection** — buyers enter their shipping address at checkout - **Phone number collection** — for delivery coordination - **Deferred payouts** — seller funds are held until the order is shipped - **Shipping deadlines** — automatic cancellation and refund if sellers don't ship on time #### When to Enable Shipping Enable shipping if your marketplace sells physical products that need to be delivered — handmade goods, vintage items, clothing, electronics, or any tangible products. For digital-only marketplaces (templates, courses, downloads), shipping is not needed. ## Enabling Shipping Shipping is available on the Business plan. If you're not yet on Business, see [Prometora pricing](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) to compare plans. To turn on shipping for your marketplace: 1. Go to **Store Settings → Shipping** in your Prometora dashboard 2. Find the **Shipping Configuration** section 3. Toggle shipping to **Enabled** 4. Configure your shipping options (described below) 5. Click **Save** When shipping is enabled, the checkout flow changes to collect a shipping address and phone number from the buyer. Seller payouts are also deferred until the seller confirms shipment. ## Turn Shipping Off Per Listing Type With shipping enabled, every listing type is treated as shippable by default — including ones that obviously aren't, like a booth or an in-person slot. For those, collecting a shipping address, charging a shipping fee, and deferring the seller's payout “until shipped” doesn't make sense — a booth seller would never get paid. Each listing type has a **Requires shipping** toggle in its settings. Switch it off and listings of that type: - Skip the **shipping address** step at checkout - Are not charged a **shipping fee** (and don't count toward per-seller flat rate in a multi-seller cart) - Pay the seller **right away** instead of deferring the payout until shipment Per-type shipping, in the listing type settings Physical product Requires shipping Booth No shipping #### On by default The toggle only appears when store shipping is enabled, and it is **on for every type by default**, so nothing changes for your existing listings until you turn a type off. Configure it per type in **Store Settings → Listing Form**, or jump from the hint on the Shipping tab. ## Shipping Mode Currently, Prometora supports **flat rate shipping** as the shipping mode. This means every order has the same shipping cost regardless of weight, dimensions, or distance. Flat Rate Currently the only available mode #### Need Custom Shipping Rates? If you have an agreement with a shipping provider and access to their API, we can help you integrate carrier-calculated rates into your marketplace. Reach out to us at info@prometora.com and we'll work with you to set it up. ## Carrier Integrations On top of flat rate shipping, Prometora supports direct carrier integrations for sellers who want live rates and one-click label creation right from their order dashboard. There are three integrations today: **Canada Post** (live rates at checkout), and two label providers that work together with flat rate / per-listing pricing: Shipmondo for Nordic carriers and ShipStation for UK, US and international carriers. #### Canada Post Business Canadian sellers can connect their Canada Post merchant account to generate shipping labels, calculate live rates, and add tracking numbers automatically. The integration handles everything from rate lookup to label PDF download — sellers never leave the dashboard. - Live rate calculation at checkout based on weight and destination - One-click label creation from the order dashboard - Automatic tracking number capture and buyer notification - Google Maps autocomplete for shipping addresses - Sandbox mode for testing — sandbox credentials auto-fill in test mode Configure your Canada Post merchant credentials in **Store Settings → Shipping → Canada Post**. You'll need a Canada Post developer account and API keys (production keys for live label creation). ## Shipping Labels via Shipmondo ![Shipmondo logo](https://www.prometora.com/_next/image?url=%2Flogos%2Fshipmondo-logo.png&w=384&q=75) [Shipmondo](https://shipmondo.com) is a Nordic shipping aggregator: one account covers GLS, PostNord, dao, Bring, Danske Fragtmænd, DHL Express, UPS and more, and it can be used across all of the Nordics (parcels can be sent from Denmark, Sweden, Norway and Finland). Connect it and every seller gets a **Create label** button on their orders: the label is booked with the carrier, the tracking number is filled in automatically, and the PDF is ready to print. Labels are paid from your Shipmondo account's balance. Unlike Canada Post, Shipmondo is a **label provider, not a rates provider**. It composes with flat rate and per-listing shipping. Buyers pay the shipping price you configure; sellers use Shipmondo to actually produce the label. One-click labels on the seller's My Sales page Order #1042 · Paid Shipping label Creates a label and auto-fills the tracking number Create label Tracking number Carrier One click later Label created! Download PDF Booked with the carrier and paid from the store's account 00370724412 GLS The same flow applies to ShipStation; only the carrier behind the label differs. ### Setting It Up 1. In Shipmondo, create an API user and key under **Settings → Integrations → API** 2. In **Store Settings → Shipping**, enable **Shipmondo label printing** and enter the API user and key 3. Click **Test connection & load products**, then pick the default shipping product used for labels (optionally add service codes like email/SMS notification) 4. Set a **default parcel weight** (used on every label; carriers bill by actual weight at pickup) 5. Save Optionally, turn on **Bill labels to sellers** to charge sellers a fixed price per label they create, added to their next subscription invoice. This requires seller subscription plans on your store. If your carrier prices by weight band, add **weight classes** (e.g. “Up to 1 kg”, “1-5 kg”, “5-10 kg”), each with the weight the label should be booked at and its own price per label. Sellers then pick the parcel's weight class before creating a label — the label is booked at that class's weight, and with billing enabled the seller is charged that class's price instead of the flat price. The class matching your default parcel weight is preselected. Leave the table empty to keep booking every label at the default parcel weight. #### Sandbox mode Shipmondo's sandbox is a separate account with its own credentials (issued by Shipmondo support), so production credentials won't work in sandbox mode. Turn sandbox off to book real labels. ## Shipping Labels via ShipStation ![ShipStation logo](https://www.prometora.com/logos/shipstation-logo.svg) [ShipStation](https://www.shipstation.com) covers UK, US and international carriers (Royal Mail, Evri, DPD, UPS, FedEx, Parcelforce and more), including your **own carrier accounts** connected inside ShipStation. ShipStation itself is available to merchants in the US, UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, France and Germany, so it's the label route for most marketplaces outside the Nordics. Like Shipmondo, it's a label provider: buyers pay the shipping price you configure, and sellers get a **Create label** button on their orders that books the label, fills in the tracking number automatically, and serves the PDF ready to print. Labels are billed to your ShipStation account or your connected carrier account. ### Setting It Up 1. In ShipStation, generate an API key under **Account Settings → Account → API Settings** with the version dropdown set to **V2** (v1 and v2 keys are not interchangeable; API access requires a paid ShipStation plan) 2. In **Store Settings → Shipping**, enable **ShipStation label printing** and paste the key 3. Click **Test connection & load carriers**, then pick the carrier and service used for labels. The list marks ShipStation's built-in rates vs. your own connected carrier accounts 4. Set a **default parcel weight**, and optionally an **order value limit** (see below) 5. Save Carrier picker — loaded live from your ShipStation account EVRi ShipStation rates DPD ShipStation rates Royal Mail Your carrier account Royal Mail Tracked 24 service “Your carrier account” means a carrier contract you connected inside ShipStation: labels are billed on your own terms. “ShipStation rates” are the built-in walleted rates, which carry ShipStation's own restrictions on what may be shipped. ### Order Value Limit If your marketplace sells items whose value can exceed what a standard parcel service should carry, set an **order value limit**. Orders above the limit can't have labels created. Instead, the seller is told to ship with their own (insured) courier and enter the tracking number manually, which is fully supported by the normal shipping form. Order value limit set to £500 Order #1054 · £180 Under the limit Create label Order #1055 · £2,400 Above the store's value limit for label creation. Ship it with your own insured courier and enter the tracking number manually. #### No Test Environment ShipStation has no sandbox: every label created is a real purchase billed to your account. Void unused labels in ShipStation to recover the cost. Also check your carrier agreement's terms for restricted goods (e.g. alcohol, glass, high-value items): what a carrier will carry and compensate is set by your agreement with them, not by Prometora. For both label providers, sellers must have their shipping address filled in under **Dashboard → Settings**; it becomes the sender address on the label. #### Need Another Carrier? Between Shipmondo and ShipStation most European and North American carriers are covered. If your carrier isn't reachable through either, let us know at info@prometora.com. We prioritize integrations based on customer demand. ## Flat Rate Amount Set the shipping cost that will be added to every order. This amount is charged to the buyer at checkout on top of the product price. Shipping Rate $ Example: $5.99 flat rate shipping per order Choose a rate that balances cost recovery with buyer expectations. Consider what your sellers typically spend on shipping and set a rate that covers most cases without discouraging purchases. ## Free Shipping Threshold Optionally, you can set a minimum order amount above which shipping becomes free. This encourages larger orders and increases your average order value. Free Shipping Above $ Example: Free shipping on orders over $50. Leave empty to always charge shipping. #### Tip: Use Free Shipping to Boost Sales Free shipping thresholds are one of the most effective ways to increase average order value. Setting the threshold just above your current average order value encourages buyers to add one more item to their cart. ## Per-Listing Shipping Cost By default, every order uses the same flat rate shipping cost. If you want sellers to set their own shipping cost on each listing, enable **Per-Listing Shipping Cost** in the Flat Rate Shipping section. 1 #### Owner Enables the Toggle In Shipping settings, turn on **"Per-Listing Shipping Cost"**. The flat rate amount you set serves as the fallback. 2 #### Sellers Set Their Shipping Cost When creating or editing a listing, sellers see a **Shipping Cost** field where they can enter their own rate in your store's currency (e.g., RON, DKK, USD). 3 #### Fallback to Flat Rate If a seller leaves the shipping cost empty, the store's flat rate is used instead. This makes per-listing shipping completely optional for sellers. #### Cart Orders with Multiple Sellers When a buyer purchases from multiple sellers in one cart order, shipping is calculated per seller. If a seller has multiple items in the cart, the highest shipping cost among their listings is used (since they ship all their items together in one package). ## Shipping Countries Select which countries your marketplace supports for shipping. Only buyers with addresses in the selected countries will be able to complete checkout. #### Shipping Countries United States Canada United Kingdom Germany + Add country When shipping countries are configured, the checkout form automatically collects: #### Shipping Address - Street address - City, state/province - Postal/ZIP code - Country #### Phone Number Collected for delivery coordination and carrier requirements. Shown to the seller when they ship the order. ## Shipping Deadline The shipping deadline is the maximum number of days a seller has to ship an order after it's placed. This protects buyers and ensures timely fulfillment. Shipping Deadline 3 days 5 days 7 days 14 days Example: 5-day deadline selected ### What Happens When the Deadline Passes If a seller does not confirm shipment within the deadline: 1 #### Seller Reminders Sellers receive email reminders as the deadline approaches, prompting them to ship or update the order. 2 #### Automatic Cancellation The order is automatically cancelled if no shipment confirmation is provided by the deadline. 3 #### Automatic Refund The buyer is automatically refunded the full amount, including shipping costs. #### Warning: Auto-Cancel Is Final Once the shipping deadline passes and an order is auto-cancelled, it cannot be reversed. The buyer receives a full refund and the seller does not receive any payout. Encourage your sellers to ship promptly or communicate delays with buyers before the deadline. ## How It Works for Sellers When shipping is enabled, the seller experience changes to include shipment tracking and deferred payouts: 1 #### Order Received When a buyer places an order, the seller sees it on their **My Sales** page with the buyer's shipping address and phone number. 2 #### Payout Deferred The seller's payout is **held** until they confirm the order has been shipped. This protects buyers from paying for unshipped orders. 3 #### Ship the Order The seller ships the product and fills out the **shipping form** on the My Sales page, entering the carrier and tracking number. 4 #### Payout Released Once the seller confirms shipment with a tracking number, their payout is released and processed through Stripe according to the normal payout schedule. Order Placed Payout held → Seller Ships Enters tracking → Payout Released Via Stripe ## How It Works for Buyers Buyers have a straightforward experience with shipping-enabled orders: 1 #### Checkout with Shipping At checkout, the buyer enters their **shipping address** and **phone number**. The shipping cost is shown as a separate line item. 2 #### Awaiting Shipment After payment, the order appears on the buyer's **My Orders** page with an "Awaiting Shipment" status. 3 #### Shipping Notification When the seller ships the order, the buyer receives an **email notification** with the tracking number and carrier information. Your order has been shipped! Tracking: 1Z999AA10123456784 4 #### Order Complete The buyer can track their package using the provided tracking number. If the seller doesn't ship within the deadline, the buyer is automatically refunded. ## Quick Reference | Setting | Description | | --- | --- | | Enable Shipping | Turn shipping on or off for your marketplace | | Shipping Mode | Flat rate (fixed cost per order) | | Flat Rate Amount | The shipping cost added to each order | | Free Shipping Threshold | Order amount above which shipping is free (optional) | | Per-Listing Shipping | Let sellers set their own shipping cost per listing (falls back to flat rate) | | Shipping Countries | Countries you ship to (enables address + phone collection) | | Shipping Deadline | Max days for seller to ship (3, 5, 7, or 14 days) | | Label Provider | One-click seller labels via Shipmondo (Nordics) or ShipStation (UK/US/international) | #### Need Help Configuring Shipping? If you're unsure about the right shipping settings for your marketplace, contact us at info@prometora.com. We're happy to help you find the best configuration for your use case. [Subscriptions](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions)[Shopping Cart](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shopping-cart) --- # Shopping Cart Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shopping-cart # Shopping Cart Enable multi-item checkout for your marketplace. Buyers can add multiple products to their cart and check out in a single transaction. Especially useful on [multi-vendor marketplaces](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#multi-vendor) where the cart fans out into per-seller orders via [Stripe Connect](https://www.prometora.com/docs/glossary#stripe-connect). Business Plan Feature The shopping cart is available on the Business plan and above. [See plans and pricing →](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) #### Quick answer Let buyers add multiple items to a cart and check out in one transaction. When the cart contains items from multiple sellers, payments are split automatically via Stripe Connect and each seller ships their own portion independently. Buyers must be signed in to use the cart. ## Overview The shopping cart feature allows buyers to collect multiple products before checking out. Instead of buying one item at a time with "Buy Now", buyers can: - **Add to Cart** — save products for later purchase - **Multi-item checkout** — buy everything in one transaction - **Per-seller shipping** — shipping calculated per unique seller - **Cart persistence** — cart is saved to the user's account #### When to Enable the Cart Enable the cart if your marketplace has multiple sellers or if buyers typically purchase more than one item at a time. For single-product purchases or digital downloads, the default "Buy Now" flow may be simpler. ## Enabling the Shopping Cart The shopping cart is part of the Shipping settings (since cart orders use shipping configuration). To enable it: 1. Go to **Store Settings → General** in your dashboard 2. Find the **Shipping** section 3. Toggle **Enable Shopping Cart** to on 4. The setting saves automatically Enable Shopping Cart Allow buyers to add multiple items before checkout When the cart is enabled: - Product pages show an **"Add to Cart"** button alongside "Buy Now" - Listing cards show **"Add to Cart"** instead of "Buy Now" - A **cart icon** appears in the store header with item count - Buyers can view and manage their cart before checkout ## Authentication Required To add items to the cart, buyers must be signed in. This ensures: #### Cart Persistence The cart is tied to the user's account, not the browser. Buyers can add items on their phone and check out on their laptop. #### Seamless Checkout Since the buyer is already signed in, checkout is faster — their email is pre-filled in Stripe. When an unauthenticated buyer clicks "Add to Cart", they're prompted to sign in first. After signing in, they can add items to their cart. ## Per-Seller Shipping When a buyer's cart contains items from multiple sellers, shipping is calculated **per unique seller**. Each seller ships their items independently. #### Example: Cart with 3 sellers Vintage Ring by Anna's Jewelry $45.00 Gold Necklace by Anna's Jewelry $89.00 Silver Bracelet by Nordic Crafts $35.00 Earrings Set by Pearl Studio $28.00 Subtotal $197.00 Shipping (3 sellers) $14.97 Total $211.97 Flat rate: $4.99 × 3 sellers = $14.97 shipping ## Independent Fulfillment A multi-seller order is split into one **shipment per seller**. Each seller ships on their own schedule with their own tracking number, and the buyer receives multiple packages. The overall order is only marked **Fulfilled** once **every** seller has shipped. Order #1042 3 sellers · 4 items Partially shipped · 2 of 3 Anna's Jewelry 2 items · Tracking: 1Z99AA10… Shipped Nordic Crafts 1 item · Tracking: EE12 5678… Shipped Pearl Studio 1 item · Awaiting shipment Pending Once Pearl Studio ships, the order flips to Fulfilled . Each seller's payout is released when *their own* shipment is marked shipped. Where the money goes Stripe Connect splits the $211.97 charge across three connected accounts automatically. You never manually move money. Buyer pays $211.97 One charge, one card → Anna's Jewelry $134.00 (2 items) + $4.99 shipping $138.99 Nordic Crafts $35.00 (1 item) + $4.99 shipping $39.99 Pearl Studio $28.00 (1 item) + $4.99 shipping $32.99 Amounts shown are gross. Your platform commission and Stripe's processing fees are deducted from each seller's share at the moment of payment. Shipping (100%) goes to the seller. #### Items Ship Separately When buying from multiple sellers, each seller ships their items independently. The buyer will receive multiple packages and tracking numbers. This is shown clearly on the cart page and in order confirmation emails. ## How It Works for Buyers 1 #### Browse & Add to Cart Buyers browse products and click **"Add to Cart"** on items they want. The cart icon in the header shows the current item count. 2 #### Review Cart Clicking the cart icon opens the **cart page** where buyers can adjust quantities, remove items, and see the total including shipping. 3 #### Checkout Clicking **"Proceed to Checkout"** takes the buyer directly to Stripe's secure checkout page. All items are purchased in a single transaction. 4 #### Order Confirmation After payment, the buyer receives a confirmation email. For multi-seller orders, the buyer will receive separate shipping notifications as each seller ships their items. ## Stock Validation Stock is validated at checkout time to prevent overselling. If an item in the cart is no longer available (sold out or insufficient stock), the buyer sees an error message and cannot proceed until they update their cart. #### Out of Stock Error "The following items are no longer available: Vintage Ring. Please remove them from your cart to continue." ## Seller Restrictions Sellers cannot add their own products to the cart. If a seller tries to add their own listing, they'll see a message explaining they cannot purchase their own products. ## Cart vs Buy Now Both options remain available when the cart is enabled. Here's when each is useful: | Feature | Add to Cart | Buy Now | | --- | --- | --- | | Multiple items | Yes | Single item only | | Review before checkout | Cart page | Direct to Stripe | | Save for later | Persists in account | Immediate purchase | | Authentication | Required | Required | | Best for | Browsing, comparing | Quick single purchase | ## Quick Reference | Feature | Details | | --- | --- | | Plan Required | Business | | Location | Store Settings → General → Shipping section | | Shipping Calculation | Flat rate × number of unique sellers | | Cart Persistence | Tied to user account (not browser) | | Authentication | Required to add items to cart | #### Questions About the Cart? If you need help configuring the shopping cart for your marketplace, contact us at info@prometora.com. We're happy to help. [Shipping](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping)[Coupon Codes](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/coupon-codes) --- # Signup Form & Wizard Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/signup-form # Signup Form & Wizard Decide exactly what people fill in when they sign up. For sellers you can optionally split it into a multi-step wizard where you drag each field onto the step (“gate”) it belongs on. Find it under **Store Settings → Signup Form**. Video: Signup form & wizard: build a multi-step seller signup · ~2 min [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) #### Quick answer Choose what buyers and sellers fill in at signup. The multi-step wizard is optional — turn it on to split a longer seller application into gates and drag fields onto each one. Screen applicants with qualifying questions, optionally require an email verification step, decide when (or if) the “continue later” email fires, and review anyone who didn't finish under **Incomplete applications** on the Sellers & Buyers tab. ## What people fill in at signup The built-in fields are grouped into cards. **Common Signup Fields** show on every signup (buyer or seller); the Buyer and Seller cards add role-specific fields. Every row is a simple on/off toggle. Common Signup Fields Always collected: First name · Last name · Email Phone Number ↳ Require phone number Terms & Conditions Require Terms & Conditions Acceptance Buyer Signup Fields Allow buyers to sign up Hide "Become a Seller" Button Shipping Address Seller Signup Fields Business Address Shipping Address #### Phone & terms requirements **Require phone** sits under the phone field (you can only require it while the field is shown), and **Require Terms & Conditions** lets you link or paste your terms. Both apply to buyers and sellers alike. These two used to live on the **General** tab — they now live here with the rest of the signup settings. #### Sellers-only marketplace Turn off **Allow buyers to sign up** and the signup page only offers seller registration — no buyer option at all. Sellers can still buy from other sellers, so nothing is lost. Ideal for a supplier-only / B2B marketplace. The related **Hide "Become a Seller" Button** toggle is independent of signup: it controls whether *existing* buyers see an upgrade button in their dashboard. ## Live preview On wider screens a **Live Preview** panel sits to the right and stays in view as you scroll. It shows your real signup form — logo, branding, custom labels, fields, and wizard gates — updating instantly as you change settings, so you can see exactly what buyers and sellers will. Click the **Buyer** / **Seller** cards in the preview to flip between the two views; use **Open form** to open the full live page in a new tab. Common Signup Fields Phone Number ↳ Require phone number Terms & Conditions Require Terms & Conditions Buyer Signup Fields Allow buyers to sign up Shipping Address …edits update the preview instantly → Live Preview Open form Buyer Seller #### Rename the roles Want “Buyer” and “Seller” to read as something else (e.g. “Athlete” / “Coach”)? Use **Buyer & Seller Terminology** on the [Sellers & Buyers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers) tab — the preview reflects it live. ## Custom seller fields Add any field you need to capture about a seller. Each field has three settings that decide where and to whom it appears: Editing field Done Label *Business category Field Type Dropdown (single) ▾ Where to capture Public signup form ▾ Visibility Seller can see ▾ Required at submit Required for approval - **Type** — text, dropdown, multi-select, checkbox, file upload, or *display text* (a heading + paragraph that shows on the form but collects no answer — handy for section intros or instructions). - **Where to capture** — *Public signup form*, *Managed Sellers area only* (you fill it when you create the seller yourself), or *Both*. - **Visibility** — *Seller can see*, or *Internal only* (owner-only, e.g. readiness notes — never shown to the applicant). #### Managed & internal fields stay private Fields set to **Managed Sellers area only** or **Internal only** never appear on the public signup form — they sit in a separate “Managed / internal” group in the editor. Mark a field **Required at submit** (blocks the form) and/or **Required for approval** (must be filled before you can approve the seller). Reorder fields by dragging the grip handle, or with the up/down arrows. #### File uploads happen after signup File-upload fields can't be filled on the signup form itself — the applicant uploads them later from their dashboard. So “required” flags don't behave as you might expect on a file field: **Required at submit** isn't enforced, and **Required for approval** can stall approval (a pending applicant can't reach their dashboard to upload yet). For documents you must have before approving, collect them yourself via [Managed Sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers). The editor shows this reminder when you tick either flag on a file field. ## The multi-step wizard & gates (optional) #### Entirely optional Leave the wizard off and seller signup is a single, simple page — perfectly fine for most marketplaces. Turn it on only when you want to break a longer application into steps. Nothing is lost either way. Turn on **Multi-step signup wizard** to split seller signup into steps called **gates**. **Gate 1** always holds the built-in account fields (name, email, phone, business name). You add as many gates as you like, then **drag each custom field into the gate** it should appear on. Seller fields Multi-step wizard on Gate 1 drag fields here Always collected on Gate 1: First name · Last name · Email · Phone · Business name Gate 2 drag fields here Business category *Export experience “Continue later” email After Gate 1 ▾ - **Add / remove gates** with the controls under the field list. Removing the last gate moves its fields back a gate — nothing is lost. - **Empty gates are skipped** on the live form, so applicants never see a blank step. - **Required fields block the step** — an applicant can't advance until the current gate's required fields are filled. ## Qualifying questions (turn applicants away) A **dropdown** or **checkbox** field can act as a gate: certain answers let the applicant continue, and any other answer stops them on a friendly dead-end screen — **no account is created, no email is sent**. Useful for screening out applicants who don't meet your criteria (e.g. “Do you have a base in Japan?”). Tick **Use as qualifying question** in the field's editor. Editing dropdown field Use as qualifying question Applicants who pick an answer that isn't ticked here can't continue. Yes (can continue) No “Required at submit” is on so the dropdown can't be skipped. Disqualified-applicant message Heading Thanks for your interest Message Based on your answers, this application can't continue online right now… Contact email (optional) [email protected] What a disqualified applicant sees: Thanks for your interest Based on your answers, this application can't continue online right now. Questions? [email protected] A friendly dead end — no account created, no email sent, nothing lands in your review queue. - **Dropdown** — tick which answers may continue; any other choice is turned away. Marking it qualifying auto-enables *Required at submit* so it can't be skipped. - **Checkbox** — the applicant must tick it to continue (e.g. a confirmation); leaving it unticked turns them away. - **One shared dead-end message** — set the heading, message, and an optional contact email once; it's shown whenever any qualifying answer stops someone. A field shows a **Qualifying** badge in the list. #### Put it on Gate 1 to screen early Place a qualifying question on **Gate 1** and unqualified applicants are turned away before any account, draft, or email is created — keeping your queue clean. ## The “continue later” email When the wizard is on, an applicant's progress is saved as they go, and they can be emailed a link to resume from any device. You control **when** that email fires: “Continue later” email When to email applicants a link to resume. Fires once. After Gate 1 ▾ - **After Gate 1 / Gate 2 / …** — sent once, after the applicant moves past the gate you choose. - **Don't send** — no resume email at all. #### Progress is always saved The setting only controls whether (and when) the email goes out — their entered answers are saved either way. ## Email verification gate #### Optional — off by default Leave this off and signup works as normal: the applicant fills every step, then verifies their email with a magic link at the very end. Turn it on only when you want the email confirmed *before* they go any further. With the wizard on, you can require applicants to **click a link in their email before the next gate opens**. Pick the gate after which it fires — the address is verified up front, the account is created at that point, and the application is submitted on the final gate (with no second email). Email verification gate Require a click in their email before the next gate opens. After Gate 1 ▾ What the applicant sees (verification after Gate 1): 1 Gate 1 Fills name, email & any Gate 1 fields 2 Check your email Clicks the verification link 3 Gate 2… Returns verified, finishes the steps 4 Submit Application sent — no second email - The verification email doubles as the resume link — so the **“continue later” email can't be set to the same gate** (that option is hidden to avoid two emails at once). - Returning applicants land back on the next gate already verified; they can't step back into the gates before it. - The final button changes from “send link” to **Submit application**, since the email is already confirmed. ## Reviewing incomplete applications Someone who starts signup but doesn't finish doesn't become a seller account yet — so they won't appear in the main seller list. You'll find them under **Incomplete applications** at the bottom of the [Sellers & Buyers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers) tab. Incomplete applications (2) [email protected] Gate 2 updated Jun 18 Resend [email protected] Gate 1 updated Jun 17 Resend - See their email, how far they got (which gate), and what they entered so far. - **Resend** the continue-later email to nudge them. - **Delete** a draft you don't need. #### Self-cleaning Incomplete applications auto-expire after 14 days, so the list stays current on its own. ## Submitting & approval When the applicant completes the form and submits, they verify their email via a magic link and a seller account is created. (With the email verification gate on, that verification already happened earlier, so submitting just sends the application.) If you have **Require Seller Account Approval** on (Sellers & Buyers tab), the account stays *pending* until you approve it — no dashboard, listings, or buyer-facing visibility until then, and you're emailed that there's an application to review. #### Tip Use a custom field marked **Required for approval** for anything you must have on file before letting a seller go live. [Seller Profiles](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/seller-profiles)[Managed Sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers) --- # Social Login (Google & Facebook) Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/social-login # Social Login Pro & Business Plan Let your marketplace users sign in with their Google or Facebook account in one click. #### Quick answer Social login lets users sign in with Google or Facebook alongside the magic link flow. You create your own OAuth app with each provider (so the consent screen shows your marketplace name, not Prometora), then paste the credentials under **Store Settings → Social Login** and toggle each provider on. Accounts are linked automatically by matching email, so no duplicates are created. Available on the Professional plan and above. ## Overview Social login allows your marketplace users to sign in or sign up using their existing Google or Facebook account. It works alongside the existing [magic link authentication](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/authentication) — users can choose whichever method they prefer. #### One-Click Sign-In Users sign in instantly — no email to type, no link to wait for. #### Higher Conversion Reduce signup friction. Users are more likely to register when they can use an account they already have. #### Automatic Account Linking If a user already signed up with email and later uses Google with the same address, the accounts are linked automatically. #### Your Brand You create your own OAuth app, so the Google/Facebook consent screen shows your marketplace name — not Prometora. #### Before You Start - Social login is available on the **Professional plan** ($149/mo) and above. - You need a Google account and/or a Facebook developer account. - Your marketplace should already be live with a working domain (custom domain or slug-based URL). ## Setting Up Google Login 1 #### Create a Google Cloud project Go to the [Google Cloud Console ](https://console.cloud.google.com/) and create a new project (or use an existing one). Give it your marketplace name. 2 #### Configure the OAuth consent screen Navigate to **APIs & Services → OAuth consent screen**. - Choose **External** user type. - Enter your marketplace name as the app name. - Add your support email and developer contact email. - Add scopes: `email`, `profile`, `openid`. - Add any test users if your app is still in "Testing" mode. 3 #### Create OAuth credentials Go to **APIs & Services → Credentials** and click **Create Credentials → OAuth client ID**. - Application type: **Web application**. - Name: anything you like (e.g. "My Marketplace Login"). - Under **Authorized redirect URIs**, add the redirect URI shown in your Prometora Social Login settings. It looks like: `https://www.prometora.com/api/auth/social/callback` (or your custom domain equivalent) 4 #### Copy credentials into Prometora Google will show you a **Client ID** and **Client Secret**. Copy both into your Prometora dashboard under **Store Settings → Social Login → Google**. 5 #### Publish your app (optional but recommended) While your Google app is in "Testing" mode, only users you manually add as test users can sign in. To allow anyone to sign in, submit your app for verification on the OAuth consent screen page. Google typically approves apps requesting only basic scopes (email, profile) within a few days. ## Setting Up Facebook Login 1 #### Create a Facebook App Go to [Meta for Developers ](https://developers.facebook.com/apps) and click **Create App**. - Choose **"Allow people to log in with their Facebook account"** as the use case. - Enter your marketplace name and contact email. 2 #### Set up Facebook Login In your app dashboard, find **Facebook Login** and click **Set Up**. Then go to **Facebook Login → Settings**. - Under **Valid OAuth Redirect URIs**, add the redirect URI from your Prometora Social Login settings: `https://www.prometora.com/api/auth/social/callback` - Save changes. 3 #### Copy your App ID and App Secret Go to **App Settings → Basic**. Copy the **App ID** and **App Secret** into your Prometora dashboard under **Store Settings → Social Login → Facebook**. 4 #### Switch to Live mode By default your Facebook app is in **Development** mode, where only app admins and testers can log in. Toggle the switch at the top of the dashboard to **Live** mode to allow all users. Facebook may ask you to complete a few checks (privacy policy URL, app icon, etc.) before going live. ## Enable in Your Dashboard After adding your credentials, go to **Store Settings → Social Login** in your Prometora dashboard: - **Enable Social Login**— master toggle to show social buttons on your sign-in/sign-up pages - **Enable Google / Facebook**— toggle each provider individually - **Save credentials**— enter your Client ID/Secret (Google) or App ID/Secret (Facebook) and click Save That's it! Your sign-in and sign-up pages will now show "Continue with Google" and/or "Continue with Facebook" buttons above the magic link form. ## How Account Linking Works Social login automatically handles existing users: | Scenario | What Happens | | --- | --- | | User has no account | New buyer account is created automatically | | User already signed up with magic link (same email) | Social login links to the existing account — no duplicate | | User previously used Google, comes back again | Signed in to the same account instantly | ## FAQ Do social users get a buyer or seller account? Social sign-up creates a **buyer** account by default. Users can upgrade to seller through the existing "Become a Seller" flow on your marketplace. Can users still sign in with magic link after enabling social login? Yes! Social login is shown **above** the magic link form. Users can choose either method. Both sign into the same account as long as the email matches. Does it work with custom domains? Yes. After authentication, users are redirected back to your custom domain automatically. You only need to register one redirect URI (the Prometora one shown in your settings). Why does the Google consent screen show "Prometora" instead of my brand? Make sure you set your marketplace name (not "Prometora") as the app name in the Google Cloud OAuth consent screen settings. That name is what Google displays to users. What if a user's Facebook account doesn't have an email? An email address is required. If Facebook doesn't provide one (rare, but possible), the user will be redirected back to the sign-in page with an error and can use magic link instead. [Authentication](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/authentication)[Webhooks](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/webhooks) --- # Subscriptions Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions # Subscriptions Charge sellers a monthly or yearly subscription to list on your marketplace. Set per-tier commission rates, signup fees, coupon codes, and VAT, and optionally cap listing creation with a token allowance. Business & Scale Plan Feature Seller subscriptions require the Business plan or above. [See plans and pricing →](https://www.prometora.com/pricing) Video: Setting up the Subscriptions webhook and how subscriptions work [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) #### Quick answer Charge sellers a monthly or yearly subscription to list on your marketplace. Define your own tiers (Free, Starter, Pro), set per-tier commission overrides, optionally cap listings via a token quota. Add a one-time signup fee, offer coupon codes, and charge VAT on top when you need to. Billed through your regular Stripe account (not Stripe Connect). Prometora takes 1% of subscription MRR on the Business tier. ## What is the Subscriptions feature? Subscriptions lets you collect **recurring revenue** (monthly or yearly) from people who use your marketplace. Today the feature covers seller subscriptions (sellers pay you to list); buyer memberships will live in the same tab in a future release. A typical seller-subscription marketplace has plans like: - **Free** - $0/mo, higher commission rate (e.g. 10%), maybe limited to a small number of listings - **Starter** - $49/mo, lower commission (e.g. 5%), more listings - **Pro** - $99/mo, even lower commission (e.g. 3%), unlimited listings You choose how many tiers, the price, the commission rate, and whether each tier caps listing creation. Sellers pick a plan, enter their card, and start listing. Money lands in your Stripe account each month. #### How it's different from Stripe Connect Stripe Connect handles money flowing *from buyers to sellers* (with you taking a commission). Subscriptions handles money flowing *from sellers to you*. Both can coexist on the same marketplace - they're two separate Stripe setups for two separate money flows. See [Payments & Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments) for the Stripe Connect side. ## Setup in 3 steps Subscriptions are billed via your **regular Stripe account** (not Stripe Connect). Three one-time setup steps before you can charge sellers: 1 #### Add your regular Stripe API keys Subscription billing runs on your own Stripe account (the “regular” keys), separate from any Stripe Connect keys you may have for buyer-to-seller payouts. If you don't have a Stripe account yet, sign up free at [stripe.com](https://stripe.com). [Read the Payment tab guide](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments) 2 #### Enable Subscriptions + paste your webhook secret Open **Store Settings → Subscriptions**, flip the master toggle on. A 7-step walkthrough appears for setting up the Stripe webhook — Stripe needs to notify Prometora when sellers' subscriptions activate, renew, or fail. The walkthrough takes about 2 minutes; copy the webhook URL Prometora gives you into Stripe, then paste the resulting `whsec_...` signing secret back. Free plans technically work without the webhook, but the plans + subscribers area in the dashboard stays locked until it's configured — consistent UX over partial functionality. 3 #### Activate Customer Portal in your Stripe dashboard Sellers on paid plans need somewhere to update their card, view invoices, and cancel. Stripe's Customer Portal handles all of that — but you have to activate the default configuration in your Stripe dashboard once. Go to **Settings → Billing → Customer portal** and activate the default config. [Open Stripe Customer Portal settings](https://dashboard.stripe.com/settings/billing/portal) Once activated, the Subscriptions tab in Prometora picks it up automatically and shows a green “Configured” badge on the setup hint card. **Important:** in the Stripe Customer Portal config there's a separate “Subscription products” section where you can choose which plans customers can switch between via the portal. **Leave it empty.** Prometora's own plan picker (at `/dashboard/plan`) is the canonical place sellers switch plans. If you populate the Stripe portal list with plans Prometora doesn't know about, sellers who use the portal to switch could end up on a subscription Prometora can't track — broken state. Keep the portal for billing management only (card, invoices, cancel); let Prometora handle plan switches. #### Regular Stripe vs Stripe Connect Many multi-vendor marketplaces only have Stripe Connect configured (the keys for routing buyer payments to seller accounts). To bill sellers a subscription you also need to add your **regular Stripe** keys to the Payment tab. The two key sets serve different flows and don't conflict. ## Creating a plan Open **Store Settings → Subscriptions**, flip the master toggle on, then click **Add plan**. The first thing you pick is the **Plan type**: - **Flat access** - sellers get unlimited listings, you just charge them the subscription fee. The standard SaaS shape. - **Quota-based** - cap listing creation by a monthly token allowance. Useful for premium listing types (real estate, vehicles, accommodation). Each plan then has: Store Settings → Subscriptions ##### Plans + Add plan | Name | Price | Listings | Commission | Active | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Free | Free | 2 listings/mo | 10% | | | Starter | $49.00/mo USD | 6 listings/mo | 5% | | | Pro Most Popular | $99.00/mo USD | Unlimited | 3% | | ##### New plan Plan type Flat access Unlimited listings Quota-based Cap listings by token allowance Name *Pro Badge Most Popular Price (USD) *99.00 Billing interval *Monthly ▾ Signup fee (USD) 49.00 Commission % 3 Token allowance 20 Create plan Cancel A simplified rendering of the actual Subscriptions tab in your dashboard. #### Price & billing interval Amount in your store's currency, billed **monthly or yearly** - a common pattern is a yearly plan priced at 10× the monthly one (“2 months free”). The interval is locked after creation; create a new plan to change it. Use 0 for a free plan (no Stripe charge, sellers still pick it). #### Signup fee Optional one-time fee added to a seller's **first** paid checkout - never charged again, even when they switch plans. See One-time signup fee. #### Commission override Optional. Per-tier override of your default marketplace commission. Lower commission for higher-priced plans is a common pattern. #### Token allowance Only shown for Quota-based plans. The listing-token allowance sellers on this plan get - refilling every billing period or granted once (lifetime), with an optional per-listing overage price when it runs out. See Listing quotas. #### Display Name, optional description, and an optional badge (e.g. "Most Popular") shown on the seller plan picker. When you save a plan, Prometora automatically creates the matching Stripe Product and Price on your regular Stripe account - you never need to touch the Stripe dashboard for plan management. ## Listing quotas (optional tokens) Most marketplaces don't need listing caps - a flat monthly plan with unlimited listings is the standard SaaS shape. But for some marketplaces (premium rentals, real estate, vehicles), capping listing creation by tier is the right move. When you create a **Quota-based** plan, the seller gets a fixed token allowance. Listings consume tokens by the per-listing-type cost you configure (default 1 token per listing). Two settings shape how the quota behaves: - **Allowance renews** - *Every billing period* refills the full allowance at the start of each period (the classic cap: “6 listings per month”). *One-time* grants the allowance a single time when the seller subscribes and never refills - the “first 20 listings free, ever” model. Switching plans or resubscribing carries the remaining lifetime balance instead of re-granting it. - **Extra listings price** - what happens when the allowance runs out. Leave it blank and sellers are *blocked* from creating more listings until the next refill or a plan upgrade. Set a price and listings *keep publishing*: each extra one is automatically added to the seller's next subscription invoice as its own line (“Extra listing: Silver tray - 20.00 kr”), with your VAT applied when configured. The seller is never sent to a payment page - the charge simply rides their normal billing date, and their dashboard shows a running “2 extra listings this period” total so nothing is a surprise. A few rules around overage pricing: it requires a **paid** plan (free plans have no invoice to attach charges to, so they stay blocked when empty); listing fees are **non-refundable** - deleting a listing doesn't credit the charge (the Etsy model); and if a seller's renewal payment later fails, Stripe's normal Smart Retries handle it like any other failed subscription payment. You can also **gift extra tokens** to any individual subscriber - a “+ Gift” button on the Subscribers table adds to their balance. Useful for welcoming back a long-time seller, compensating a hiccup, or campaign giveaways. For store-wide campaigns (“30 free listings this month for new sellers”), just edit the plan's allowance - new subscribers get the new number, existing balances are untouched. Token costs per listing type are configured **directly in the Subscriptions tab**, in the “Token cost per listing type” section. For example, you might set a standard listing as 1 token and an accommodation listing as 3 tokens. Free ($0) quota plans auto-renew on the same monthly cadence via a daily cron - sellers on the free tier get their tokens refilled at the start of each new period without any Stripe charge (one-time allowances stay untouched, as always). ## One-time signup fee Each paid plan can carry an optional **signup fee** - a one-time amount added as its own line on the seller's very first paid checkout. Common for marketplaces that charge an onboarding or setup fee alongside the recurring subscription. - **Charged once per seller, ever.** Switching plans, cancelling and resubscribing - none of it re-triggers the fee. Prometora remembers who has paid it. - **Set it on every paid plan.** The fee is charged on whichever plan a new seller happens to pick first, so a plan without the fee becomes a bypass - unless that's intentional (e.g. waiving the fee on the yearly plan as an incentive). - **Paid plans only.** Free plans never go through checkout, which is where the fee is collected. The seller plan picker shows the fee under the plan price (“+ one-time signup fee, charged only on your first subscription”), and it disappears for sellers who have already paid it. ## Coupon codes The **Coupon codes** section of the Subscriptions tab lets you create discount codes sellers can enter at checkout - a free first month, a percentage off, or a discounted signup fee. Each code sets: - **Discount** - a percentage or a fixed amount off. - **What it applies to** - the first payment only, a number of months, or every payment forever. - **Which plans** - every paid plan (the default), or only the plans you pick. - **Limits** - optional max redemptions and expiry date. - **The code itself** - type your own (e.g. `WELCOME2026`) or leave blank to auto-generate one. **Free first month** = 100% off + “First payment only”. Note that the discount applies to the whole first invoice - including any signup fee on it. **Plan-specific codes** let you steer sellers toward a particular plan - for example a discount code that is only valid on your yearly plan. If a seller enters the code while subscribing to any other plan, the checkout page rejects it with a message that the code doesn't apply. Pick the plans when you create the code; the restriction can't be changed afterwards (create a new code instead), and it works with plans you already have - no need to recreate them. Subscriptions → Coupon codes ##### Coupon codes (3) + New code | Code | Discount | Duration | Plans | Redeemed | Status | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | WELCOME2026 | 100% off | First payment | All | 3 / 50 | Active | | YEARLY15 | 15% off | First payment | Yearly plan | 5 | Active | | FOUNDER10 | 10% off | Forever | All | 12 | Inactive | The Coupon codes section: create, track redemptions, and deactivate — sellers enter the code on the Stripe checkout page. Deactivating a code stops new redemptions; sellers who already redeemed it keep their discount. These codes are separate from the [Coupons](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/coupon-codes) feature, which discounts *buyers* on product orders. ## VAT / Tax on seller billing If you need to charge tax on what you bill sellers (e.g. 25% Danish moms, 19% German VAT), enable the **VAT / Tax** section in the Subscriptions tab: set the rate, the label that appears on invoices (“VAT”, “Moms”, …), and how your prices are entered: - **Tax added on top** - plan prices are entered excluding tax (the B2B convention). A 195 plan at 25% charges 243.75, shown as price + tax at checkout and on invoices. - **Tax included in prices** - plan prices already contain the tax. A 195 plan charges exactly 195, and the invoice breaks out the contained tax amount. One rate applies store-wide to everything you bill sellers through Subscriptions - the plan price and the signup fee land on the same invoice and both carry the tax line. The seller plan picker automatically shows a “prices exclude/include tax” note so there are no surprises at checkout. - Applies to **new subscriptions** from when you enable it; existing subscriptions keep the rates they were created with. - Buyer product checkout is **not affected** - product prices stay tax-inclusive, and sellers remain responsible for their own product VAT. - Tip: fill in your company details (VAT/registration number, address) under **Invoice settings** in your Stripe Dashboard so they appear on the invoices sellers receive. Subscriptions → VAT / Tax Charge tax on seller billing Tax rate (%) 25 Label on invoices VAT Tax added on top Prices entered excl. tax Tax included in prices Prices already contain tax What the seller pays at checkout Pro plan (billed monthly) $99.00 Signup fee (one-time) $49.00 Subtotal $148.00 VAT (25%) $37.00 Total due today $185.00 Renewals: $99.00 + VAT $24.75 = $123.75/mo — the signup fee never repeats. Example with “tax added on top”: the plan price and signup fee are entered excl. tax; Stripe Checkout and every invoice show the tax as its own line. ## How sellers subscribe 1. Seller signs up on your marketplace (or is invited as a managed seller). 2. Before they can create their first listing, they're prompted to pick a plan from your published tiers. 3. For paid plans, they're redirected to a Stripe-hosted checkout (rendered in your storefront's language) to enter their card. For free plans, they pick it instantly. 4. After they subscribe, they can manage everything (update card, cancel, view invoices) via the Stripe Customer Portal, opened from their seller dashboard. yourmarketplace.com/dashboard/plan ##### Choose a plan Pick a plan to start creating listings on this marketplace. Prices exclude VAT. 25% is added at checkout. Starter $49.00 /mo + $49.00 one-time signup fee (charged only on your first subscription) - 6 listings per month - 5% marketplace commission - Manage billing via Stripe Choose plan Most Popular Pro $990.00 /yr + $49.00 one-time signup fee (charged only on your first subscription) - Unlimited listings - 3% marketplace commission - Manage billing via Stripe Choose plan The seller plan picker: badges, locale-aware prices (a Danish store shows “195 kr/md”), the signup-fee note, and the VAT note all appear automatically from your settings. ## Self-serve billing (Stripe Customer Portal) Sellers on paid plans get a **Manage billing** button on their dashboard that opens the Stripe Customer Portal. From there they can update their card, view invoices, cancel their subscription, and (if enabled) switch plans - all without contacting you. **One-time setup:** the Customer Portal has to be activated in your Stripe Dashboard before it works. Open [Stripe → Settings → Billing → Customer portal](https://dashboard.stripe.com/settings/billing/portal) and activate the default configuration. The Subscriptions tab in your dashboard has a one-time hint with this link. Free-plan sellers don't see the button - there's no Stripe customer object for $0 plans, so there's nothing for the portal to manage. ## Past-due handling When a seller's renewal payment fails (expired card, declined transaction), Stripe automatically retries via its built-in Smart Retries - typically 4 attempts over ~3-4 days. During this window: - Their subscription status moves to `past_due` - They **keep their listing privileges** (can still create new listings, tokens still decrement normally) - Smart Retries IS the grace period - Their seller dashboard shows a prominent red “Payment failed” banner with an “Update billing” button (opens Customer Portal) - Stripe emails them automatically at each retry step If all retries fail, Stripe marks the subscription `cancelled`. At that point the seller is blocked from creating new listings until they pick a plan again. **Existing listings are never affected** regardless of subscription status - they stay published, bookable, and payable. ## Per-seller commission overrides You can override a specific seller's commission rate independently of their plan's commission. This is set in **Store Settings → Managed Sellers** by clicking on the commission column for a given seller. Commission resolution order at checkout (most specific wins, left to right): Per-seller override Set in Managed Sellers. Most specific — VIP carve-outs. if unset Plan commission From the seller's active subscription plan. if unset Store default The marketplace-wide commission rate. Fallback. Sellers with a per-seller override see a “Custom commission rate” tag on their plan picker so it's clear their rate doesn't change with plan switches. ## Switching plans & price changes **Sellers switching plans:** they go through the plan picker again, the old subscription is cancelled, and a new one starts. Token balances do not carry over - the new plan grants its full allowance immediately. **You changing the price of an existing plan:** Stripe prices are immutable. When you update a plan's price, Prometora automatically archives the old Stripe Price and creates a new one. **Existing subscribers continue at their original price** until they cancel or switch - the new price only applies to new subscribers. **Archiving a plan:** Existing subscribers keep their plan and continue receiving allowance resets. New sellers can't pick an archived plan. ## Frequently Asked Questions Do I have to charge sellers? Can I skip Subscriptions entirely? Yes - Subscriptions is fully optional. Many marketplaces only charge a commission on transactions and never bill sellers. Keep the master toggle off and the feature is invisible to your sellers. Can I offer yearly plans? Yes - pick **Yearly** as the billing interval when creating the plan, and the seller is charged once a year. A common pattern is pricing the yearly plan at 10× the monthly price (“2 months free”). The interval is locked after creation, so to change an existing plan's interval, archive it and create a new one. How do I give a seller a free month or a discount? Create a coupon code - e.g. 100% off applied to the first payment only = a free first month - and give the code to the seller to enter at checkout. For a seller who is *already* subscribed, apply a coupon directly to their subscription in your Stripe Dashboard. Can I charge VAT on subscriptions? Yes - see VAT / Tax on seller billing. You set the rate and label once, choose whether it's added on top of your prices or already included in them, and it applies to everything you bill sellers through Subscriptions. Can I charge sellers per listing? Yes - see Listing quotas. Make the plan Quota-based, give it an included allowance (refilling each period, or one-time for a “first 20 free, ever” model), and set an *Extra listings price*. Beyond the allowance, listings keep publishing and each extra one is added to the seller's next subscription invoice as its own itemized line - the seller is never sent to a separate payment page. Can a seller be on multiple plans at once? No. Each seller has one active subscription at a time. Switching plans cancels the old one. What happens if a seller's payment fails? See the Past-due handling section above. Quick version: Stripe Smart Retries handle automatic re-attempts over ~3-4 days, the seller keeps full functionality during that window, and Stripe emails them at each step. If all retries fail, the subscription is cancelled and they need to pick a plan again. Can different sellers be on different commission rates? Yes - that's exactly what the *commission override* field on each plan does. Sellers on the Pro plan can pay you a different commission rate than sellers on the Free plan. Do I need both regular Stripe and Stripe Connect? Depends on your marketplace: - **Multi-vendor + Subscriptions:** yes, both. Stripe Connect for buyer-to-seller payments, Regular Stripe for seller-to-you subscriptions. - **Single-vendor + Subscriptions:** just Regular Stripe. - **Multi-vendor + no Subscriptions:** just Stripe Connect. ## Related guides [ #### Payments & Stripe Stripe Connect setup, API keys, webhooks, payouts. ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments)[ #### Sellers & Buyers Seller onboarding, approval, and management. ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/sellers) [Taxes: Sales Tax & 1099s](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/taxes)[Shipping](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping) Last updated: August 3, 2026 --- # Team Management Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/team # Team Management Invite team members to help manage your marketplace. Share access without sharing login credentials. #### Quick answer Invite collaborators by email under **Store Settings → Team** so they can help run your marketplace without sharing your login. Choose **Collaborator** (full access except billing and team management) or **Staff** (you pick exactly which settings tabs they can open). Invitations expire after 7 days, and you can edit permissions, ban, or remove members at any time. Pro plan feature. #### Pro Plan Feature Team members are available on the Pro plan ($149/month) and above. Upgrade to invite collaborators to help manage your marketplace. ## Overview The Team feature lets you invite collaborators to help manage your marketplace. Team members can access store settings, manage listings, and handle day-to-day operations. #### How to Access Go to **Store Settings → Team** to manage your team members. ## Team Roles There are three roles in your marketplace team: ### Owner Full access - All settings and features - Billing and subscription - Team management - Delete marketplace ### Collaborator Full access - All store settings - Listing & order management - Site editor access - No billing or team management ### Staff Custom permissions - Owner picks which tabs to unlock - Ideal for limited delegation - Permissions editable anytime - Can be banned/unbanned The three roles at a glance | Capability | Owner | Collaborator | Staff | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Store settings | | | Custom | | Listings & order management | | | Custom | | Site editor access | | | Custom | | Billing & subscription | | – | – | | Team management | | – | View only | | Delete marketplace | | – | – | “Custom” means the owner picks exactly which tabs that Staff member can open — see Staff Permissions below. ### Staff Permissions When inviting someone as Staff, you select exactly which settings tabs they can access. Permissions are grouped into categories: #### Dashboard Overview & Stats, Analytics #### Commerce Orders, Bookings, Coupons, Payment, Shipping #### Content Listings, Listing Form, Listings Page, Product Detail, Site Editor #### People Sellers, Managed Sellers, Moderation, Reviews, Team (view only) #### Settings General, Theme, System Pages, Domain, SEO, Social Login, Webhooks, Redirects #### Data Export Data, Import Data ## Inviting Team Members Follow these steps to invite someone to your team: 1 Go to **Store Settings → Team** 2 Enter the **email address** of the person you want to invite 3 Choose a **role**: Collaborator (full access) or Staff (custom permissions) 4 If Staff, **select the permissions** (which settings tabs they can access) 5 Click **"Invite"** — they'll receive an email with a link to sign up #### Invite Team Member ## Pending Invitations Invitations that haven't been accepted yet appear in the Pending section: [email protected] Invited 2 days ago • Expires in 5 days - Invitations **expire after 7 days** - You can **cancel** pending invitations at any time - Resend by canceling and creating a new invitation ## Managing Team Members Active team members are displayed in the Team section: You (Owner) [email protected] Owner Sarah Johnson [email protected] Collaborator ### Editing Permissions You can change a team member's role or permissions at any time: 1. Click the **expand arrow** next to the team member 2. Change their **role** (Collaborator or Staff) using the dropdown 3. For Staff members, check or uncheck individual **permissions** 4. Click **"Save Permissions"** to apply changes ### Banning & Unbanning If you need to temporarily revoke someone's access without removing them from the team: - Click the **ban icon** next to the team member - Optionally enter a **reason** for the ban - The member loses all access immediately but stays in the team list - To restore access, click the **unban icon** — their permissions are preserved **Ban vs. Remove:** Banning keeps the member's entry and permissions so you can restore access later. Removing deletes them entirely. ### Removing Team Members To permanently remove a team member: 1. Find the team member in the list 2. Click the **trash icon** next to their name 3. Confirm the removal #### Important Removed team members lose access immediately. They won't receive a notification, so consider letting them know beforehand. ## When to Add Team Members #### Customer Support Staff Add support team members so they can access moderation, respond to seller inquiries, and manage orders without accessing billing. #### Content Managers Invite people to manage listings, approve sellers, and update marketplace content while you focus on business strategy. #### Virtual Assistants Give VAs access to handle day-to-day operations without sharing your login credentials. #### Business Partners Collaborate with partners who need to manage the marketplace alongside you. #### Security Tips - Only invite people you trust with access to your marketplace data - Remove team members promptly when they no longer need access - Regularly review your team list for any unauthorized members - Use email addresses you can verify belong to the intended person [Managed Sellers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/managed-sellers)[Moderation](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/moderation) --- # Translation Overrides Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/translations Business & Scale # Translation Overrides Override any storefront, seller dashboard, or transactional email string per language. Customize wording for your brand voice, your industry, or a specific market — without touching code. #### Quick answer Under **Store Settings → Translations** you can replace any of the 1,600+ buyer- and seller-facing strings (storefront, seller dashboard, transactional emails) per language - search or browse by surface bucket, type your override, and Save; it goes live within seconds, and Reset reverts a row to the default. For batch work with a translator, use the CSV export/import flow. Business plan feature; the Prometora editor itself stays in English. Video: Translation overrides walkthrough [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) ## Why translation overrides? Prometora ships with a default set of strings in six languages (English, Danish, French, Dutch, Romanian, Japanese). The defaults work for most marketplaces — but sometimes you need: - **Brand voice** — rename “Vendor” to “Maker” or “Artisan”, change “Buy now” to “Reserve” - **Industry vocabulary** — rentals call it a “reservation”, services call it an “appointment”, a marketplace might call orders “requests” - **Native review of machine translations** — the non-English defaults are machine-translated. Replace them as a native reviewer revises them - **Regional terms** — same language, different wording for different markets The Translations panel covers strings your **buyers and sellers** see — the storefront, seller dashboard, transactional emails, signup, checkout. The store-settings area you're looking at right now (and the rest of the Prometora editor) stays in English by design. ## What the panel looks like A simplified view of the layout — pick a language, browse by surface bucket on the left, edit the override on the right. Translation Overrides Export EN Export all languages Import CSV Language Japanese (ja) — primary ▾ Search keys, default text, or your overrides… Only overridden (3) `wishlist.signInToSave`Overridden English (reference) Please sign in to save to your wishlist. Your override (JA) お気に入りに保存するにはサインインしてください Save Reset Saved Simplified illustration. The real panel sits inside Store Settings → Translations and shows full pagination, additional filters, and a CSV preview-and-apply flow. ## How it works 1 ### Pick the language to edit Open **Store Settings → Translations**. The picker at the top defaults to your store's primary language. You can switch to any of the six supported languages even if you haven't enabled it yet for visitors — your edits sit dormant until the language goes live. To make a non-primary language visible to your visitors, enable [Multi-Language Storefront](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings#general) in General settings and tick the languages you want available. Visitors then see a flag-style picker in the header to switch. 2 ### Find the string you want to change There are over 1,600 strings, so the panel offers two ways to navigate: - **Search** — matches against the key name, English value, current-language value, and any existing override. Type a word you see on your storefront and the relevant rows surface. - **Sidebar buckets** — strings are grouped by surface (Emails, Buyer: Browse & Buy, Seller: Sales & Bookings, Authentication, etc.) so you can browse without scrolling the full list. Each row shows the canonical English value as a read-only reference, the default value in the selected language (if different), and an editable field for your override. 3 ### Save — it ships instantly Type your replacement and click **Save**. The override goes live on your storefront within seconds. There's no draft / publish workflow — this is direct. To revert a row to the platform default, click **Reset** on that row. The row stops being “Overridden” and visitors see the default value again. ## Reviewing your overrides The **Only overridden** filter chip narrows the list to just the strings you've customized. Every bucket count in the sidebar updates to reflect the filter, so you can see at a glance which areas you've customized. To wipe every override for a specific language — for example, you machine-translated a batch and want to start fresh — click **Clear all [LANG] overrides** at the top right. A confirmation modal shows how many overrides will be deleted. Other languages aren't affected. ## CSV import / export For batch editing — especially when you want a translator or reviewer to work through many strings at once — use the CSV workflow. ### Export Two export buttons: - **Export [LANG]** — just the currently selected language - **Export all languages** — every supported language in one file, grouped by key (so a translator sees all six language rows for “Add to cart” together) The CSV has four columns: `key`, `language`, `base_value`, `override_value`. Edit only the `override_value` column — the others are reference data. ### Import Click **Import CSV**, then drag a CSV onto the drop zone or click to choose a file. The file must be under 10 MB. Click **Validate & preview** first — you'll see a summary of how many rows will be created, updated, deleted (rows with empty `override_value` remove existing overrides), or unchanged. Any rows the validator can't use (unknown keys, unsupported languages, oversized values) appear in a skipped list with line numbers. Click **Apply** to commit. Caches are flushed for every language touched, so the new overrides go live immediately. ## Edge cases ### Switching your store's primary language Overrides are saved per language, so they aren't deleted when you switch your store's primary language. They sit dormant. Switch back any time and your edits are still there. The panel always lets you pick any of the six languages, even ones not currently shown to visitors — you'll see a banner reminding you that your edits are queued, not live. ### Strings that aren't in the panel yet Most customer-facing copy is in the panel. A few surfaces — the public storefront seller signup form, sign-in / sign-up flows, and a handful of older transactional emails — are still hardcoded English and appear here as they get migrated into the system. If you spot one missing and need it overridable now, get in touch. ### Variables in the text Some strings contain placeholders like `{recipientName}` or `{storeName}`. Keep these intact in your override — they're replaced at render time with the actual values. If you remove a placeholder, that data won't appear in the message. ## Plan availability | Feature | Starter | Pro | Business | Scale | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Translation override panel | - | - | | | | CSV import / export | - | - | | | | Multi-Language Storefront (visitor-facing language picker) | - | - | | | On the Pro plan you can still pick a single primary language for the whole store under General settings — the override panel itself starts at Business so you can also offer multiple languages alongside the customizations. [Custom Domain](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/custom-domain)[Email Translations](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations) --- # Webhooks Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/webhooks # Webhooks Receive real-time notifications when events happen in your marketplace. Connect to external systems like Zapier, Make, or your own backend. #### Quick answer Webhooks send an HTTP POST with a signed JSON payload to your endpoint when events happen (orders, seller signups, bookings). Add an HTTPS endpoint under **Store Settings → Webhooks**, pick the events, and copy the signing secret to verify requests. Failed deliveries retry twice (after ~1 and ~10 minutes), and an endpoint is auto-disabled after 10 consecutive failures. Business plan feature. #### Business Plan Feature Custom webhooks are available on the Business plan ($249/month). Upgrade to integrate your marketplace with external systems. ## What are Webhooks? Webhooks are automated messages sent from your marketplace to external systems when specific events occur. Think of them as real-time notifications that let other applications know something happened. Event Occurs New order placed → Webhook Fires HTTP POST request → Your System Processes data ## Common Use Cases #### Inventory Management Sync orders to your inventory system when purchases are made. #### Custom Notifications Send alerts to Slack, Discord, or email when events occur. #### Automation Platforms Trigger workflows in Zapier, Make (Integromat), or n8n. #### CRM Updates Update your CRM when new sellers register or orders complete. #### Analytics Dashboards Build custom analytics by streaming events to your data warehouse. #### Fulfillment Systems Automatically trigger shipping and fulfillment workflows. ## Available Events Subscribe to any combination of these events when creating a webhook endpoint: | Event | Triggered When | | --- | --- | | order.created | A new order is placed and payment is confirmed | | seller.registered | A new seller signs up for your marketplace | | booking.created | A buyer submits a new booking (rental or service) | | booking.payment_succeeded | A booking is paid successfully | | booking.cancelled | A booking is cancelled by the buyer, seller, or marketplace owner | | booking.declined | A seller declines a booking request | More events (order.shipped, listing.created, review.posted, etc.) are on the roadmap. You'll be able to subscribe to new events as they become available. ### Booking lifecycle: when does each event fire? Use this timeline to decide which events to subscribe to. A single booking can fire multiple events over its lifetime. `booking.created`status: pending or awaiting_payment A buyer submits a booking. Fires before payment for request-based flows, or together with `booking.payment_succeeded` on auto-approve free bookings. `booking.payment_succeeded`status: confirmed The buyer completed payment through Stripe. This is the most reliable event for "a real booking just landed." `booking.declined`status: declined Fires *instead of* `payment_succeeded` when a seller rejects a pending request. Useful for ops recovery workflows. `booking.cancelled`status: cancelled Fires when any party (buyer, seller, or marketplace owner) cancels. Check `data.cancellation.cancelledBy` and `data.cancellation.refundIssued`. ## What the panel looks like A simplified view of an endpoint's configuration: pick which events fire, copy the signing secret to verify requests on your end, and watch deliveries succeed or retry. Webhooks Add endpoint POST `https://hooks.acme.com/orders` Active Events to subscribe `order.created``booking.payment_succeeded``seller.registered``booking.created``booking.cancelled``booking.declined`Signing secret `••••••••••••••••••••` Show Copy Recent deliveries 200 `order.created`2s ago 200 `booking.payment_succeeded`1m ago 504 `order.created` Retrying 5m ago Simplified illustration. The real panel sits inside Store Settings → Webhooks. You can add multiple endpoints, each with its own event subscriptions, signing secret, and delivery history. ## Creating a Webhook Endpoint Follow these steps to set up a webhook endpoint: 1 Go to **Store Settings → Webhooks** 2 Click **"Add Endpoint"** 3 Enter your **endpoint URL** (must be HTTPS) https://your-server.com/webhook/prometora 4 Select the **events** you want to receive 5 Click **"Create Endpoint"** to save 6 Copy the **signing secret** for verification ## Webhook Security Each webhook endpoint receives a unique **signing secret**. Use this to verify that incoming requests are genuinely from Prometora and haven't been tampered with. #### Signing Secret whsec_abc123def456... Store this secret securely. Never expose it in client-side code. #### Security Best Practice Always verify the webhook signature in your endpoint before processing the data. This prevents attackers from sending fake events to your system. ## Webhook Payload Webhook requests are sent as HTTP POST with a JSON body. Every event uses the same envelope —`id`, `type`,`createdAt`, `storeId`, and a `data` block whose shape depends on the event type. **Example: `booking.created`** ``` { "id": "evt_8a3f7c2d9e1b4a6f8c2d9e1b4a6f1234", "type": "booking.created", "createdAt": "2026-04-23T14:22:11.823Z", "storeId": "66f1a2b3c4d5e6f7a8b9c0d1", "data": { "bookingId": "66f4e5d6c7b8a9f0e1d2c3b4", "bookingNumber": "CON-1745418131-A3KZ7Q", "status": "pending", "bookingType": "service", "livemode": true, "listing": { "id": "66f2c3d4e5f6a7b8c9d0e1f2", "title": "Deep Clean — 3 Bedroom" }, "buyer": { "id": "66f3b4c5d6e7f8a9b0c1d2e3", "email": "[email protected]", "firstName": "Marie", "lastName": "Tremblay", "name": "Marie Tremblay" }, "pricing": { "currency": "cad", "total": 18000, "originalTotal": 20000, "discount": 2000, "couponCode": "SPRING10" }, "schedule": { "serviceDate": "2026-05-01", "serviceTimeSlot": "09:00 - 12:00", "serviceDuration": 180, "serviceAddress": "123 Rue Sainte-Catherine, Montréal, QC" }, "message": "Please focus on the kitchen", "payment": {}, "createdAt": "2026-04-23T14:22:11.823Z", "updatedAt": "2026-04-23T14:22:11.823Z" } } ``` All prices are sent in **cents** of the store's currency (so `18000` means CA$180.00). The `livemode` flag is `true` for real customer bookings and`false` when Stripe test keys were used — add a filter in your automation so test bookings don't leak into production flows. **Event-specific fields:** - `booking.payment_succeeded` — adds a populated `payment` block (`stripePaymentIntentId`, `stripeSessionId`, `paidAt`) and `status` becomes `"confirmed"`. - `booking.cancelled` — adds `cancellation: { cancelledBy, refundIssued }`. `cancelledBy` is one of `"buyer"`, `"seller"`, or `"owner"`. - `booking.declined` — adds `decline: { reason }` from the seller's decline message. ## Delivery Logs Every webhook delivery is logged so you can see exactly what happened. Expand the **"Recent Deliveries"** section on any webhook to view: - **Status:** Success (green) or failure (red) badge with HTTP status code - **Event type:** Which event triggered the delivery - **Response time:** How long your endpoint took to respond (in milliseconds) - **Retry indicator:** Shows "Retry #1" or "Retry #2" for retried deliveries - **Timestamp:** When the delivery was attempted Delivery logs are kept for 7 days. The 10 most recent deliveries are shown per endpoint. ## Automatic Retries If a delivery fails (your endpoint returns a non-2xx status code or times out), Prometora will automatically retry the delivery up to 2 more times with increasing delays: | Attempt | Delay | Description | | --- | --- | --- | | 1st (original) | Immediate | Sent right when the event occurs | | 2nd (retry #1) | ~1 minute | First retry after initial failure | | 3rd (retry #2) | ~10 minutes | Final retry attempt | The exact same payload is resent on each retry, so your endpoint will receive identical data. Each retry attempt appears as a separate entry in the delivery logs. ## Auto-Disable Protection To protect both your system and ours, webhooks are **automatically disabled after 10 consecutive failures**. This prevents repeated delivery attempts to endpoints that are consistently unreachable. #### Webhook Disabled? If your webhook was auto-disabled, fix the issue with your endpoint and then re-enable it from the webhook settings. The consecutive failure counter resets when a delivery succeeds. ## Managing Webhooks ### Enable/Disable Toggle webhooks on or off without deleting them. Disabled webhooks won't receive any events. ### View Activity Each webhook shows when it was last triggered and how many consecutive failures have occurred. Expand "Recent Deliveries" to see detailed delivery history. ### Delete Remove webhook endpoints you no longer need. This action cannot be undone. ## Integration Examples Prometora webhooks are a standard HTTP POST with a JSON body, so they work with any automation platform. Below are step-by-step recipes for the most common setups. #### Make.com (recommended) 1. In Make, create a new scenario and add the **Webhooks → Custom webhook** trigger. 2. Click **Add**, give the webhook a name, and Make will generate a URL like `https://hook.eu2.make.com/xxxxxxxx`. 3. Copy that URL and paste it as the **Endpoint URL** when creating a webhook in Prometora. 4. Select the events you want (e.g. `booking.created`, `booking.payment_succeeded`) and save. 5. Back in Make, click **Redetermine data structure** and trigger a test booking in Prometora — Make will auto-map every field. 6. Add a **Filter** step with condition `data.livemode = true` so test bookings don't flow to production. 7. Add downstream modules (Gmail, Google Sheets, HubSpot, SMS, etc.) and map fields from the webhook output. #### Zapier 1. Create a new Zap and add **Webhooks by Zapier → Catch Hook** as the trigger. 2. Zapier gives you a URL like `https://hooks.zapier.com/hooks/catch/...`. Copy it. 3. In Prometora, create a webhook with that URL and subscribe to the events you want. 4. Trigger a test booking, then click **Test trigger** in Zapier to load the sample payload. 5. Add a **Filter by Zapier** step: only continue when `Data Livemode` is true. 6. Add your action step (Gmail, Slack, HubSpot, Notion, Airtable, etc.). Zapier has 6,000+ connectors. #### n8n (self-hosted) 1. Create a new workflow and add a **Webhook** node as the starting trigger. 2. Set HTTP Method to `POST` and copy the **Production URL**. 3. Paste the URL into Prometora's webhook form and pick your events. 4. Activate the workflow, fire a test event, and n8n captures the payload. Use `{{$json["data"]["buyer"]["email"]}}`-style expressions to reference fields downstream. 5. For HMAC verification, add a **Function** node that recomputes `HMAC-SHA256(rawBody, secret)` and compares against the `X-Prometora-Signature` header. ### Top Automation Recipes #### 1. SMS reminder 24h before a service booking Trigger on `booking.payment_succeeded` → in Make, use the **Sleep until** module set to`data.schedule.serviceDate` minus 24h → send SMS via Twilio with the service address and time. #### 2. Sync every paid booking to a Google Sheet Trigger on `booking.payment_succeeded` → **Google Sheets → Add Row**. Map `bookingNumber`, `buyer.email`, `pricing.total / 100` (for dollars), `schedule.serviceDate`, `listing.title`. Great for tax/accounting exports. #### 3. Slack alert when a seller declines a booking Trigger on `booking.declined` → **Slack → Send Message** to `#operations` with*"{{data.listing.title}} declined for {{data.buyer.name}} — reason: {{data.decline.reason}}"*. Lets ops manually rescue the customer. #### 4. Auto-refund follow-up email Trigger on `booking.cancelled` with a filter`data.cancellation.refundIssued = true` → send a branded confirmation email via Gmail/SendGrid with the refund amount and a discount code to win the customer back. #### 5. Push new sellers into your CRM Trigger on `seller.registered` → **HubSpot / Pipedrive → Create Contact**. Automate onboarding email sequences and assign to an account manager based on tag. #### Pro Tips - Start with a test endpoint (like webhook.site) to see the payload structure - Your endpoint should respond with a 2xx status within 10 seconds to count as successful - Process webhooks asynchronously to avoid timeouts - Implement idempotency using the event ID to handle retries and duplicate deliveries gracefully - Check the delivery logs regularly to ensure your endpoint is responding correctly [Social Login](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/social-login)[Email Log](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-log) --- # Video Guides Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos # Video Guides Short walkthroughs of the parts of Prometora you'll touch most. Each video is focused on one task — no long intros, no tangents. #### Quick answer This page collects 12 short video walkthroughs (most under 3 minutes), from creating your first marketplace to the visual editor, seller onboarding, subscriptions, and the launch checklist. Each video covers one task and links to the related docs page for the full written guide. Video 1 · 1–2 min ## Create your first marketplace Sign up and watch your AI-generated store appear in seconds — your first look at Prometora. [Read: Creating Your Marketplace](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/create-marketplace) Video 2 · 2–3 min ## Using the visual editor Edit text, restyle anything, use the AI assistant, and preview across devices. [Read: Visual Editor](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor) Video 3 · Under 1 min ## Adjusting navigation and footer How to edit your site's top navigation links and footer content. [Read: Header & Footer](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/header-footer) Video 4 · 2–3 min ## Store settings tour A quick pass through each major settings tab so you know where to look for things. [Read: Store Settings](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings) Video 5 · ~2 min ## How sellers sign up, list products & get paid Seller POV: signing up, creating listings, connecting Stripe, and receiving payouts. [Read: How Sellers Connect Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding) Video 6 · ~3 min ## What seller onboarding actually looks like A closer look at the embedded Stripe Connect onboarding flow — the seller stays on your marketplace the whole time, with your branding. [Read: How Sellers Connect Stripe](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/payments/seller-onboarding) Video 7 · ~2 min ## Launch checklist: domain, keys, go live Everything to check before you open for real customers — custom domain, live Stripe keys, email sender. [Read: Launch Checklist](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/launch-checklist) Video 8 · ~2 min ## Email translations walkthrough Edit subject lines, headlines, body copy, and CTAs of every transactional email per language, with a live preview. [Read: Email Translations](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/email-translations) Video 9 · ~2 min ## Translation overrides: how they work Override any storefront, seller dashboard, or email string per language to match your brand voice or industry. [Read: Translation Overrides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/translations) Video 10 · ~4 min ## Setting up the Subscriptions webhook and how subscriptions work Walk through the Stripe webhook setup for seller subscriptions and see how plans, commission overrides, and listing quotas work end to end. [Read: Subscriptions](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions) Video 11 · ~2 min ## Custom offers: negotiate a price and send a payable offer Seller agrees a price in chat, sends a payable offer, and the buyer taps Accept & Pay to check out - a real order with the usual payout. [Read: Custom Offers](https://www.prometora.com/docs/custom-offers) Video 12 · ~2 min ## Signup form & the multi-step wizard Decide what buyers and sellers fill in at signup, then optionally split the seller form into gates and drag each field onto the step it belongs on. [Read: Signup Form & Wizard](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/signup-form) [Introduction](https://www.prometora.com/docs)[Creating Your Marketplace](https://www.prometora.com/docs/getting-started/create-marketplace) --- # Visual Editor Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor # Visual Editor Fine-tune every element on your pages with our visual editor and AI-powered assistant. #### Quick answer The Visual Editor opens as a right sidebar when you click "Edit" in the Page Builder toolbar. Click any element in the preview to select it, then change its content, spacing, typography, colors, and borders in the properties panel, or type a request like "make this text larger" into the AI assistant at the bottom of the sidebar. Video: Using the visual editor · 2–3 min [See all video guides](https://www.prometora.com/docs/videos) ## Overview The Visual Editor allows you to select any element on your page and modify its properties directly. It opens as a right sidebar when you click "Edit" in the toolbar and includes both manual controls and an AI assistant for making changes with natural language. #### Part of the Page Builder Workflow The Visual Editor works together with the [Page Builder](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder). First, use the Page Builder to manage pages and add components from the library. Then, enter Edit Mode to fine-tune those components with the Visual Editor. #### How to Enter Edit Mode In the Page Builder, click the **"Edit"** button in the toolbar. A green-bordered sidebar will appear on the right. Click any element in the preview to select it. ## Selecting Elements When in edit mode, hover over elements to see a highlight. Click to select: #### Click to Select Click any text, image, button, or container to select it. The element info appears in the sidebar. #### AI Edit Button A floating "AI" button appears near selected elements. Click it to focus the chat input and describe changes in natural language. ## Properties Panel When an element is selected, the sidebar shows expandable property sections: #### Content Edit text content directly. For images, upload a replacement. For videos, change the source. #### Link For links and buttons, change the URL destination and whether it opens in a new tab. #### Spacing Adjust padding and margin. Use "All sides" for uniform spacing or "Individual" for each side. #### Dimensions Set width and height with various units (px, %, em, rem, vw, vh). #### Typography Font size, weight, alignment. Expand "Advanced" for line height, letter spacing, capitalization, and text decoration. #### Colors Text color and background color. Use the color picker or enter hex values. Background supports transparent. #### Border Border width, color, and border radius for rounded corners. ## AI Assistant At the bottom of the sidebar is the AI chat interface. Use natural language to make changes: #### One assistant, no modes There's no Edit/Create toggle to flip. You just type what you want, and the assistant picks the right action from your message and whatever you have selected: it edits the selected element, edits a section you describe, or creates a new section from scratch. See the [AI Assistant](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/ai-assistant) page for the full breakdown. ### Editing an element With an element selected, your request applies to it. Try prompts like: - "Make the text larger" - "Change the background to blue" - "Add more padding" - "Make this bold and centered" - "Change the text to say Welcome to our marketplace" ### Creating something new Ask for a section that doesn't exist yet and the assistant generates it: - "Add a testimonials section with 3 customer reviews" - "Create a hero section with headline and CTA button" - "Add a pricing table with 3 tiers" - "Create a features grid with icons" ## AI Capabilities The AI assistant can perform these actions: ✏️ Set Text Change text content 🎨 Apply Styles Colors, spacing, typography 🔗 Set Link Change link URLs 🖼️ Set Image Change image sources ✨ Create Component Generate new sections 🔄 Regenerate Remake a component 📋 Duplicate Copy components 🔀 Move Reorder components #### 💡 Pro Tips - • Be specific about what you want: "Make the padding 24px" works better than "add some padding" - • The AI sees the element's current styles, so it can make relative changes like "make it larger" - • Chat history clears when you switch to editing a different element - • Use the floating AI button for quick access to the chat input [Preview & Publish](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/preview)[Selecting Elements](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/selecting) --- # AI Assistant Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/ai-assistant # AI Assistant Use natural language to edit elements and create new components with the AI-powered assistant. #### Quick answer The AI Assistant lives at the bottom of the Visual Editor sidebar. There is no mode to switch: just type what you want, and it either edits the selected element, edits a section you describe, or creates a new section from scratch. Everything it builds stays fully editable in the property sidebar. ## The AI Chat Panel The AI Assistant lives at the bottom of the Visual Editor sidebar. It understands natural language requests and can modify your page in real-time. AI Assistant Make the headline bigger and bold Done! I've increased the font size and made the text bold. 🎨 Setting fontSize... ## One Assistant, No Modes There's no Edit/Create toggle to flip. You just **type what you want**, and the assistant works out the right action from your message and whatever you have selected. It handles three kinds of request: Type anything… routes to Element selected Edits the selected element “Make this heading bigger and teal” Names a section Edits that section by description “Tighten up the pricing copy” Asks for something new Creates a new section “Add a testimonials section below” No mode toggle — the assistant picks the action from what you type and what you have selected. #### Edit the selected element When you have an element selected, your request applies to it. **Example:** "Make this heading bigger and teal." #### Edit a section by description Describe a section that already exists and the assistant finds and updates it — no need to select it first. **Example:** "Tighten up the copy in the pricing section." #### Create something new Ask for a new section and it builds one from your description. **Example:** "Add a testimonials section below the hero." #### Everything stays editable Whatever the assistant builds or changes stays template-bound and fully editable in the property sidebar — it never drops in hand-written markup you can't adjust later. AI-built section Properties Font size 18px Color #1f2937 Padding 24px Fully editable A section the assistant generates behaves exactly like one you built by hand — every property is yours to tweak. ## Example Prompts ### Editing What's Selected "Make the text larger" "Change the color to blue" "Add 20px padding" "Make this bold and centered" "Change the background to a gradient" "Update the text to say 'Welcome to our store'" "Add a border radius of 8px" "Make the image wider" ### Creating New Sections "Add a testimonials section with 3 customer reviews" "Create a hero section with a headline, subtitle, and CTA" "Add a pricing table with Basic, Pro, and Enterprise tiers" "Create a features grid with icons and descriptions" "Add a FAQ section with 5 questions" "Create a team section with 4 member cards" "Add a newsletter signup form" ## AI Tools The AI has access to these tools to modify your page: ✏️ setText Change text content 🎨 setProperty Change CSS properties 💅 applyStyles Apply multiple styles 🔗 setLink Change link URLs 🖼️ setImageSrc Change image sources 🚀 createSection Add template sections 🔄 swapTemplate Swap section template 🗑️ deleteComponent Remove components #### 💡 Tips for Better Results - • Be specific: "Make padding 24px" works better than "add more space" - • AI sees current styles, so relative changes like "make it bigger" work - • For complex components, describe layout, colors, and content - • Chat history clears when you switch elements (to keep context relevant) [Selecting Elements](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/selecting)[Styling Properties](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/styling) --- # Selecting Elements Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/selecting # Selecting Elements Learn how to select and interact with elements in the visual editor. #### Quick answer Click "Edit" in the Page Builder toolbar to enter edit mode, hover to highlight elements, then click one to select it - a green border appears and its properties open in the sidebar. Most visible elements (headings, text, images, buttons, containers) are selectable, but the header/footer and system-page content are edited in Store Settings instead. ## Entering Edit Mode Before you can select elements, you need to enter edit mode: 1. Open a page in the Page Builder 2. Click the **"Edit"** button in the toolbar 3. The right sidebar will open with a green border indicating edit mode is active Click this button to enter edit mode ## Selecting an Element Once in edit mode: #### Hover to Highlight Move your mouse over elements in the preview. Selectable elements will show a subtle highlight border. #### Click to Select Click on an element to select it. The element will be highlighted with a green border, and its properties will appear in the sidebar. #### AI Button Appears A floating "✨ AI" button appears near the selected element. Click it to quickly access the AI chat for that element. ## What Can Be Selected You can select most visible elements on the page: #### ✓ Selectable - • Headings (h1, h2, h3...) - • Paragraphs - • Images - • Buttons - • Links - • Containers/Divs - • Lists and list items #### ✗ Not Selectable - • Header/Footer (use Store Settings) - • System page content - • Dynamic data elements - • Script-generated content ## Element Information When an element is selected, the sidebar shows: Selected Element H1 #hero-headline - **Tag Name:** The HTML element type (H1, P, IMG, BUTTON, etc.) - **ID:** The element's ID if one exists - **Current Styles:** Computed CSS values for the element ## Deselecting Elements To deselect the current element: - Click on empty space in the preview - Click "Exit Edit" in the toolbar to leave edit mode entirely - Select a different element #### 💡 Tip: Parent Selection If you're having trouble selecting a specific element, try clicking on its parent container first, then clicking on the nested element you want. [Overview](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor)[AI Assistant](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/ai-assistant) --- # Styling Properties Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/styling # Styling Properties A complete guide to the styling controls available in the Visual Editor sidebar. #### Quick answer Select an element in the Visual Editor and the right sidebar exposes its styling controls: content, spacing, dimensions, typography, colors, border, and opacity. A Modified Properties summary at the top lists every change with a per-property reset, and inline conflict warnings tell you when a setting (like width on an inline element) won't apply. ## Sidebar Layout & State Before getting into individual properties, here is how the sidebar itself is organized so you always know what you have changed, what is live, and how to roll any single change back. Right sidebar Hero · Component Draft - unpublished Modified properties 3 - Background color - Padding · top - Heading font ▾ Layout ▸ Typography ▸ Background - **Modified Properties summary** at the top of the sidebar lists every property you have changed on the selected component, so you never have to scan the full panel to see what is dirty. - **Per-property reset ()** next to each entry rolls back that one property without touching the others. Useful when you tweaked four things and only want to undo one. - **Draft / Published** badge on every component header tells you whether the version you are looking at is live or still unpublished, so you can publish with confidence. - **Accordion sections** group properties into Layout, Typography, Background, etc. Only one section needs to be open at a time, which keeps the panel short. - **One source for Publish / Discard.** When the sidebar owns the Publish/Discard buttons, the top toolbar hides its copies so you never wonder which set does what. ## Content Edit the content of the selected element: - **Text Elements:** Edit text with the rich text editor — supports bold, italic, underline, strikethrough, text color, highlight, font size, gradient text, inline links, and clear formatting - **Images:** Upload a new image to replace the current one - **Videos:** Change the video source URL - **Links:** Edit the URL and target (new tab/same tab), or use **Scroll to a section on this page** to turn the button into an anchor that smooth-scrolls visitors to a section instead of navigating away **Scroll to a section:** When a button or link is selected, the Link panel lists the sections on the current page. Pick one and the button scrolls to that section when clicked, with no page reload. Anchors track the section itself, so they keep working when you reorder or add sections; if you delete the target section the link simply stops scrolling rather than jumping to the wrong place. ### Gradient Text Apply a colorful gradient to a portion of any heading or paragraph — useful for highlighting a key phrase like " AI-powered products " inside a longer sentence. - Select the words you want to style, then click the sparkles ✨ icon in the rich text toolbar - Choose one of 8 built-in presets (Sunset, Ocean, Candy, Forest, Fire, Sky, Royal, Mono) — each preview shows the actual gradient on its label - Or build a custom gradient: pick a start color, an end color, and a direction (0°, 45°, 90°, 135°, 180°) - Use "Remove gradient" to revert just the gradient, or the red **Clear** button at the right edge of the toolbar to strip all formatting from the selection 8 built-in presets Sunset Ocean Candy Forest Fire Sky Royal Mono Each preview shows the actual gradient on its label. Or build a custom one with your own start color, end color, and direction. ### Emoji Picker The compact rich-text toolbar has a built-in **emoji picker**. Drop a 🎉 into a listing description, a 📦 into a page text block, or a ✨ into a section heading without leaving the editor. Rich text toolbar Welcome to our hand-thrown ceramics studio ✨ - Click the smile icon at the right end of the toolbar to open the picker, then click any emoji to insert it at the caret. - Available wherever the compact rich-text editor renders - page text blocks in the page builder, listing descriptions, rich-text custom fields, and seller profile bios. - Emojis are stored as Unicode characters in the body, so they render consistently across browsers, search results, and email notifications. ## Spacing Control the space around and inside elements. **Margin** is the gap* outside* the element; **padding** is the gap *inside* it, between its content and its border. The box model Margin Border Padding Content Padding grows the element inward from its border; margin pushes neighboring elements away. ### Padding Inner spacing between the element's content and its border. Use **All sides** for uniform padding or **Individual** to set top, right, bottom, and left values separately. ### Margin Outer spacing between the element and surrounding elements. Works the same as padding with All sides or Individual modes. ## Dimensions Set the size of elements: - **Width:** Element width (leave empty for auto) - **Height:** Element height (leave empty for auto) Available units: `px`, `%`, `em`, `rem`,`vw`, `vh` ## Typography Control text appearance (only shown for text elements): #### Font Size Text size in px, em, rem, or other units. #### Font Weight Text thickness: Light (300), Normal (400), Medium (500), Semibold (600), Bold (700) #### Text Align Alignment: Left, Center, Right, Justify ### Drag-to-Resize Font Size Text elements (H1-H6, P, SPAN) have purple corner handles that let you drag to resize the font size directly on the canvas — just like in Figma. The sidebar font size control syncs in real-time as you drag. Big Heading 73px (custom) Drag any purple corner to resize. The sidebar font-size field updates live as you drag. #### How it works - • Select any text element to see purple corner handles - • Drag any corner to resize the font size - • The sidebar shows the current size (e.g., "73px (custom)") - • Works on headings, paragraphs, and span elements ### Advanced Typography Click "Advanced" to reveal additional typography options: - **Line Height:** Spacing between lines of text - **Letter Spacing:** Space between characters - **Text Transform:** Uppercase, lowercase, capitalize - **Text Decoration:** Underline, strikethrough, none ## Colors Change the colors of your elements: #### Text Color The color of text content #### Background Color Element background. Supports transparent option for no background. Use the color picker or enter hex values directly (e.g., `#3B82F6`). ## Border Add and customize borders: - **Border Width:** Thickness in pixels - **Border Color:** Color of the border - **Border Radius:** Corner roundness in pixels 1px · radius 0 2px · radius 8 3px · radius 9999 ## Opacity Control element transparency from 0% (invisible) to 100% (fully visible). 100% 75% 50% 25% 10% ## Conflict Warnings Some CSS properties quietly cancel each other out, so a setting you change can look like it does nothing. The editor now **detects these conflicts and warns you inline**, with a one-click fix, so you're never left guessing why a change had no effect. Dimensions Width 240 px This width won't apply This element is inline, so it sizes to its content and ignores width. The warning appears right inside the property panel, next to the control that's being overridden. #### Centering text on a flex/grid element On an element laid out with flex or grid, `text-align` has no effect. The warning offers to switch the alignment to one that works. #### Setting a width on an inline element Inline elements size to their content and ignore `width`. The fix — **"Make it a block"** — keeps your width and lets it apply. #### Read-only and additive Warnings never change anything on their own. They only appear when a real conflict is present, and they clear themselves the moment it's resolved. The first two checks ship now, with more to follow. #### 💡 Live Preview All changes are applied immediately to the preview. Use "Discard" if you want to undo all changes, or "Publish" when you're happy with the results. [AI Assistant](https://www.prometora.com/docs/visual-editor/ai-assistant)[Messaging System](https://www.prometora.com/docs/messaging) --- # What's New Source: https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new # What's New The latest features and improvements to help you build better marketplaces. New release every Friday. ### Get every release in your inbox New features, improvements, and bug fixes shipped every Friday. One email per week, no spam. Unsubscribe anytime. Prefer RSS? [Subscribe to the feed](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/feed.xml) · or follow [@marketplace_guy](https://x.com/marketplace_guy) Latest release [Permalink](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-08-15) ## August 15, 2026 August 15, 2026 ## Shipping Integrations: One-Click Carrier Labels via ShipStation & Shipmondo Prometora now has **two full shipping-label integrations**: **ShipStation** for UK, US and international carriers, and **Shipmondo** for the Nordics. Connect one account in Store Settings and every seller in your marketplace gets a **Create label** button on their paid orders: the label is booked with the carrier, the tracking number is filled in automatically, and the PDF is ready to print. No copy-pasting addresses, no seller-by-seller carrier accounts. Together the two cover most of the Western world. ShipStation is available to merchants in the **US, UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, France and Germany**, with carriers like Royal Mail, Evri, DPD, UPS, FedEx and Parcelforce - including your **own carrier contracts** connected inside ShipStation. Shipmondo covers **Denmark, Sweden, Norway and Finland** with GLS, PostNord, dao, Bring, Danske Fragtmænd, DHL Express, UPS and more - all through one account. Two providers, one seller flow ![ShipStation logo](https://www.prometora.com/logos/shipstation-logo.svg) US UK Canada Australia New Zealand France Germany Royal Mail · Evri · DPD · UPS · FedEx · Parcelforce · your own carrier accounts & more ![Shipmondo logo](https://www.prometora.com/_next/image?url=%2Flogos%2Fshipmondo-logo.png&w=256&q=75) Denmark Sweden Norway Finland GLS · PostNord · dao · Bring · Danske Fragtmænd · DHL Express · UPS & more The seller's flow on My Sales Order paid · buyer address on file → Create label → Tracking auto-filled · label PDF ready to print Both are label providers: buyers still pay the shipping price you configure, sellers use the integration to produce the label. Both integrations come with owner-side controls: optionally bill each label's cost to the seller's subscription invoice, and set a maximum order value above which sellers ship via their own insured courier instead. Set up either one in **Store Settings → Shipping** - connecting takes a few minutes. [ShipStation docs](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping#shipstation)[Shipmondo docs](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/shipping#shipmondo) --- ## Multi-Session Group Bookings: Several Sessions, One Checkout Buyers on booking marketplaces can now select **multiple sessions in one go** - a series of training slots, several class dates, a block of appointments - and pay for all of them in a **single checkout**. Before, each session was its own booking with its own payment; a parent booking five hockey sessions paid five times. As sessions are added, the sticky Reserve card shows the **running total and session count** instead of the static base price, so the buyer always sees what the batch costs. Confirmation emails cover the whole group in one message - for the buyer and for the seller - and the flow is translated into all six storefront languages. Booking calendar → one shared checkout Skating technique - available sessions Tue Aug 18, 16:00 Added Thu Aug 20, 16:00 Added Tue Aug 25, 16:00 Added Thu Aug 27, 16:00 Add $135.00 3 sessions selected Reserve → pay once One payment, one confirmation email, all sessions tracked together in My Bookings. [Read Bookings docs](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/listing-form#multi-session-bookings) --- ## Featured Listings: Show Prices Toggle & Styleable Price The Featured Listings section in the page builder got a **Show prices** toggle. Some marketplaces want the front page to tease the catalog without leading with price - service and high-end marketplaces especially - and now that's one switch in the section's settings (prices stay on by default). The price itself is also now **directly styleable** in the visual editor: click a price, restyle it - size, weight, color - and the change actually shows. Previously clicks landed on the grid around it, so price edits saved but never rendered. Featured Listings → Show prices Hand-thrown ceramic vase $180.00 Show prices: on Hand-thrown ceramic vase Ella Vintage Show prices: off [Read Page Builder docs](https://www.prometora.com/docs/page-builder/components#featured-listings) --- ## More Improvements Other things shipped this week. Improvements This Week - Yearly seller plans now bill accumulated label costs and listing-overage fees monthly instead of letting them pile up until renewal - no surprise bill at the end of the year - [Seller-subscription coupon codes](https://www.prometora.com/docs/store-settings/subscriptions#coupon-codes) can now be restricted to specific plans (a code valid only for the yearly plan, for example) - the plan's signup fee is discounted too, so the whole first invoice matches - The create-store flow now shows wireframe previews of each template before you pick one, and when you describe your business the first render waits for personalization - the first thing you see is copy about your marketplace, not canned template text - Login-email changes (handled by our support) now sync automatically - notification emails and Stripe receipts follow the new address - The seller dashboard "Most viewed" panel got proper column headers and a total-views count across all the seller's listings - Shipping cost inputs now accept decimal prices (e.g. 49.75) in store settings and per-listing shipping --- ## Bug Fixes Bug fixes shipped this week. Fixes This Week - Clicking Buy Now or Add to Cart while signed out now shows a purchase-specific sign-in message instead of the "message the seller" text - A dead "Manage account" menu item that could appear in the account dropdown is now fully hidden - Profile updates from the login provider no longer clear a user's stored name when no name is included - The create-store dialog now keeps its loading state until the editor is actually open - no more brief dashboard flash mid-creation ## Older releases Every Friday since November 2025. Click any release to read its full notes. - [August 7, 2026 4 changes Shipped: the new Mobile App add-on (your marketplace on the App Store and Google Play as native apps with push notifications, synced with your web store, launch handled end to end), and an owner Email Log in store settings showing every email your marketplace sent with inbox-level delivery status (Business+). Plus 5 improvements and 5 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-08-07) - [July 31, 2026 4 changes Shipped: an AI Visibility dashboard in the renamed SEO & AI tab (see how much of your catalog AI crawlers like GPTBot and ClaudeBot have read, which high-traffic listings they never touched, per-crawler coverage, and copy-ready links to send sellers), and instant section reordering with one-step move arrows in the page editor. Plus 3 improvements and 4 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-07-31) - [July 24, 2026 4 changes Shipped: file attachments in messages (buyers and sellers can attach up to 5 images or PDFs per message, opt-in per store, private storage with expiring links, owner moderation view, translated in all 6 languages), and a Most Viewed Listings table in store analytics that surfaces high-traffic listings with zero sales. Plus 1 improvement and 1 bug fix. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-07-24) - [July 17, 2026 4 changes Shipped: per-listing view counts (a views badge on the seller's My Listings, a Most viewed listings panel on their dashboard, and a Views column in owner store analytics), and a two-badge seller status column that separately answers "can they sell?" and "can they get paid?", with a payout filter and waiting-earnings amounts. Plus 1 improvement and 1 bug fix. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-07-17) - [July 10, 2026 5 changes Shipped: custom profile URLs for sellers (pick /sellers/your-name, old links redirect), a new Seller Profiles settings tab with public custom fields, drag-to-reorder page sections, live preview and SEO controls, and a visible review-request queue with a manual Send now. Plus 8 improvements and 4 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-07-10) - [July 3, 2026 6 changes Shipped: an owner-configurable prohibited-word message filter that flags attempts to take payment off-platform, a short quotable reference ID on every seller and listing (click to copy the full ID, and search by it in admin), drag-to-reposition and zoom for the seller profile banner, and a live preview panel on the All Listings Page settings. Plus 4 improvements and 3 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-07-03) - [June 26, 2026 6 changes Shipped: Custom Offers (send a negotiated price as a payable offer inside a chat thread, buyer taps Accept & Pay), fixed event dates for booths and dated listings (with a browse filter), a per-listing-type "Requires shipping" toggle, and a cleaner 1-on-1 appointment flow for services. Plus 6 improvements and 5 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-06-26) - [June 19, 2026 4 changes Shipped: a configurable multi-step seller signup wizard with custom gates and drag-to-place fields (now in its own Signup Form tab), and Buyer Approval (Request to Purchase) so you can approve buyers before payment is final. Plus a Custom HTML block with AI, one-click listing duplication, and 6 more improvements and 5 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-06-19) - [June 12, 2026 5 changes Shipped: a one-click button to verify your Stripe Connect platform setup is complete before sellers try to connect, seller onboarding cut down to identity and bank only - no business KYC, no SMS step - and a new setting that blocks sellers from adding links in their listings. Plus 7 improvements and 2 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-06-12) - [June 5, 2026 6 changes Shipped: scroll-to-section anchor links for nav, footer, and CTA buttons, one unified "type anything" AI assistant in the editor, France/PSD2 Stripe Connect onboarding, and conflict warnings that flag styles that silently do nothing. Plus 7 improvements and 4 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-06-05) - [May 29, 2026 7 changes Shipped: seller payments now live inside your marketplace - embedded Stripe onboarding, a native finance dashboard, no separate Stripe login, and branded payout emails, all on Stripe Accounts v2. Plus Seller Management upgrades, 3 improvements, and 3 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-05-29) - [May 22, 2026 4 changes Shipped: Seller Subscription Plans (recurring revenue from sellers), Editable Seller Detail Modal with custom fields, plus 3 improvements and 5 bug fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-05-22) - [May 15, 2026 7 changes Shipped: Duplicate Component in Page Editor, Emoji Picker in Rich Text Editor, Translation Overrides + Email Translations, plus 4 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-05-15) - [May 8, 2026 7 changes Shipped: Wishlist Icon Picker, Listings Page Background Color, Gradient Text, plus 4 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-05-08) - [May 1, 2026 6 changes Shipped: Collapsible Listing Form Sections, Custom Fields on Seller Signup, Sticky Gallery + Click-to-Enlarge, plus 3 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-05-01) - [April 24, 2026 9 changes Shipped: Booking Webhooks, Tree-Select Custom Field, Admin-Only Custom Fields, plus 6 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-04-24) - [April 17, 2026 7 changes Shipped: Video Guides, Map Browse View, Per-Night Calendar Prices, plus 4 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-04-17) - [April 10, 2026 10 changes Shipped: Availability Filtering, Distance-Based Search & Sort, Service Price Variants, plus 7 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-04-10) - [April 3, 2026 7 changes Shipped: Staff Role & Permissions, Coupon Code Scoping, iCal Calendar Sync, plus 4 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-04-03) - [March 27, 2026 7 changes Shipped: Price Variants, Multi-Date Service Booking, City-Only Location, plus 4 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-03-27) - [March 20, 2026 6 changes Shipped: Coupon Codes, Refund & Cancellation Flow, Custom Seller Registration Fields, plus 3 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-03-20) - [March 13, 2026 12 changes Shipped: Per-Seller Commission Rate, Per-Listing Shipping Cost, Service Pricing Model, plus 9 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-03-13) - [March 6, 2026 9 changes Shipped: Managed Seller Onboarding, Section Dividers / Detail Page Breakpoints, Orders Management, plus 6 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-03-06) - [February 27, 2026 7 changes Shipped: SEO/GEO Settings, Buyer Delivery Confirmation, Navigation Link Picker, plus 4 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-02-27) - [February 20, 2026 3 changes Shipped: French Language Support, Improved Mobile Menu, Bug Fixes. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-02-20) - [February 13, 2026 6 changes Shipped: Social Login, Automated Review Requests, Emoji Reactions, plus 3 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-02-13) - [February 6, 2026 4 changes Shipped: Shopping Cart, Improved Shipping Fulfillment, Improved My Sales Dashboard, plus 1 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-02-06) - [January 30, 2026 5 changes Shipped: Improved Stripe Payouts, Improved Inventory Management, Image with Text Component, plus 2 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-01-30) - [January 23, 2026 6 changes Shipped: Undo/Redo in Visual Editor, Improved Seller Notifications, Clearer Order Summary, plus 3 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-01-23) - [January 16, 2026 6 changes Shipped: Launch Checklist, Revenue Calculator, Inventory Tracking, plus 3 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-01-16) - [January 9, 2026 5 changes Shipped: Starter Templates, Magic Link Authentication, Figma-style Font Resizing, plus 2 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-01-09) - [January 2, 2026 5 changes Shipped: Simplified Custom Domain Setup, Featured Listings Grid Options, Contact Form Spam Protection, plus 2 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2026-01-02) - [December 26, 2025 7 changes Shipped: Form Preview Panel, Section Dividers in Listing Form, Improved Sign-in Flow, plus 4 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2025-12-26) - [December 19, 2025 4 changes Shipped: Type-Specific Filters, Free Listings, New Components, plus 1 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2025-12-19) - [December 12, 2025 4 changes Shipped: Right-Click to Delete, AI Element Properties, Listing Page Layout, plus 1 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2025-12-12) - [December 5, 2025 4 changes Shipped: Directory to Marketplace, Logo Size Control, Custom Field Display Width, plus 1 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2025-12-05) - [November 28, 2025 5 changes Shipped: Sandbox Demo, Listing Type Pills, Better Sidebar, plus 2 more. Read release ](https://www.prometora.com/docs/whats-new/2025-11-28)